degrassi transcripts

It's Tricky

2007-10-24T20:09:05Z

-In the media immersion lab-

*Spinner is listening to Craig’s new CD*

Ashley: Spin! Spinner, what are you listening to?

Spinner: Oh um maybe Craig’s album. Don’t hit me.

Ashley: Oh my god it dropped yesterday?

*She grabs it out of his hands as Emma and Toby walk over to them*

Ashley: And look he’s so awkward posing.

Toby: You know if Craig was still here it would cut the amount of dork in the talent showcase by like 33%.

Emma: Look “She is the Ash”. Who could that possibly be about? He wrote all these songs in rehab?

Ashley: Well not “My Window”.

Spinner: Hey it’s not that bad, actually. Um it doesn’t sound like the other songs though.

Ashley: That’s ‘cause I wrote it.

*Jimmy walks in*

Jimmy: Guys, Craig gave me a shout-out in his album thank-yous.

Ashley: Glad one of us got mentioned.

*Jimmy looks confused*

Ashley: He used one of my songs.

Jimmy: And he didn’t credit you?!

Ashley: Well whatever. I could always make more.

Toby: Good ‘cause like it or not I’m putting you down for the talent showcase.

Ashley: Know what? I’m in. Maybe it’s time I came out of retirement.

-In a classroom-

Jimmy: 86 average. Nice.

Ashley: 89.

Jimmy: Let’s see Craig plagiarise that.

*Ashley doesn’t say anything*

Jimmy: What grade does it take for you to crack a smile? This means NYU is guaranteed and then we hit law school.

Ashley: Or we think about law school.

Jimmy: I thought we already did that?

Ashley: What’s the rush? Maybe there’s still some time to chase dreams.

Jimmy: As long as it’s a dream you’re chasing and not revenge on a song-writing ex.

Ashley: It’s not about that. It’s not about getting back at Craig for what he did to me. It’s about what Craig did for himself. He focused on his music and he made it happen. It’s inspiring.

Jimmy: Inspired by another dude. Ouch.

Ashley: Jimmy you’re inspiring too. Your awesome art, your guitar playing, your mad freestyle rhyming skills.

Jimmy: Okay now you’re just sucking up.

Ashley: I’m not. Jimmy, I think you’re genius.

Jimmy: *He starts rapping* Well if you’re the beauty and I’m the smart one, there’s no problem with that so I won’t start one, you know?

Ashley: How do you do that in a nano second?

Jimmy: You inspire me baby.

*She kisses his head*

-At Holly J and Mia’s locker-

Holly J: This is high school, not a daycare.

Mia: Okay I don’t want to share a locker either, but we have to compromise.

*Holly J pulls out a pacifier*

Holly J: Okay this is not meeting half way.

*Sav walks down the hall in slow motion*

Sav: Hey Holly J, great locker locale.

Holly J: Sav, hi. You look hot, even in these disgusting hallways.

Sav: We know each other, right?

Holly J: You probably remember her waddling from class to class.

Mia: I’m Mia Jones. I, I was at Lakehurst.

Sav: Yeah, yeah. You had a baby. That her? Cute.

*She nods*

Sav: Alright see you guys later.

-In the gym-

*Spinner misses the basket*

Jimmy: That’s horse and that is why you never try and beat the master at his own game.

Spinner: Well I thought you were the sensitive artist/clothing designer now.

Jimmy: When will you learn? I’m everything.

*Ashley starts practicing her song on stage*

Spinner: Including Degrassi’s next superstar’s boy toy.

Jimmy: Yeah. Ash keeps talking about this uh chasing our dreams thing, but what I think she really wants is a solo project.

Spinner: So what are you gonna do when she gets all famous on you?

Jimmy: You’re not helping.

Spinner: Well come on. She sounds amazing, her music kicks and well, dude, look at her.

*Anya and a couple other girls walk over to Ashley excitedly*

Anya: Hey Ashley? Is it true you were partners with Craig Manning?

Ashley: We played together, yeah.

Anya: Imagine you used to perform together on this very stage.

Ashley: All the time, actually.

Anya: Wow. I heard “She is the Ash” is about you. You’re like our own little piece of him, you know?

Ashley: Just what I always hoped to be known as.

Anya: Uh huh.

*The girls walk away whispering about her*

Anya: That’s Craig Manning’s old girlfriend.

-At Ellie, Marco and Paige’s-

*Ellie and Ashley are looking at the back of Craig’s CD*

Ellie: “Red-headed for Trouble”? Are you kidding me?

Ashley: Get this, Manny’s gonna die. “Thong Girl, Wrong Girl”.

Ellie: Oh so everyone he’s kisses is a song title now.

Marco: Hey Griffin.

Griffin: Hey

Marco: Meet Jimmy.

Jimmy: What’s up?

Marco: Oh and Ashley. Two of our oldest friends.

Griffin: Uh cool chair man.

Jimmy: One of the perks of being shot.

Griffin: Oh I’m sorry to hear that, dude. Uh Marco, make sure to bring your friends to the open jam, alright? Later.

Ashley: Open jam? That sounds cool.

Marco: Yeah he does one every week. That’s like one of the three things I know about the guy.

Jimmy: You trying to get a record deal?

Ashley: You scared of me making a name for myself?

Jimmy: No, not at all. As long as it doesn’t make you forget about your high school sweetheart.

Ashley: Perform with me tomorrow.

Jimmy: Are you sure? That’s, that’s your song.

Ashley: You can freestyle over the chorus. If I’m chasing dreams, you’re coming with me.

Jimmy: Okay.

-In the media immersion room-

Jimmy: *Rapping* Tell me anything, but the truth ‘cause I don’t really know if I can take it now. Tell me anything, but the truth. Can’t figure out how I’m supposed to make it now. Tell me anything, but the truth-

Ashley: Stop, stop, stop. Jimmy, stop.

Jimmy: I’m sorry. Was that not tight enough?

Ashley: No it’s, it’s something tonal. It’s competing with the piano.

Jimmy: Okay why don’t you just tweak the levels?

Ashley: Then it’s not about the harmony. I need to figure it out.

Jimmy: Ash it sounds great right now.

Ashley: Well it doesn’t sound the way it sounds in my head. I can fix it. Just I think I have what I need.

Jimmy: Okay. I’ll give you some head space. Can’t wait to hear it.

-In the cafeteria-

*Manny sees Mia eyeing Sav*

Manny: Wow. That Sav guy sure is hot.

Mia: No, Manny. I call him.

Manny: Don’t worry. I don’t go after 10th graders. So you gonna talk to him?

Mia: It just seems soon…after my last boyfriend.

Manny: Mia the past is the past. Carpe diem. Seize the Sav.

Holly J: Many have tried; none have succeeded…especially ones with baby weight.

Mia: Now what would I do without Holly J Sinclair looking out for me?

Manny: Hold on. Holly J Sinclair, as in Heather Sinclair?

Holly J: She’s my sister.

Manny: Wait. Boyfriend stealing, bad nose job having, puppy drowning, queen of evil is your sister?

Holly J: Taught me everything she knows.

*She tosses Mia’s brownie into her soup before walking away*

Manny: This might be a problem sweetie.

Mia: What? Why? Listen I have to debate her tomorrow morning. Tell me everything.

Manny: Let’s just say if Holly J and Heather share the same DNA, you’re gonna have to fight fire with huge enormous flames.

Mia: Got a light?

-During the talent showcase-

*Danny and Derek perform a juggling act on stage*

Jimmy: Hey beautiful. Did you work out the tonal issues?

Ashley: I um…I went with an earlier version.

Jimmy: So it’s a solo project.

Ashley: It’s not that your rap was bad. It just didn’t really fit.

Jimmy: You’re right. Knock ‘em dead.

Toby: Thanks guys. That was yeah…okay that’s great. Okay up next, she keyboard styled with Craig Manning. Give it up for my twisted step sister, Ashley Kerwin.

*Ashley goes on stage and starts performing*

Ashley: *Singing* You say it’s simple. It’s who you want to be. Look in the mirror. You aren’t what you see.

Johnny: Lame! Play a Craig song.

Random girl: More like a no-talent contest!

Ashley: *Singing* You say it’s simple. Aren’t your wings tied? Tell the truth. Why you have to hide?

Jimmy: *Rapping* Look me and the mic we coexist. My flow is a glass box, we know it exists. So you can observe while you’re trapped in it. Took my lady’s track and I sprinkled some rap in it. They telling me lies.

Ashley: *Singing* What’s wrong with being someone else? No shame in living life that way. Tell me lies. Tell me lies.

Jimmy: *Rapping* They like please, please tell us your reality J. We can’t fathom how it’s gonna be forever defined. My mother always told me what to do with my best foot so to this day you know that it is never behind and metaphorically I’m ahead of the rest and proud of the fact that I’ve accomplished that. And every time I say that I can do it myself, in the same breath I’m wondering where my accomplishes are at. Tell me anything, but the truth ‘cause I don’t really know if I can take it now. Tell me anything…

-In the hallway-

Jimmy: That was amazing. I forgot what a rush it was to be on stage.

*A couple guys congratulate Jimmy*

Jimmy: And Toby burned our song.

Ashley: Our song?

Jimmy: Right. Your song.

Ashley: You screwed up my second verse, Jimmy and my third.

Jimmy: But I helped you pick up the crowd.

Ashley: I didn’t ask you to and I didn’t need it! Jimmy all they saw was you!

*Jimmy drops a book in his locker and struggles picking it up, so Ashley gets it for him*

Jimmy: Thank you.

Ashley: It’s what I’m here for.

-At Ellie’s-

*Ellie is listening to the performance*

Ellie: This, this is great. Wish I could have seen it live.

Ashley: Whatever. High school sucks. I sing, nobody cares. Jimmy rambles his rhymes unrehearsed, they go wild. Everything’s easy for him.

Ellie: Yeah…except walking?

Ashley: Not what I meant. People thought I was Craig’s sidekick, I don’t want to be Jimmy’s. Does that make me a bitch?

*Ellie doesn’t say anything*

Ashley: Forget I asked.

Griffin: This is a cool melody. Who is this?

Ashley: You’re looking at her.

Griffin: This is you? Who’s that with the flow?

Ashley: Jimmy.

Griffin: Dude from last night, wheelchair? Are you guys coming to the open jam tomorrow night?

Ellie: Oh they’re busy.

Ashley: No we’re not.

Griffin: Cool. Uh make sure Jimmy comes because there’s gonna be some A&R guys there and they should really see him.

Ashley: Um actually I’m not really sure that’s his thing, but I wrote and produced this. I could be there.

Griffin: Yeah sure. I mean if it’s cool with Jimmy, I guess you could perform with him.

*He leaves and Ashley sighs*

-In Ms. Kwan’s class-

Ms. Kwan: When intelligent people look at both sides, a fight becomes a debate. Remember passion is persuasive. Let’s see it.

Sav: Our topic is foreign adoption with Holly J on affirmative and Mia on negative.

Holly J: Be it resolved that foreign adoption has many benefits. By illustrating these benefits I intend to prove that-

-In the gym-

Ashley: Um Griffin, El’s roommate, wants you to perform at his open jam tonight.

Jimmy: That’s amazing. Okay uh…okay we got to double the harmony, I’m gonna layer this new rhyme-

Ashley: Uh no, not we. He just wants you.

Jimmy: Oh tell him to forget it.

Ashley: Jimmy you saw the audience yesterday. I can take a hint. I’m not a performer like you.

Jimmy: Look we are a team and this is an amazing opportunity.

Ashley: Okay.

*She shoots the ball and makes a basket*

Ashley: I’ll be there.

-In Ms. Kwan’s class-

Holly J: Orphan children in other countries receive far less care than orphan children here.

Mia: That doesn’t mean those children don’t need a family just as much.

Holly J: Point of personal privilege, Mr. Chairman. Just because I don’t have a child-

Mia: Point of inquiry, Mr. Chairman. Does the speaker realize that her spray tan is running?

Ms. Kwan: Sav!

Sav: Uh speaker is out of order.

Holly J: My worthy opponent is bias due to her matronly obligations and cankles.

Mia: Well then maybe we should debate testing for psychosis in herpes-infected teens, since the speaker is highly qualified.

Sav: Order in the court.

Ms. Kwan: Mia if you can’t be mature about this, take a seat.

Mia: But Ms. Kwan! I was-

Ms. Kwan: Next group!

-At the club-

Jimmy: Yo man have you seen Ashley? My girlfriend?

Griffin: No dude.

Jimmy: Look if she doesn’t show-

Griffin: I’m not taking no for an answer. I need you up there.

Jimmy: She’s the music though.

*He pulls out a CD*

Griffin: It’s taken care of.

Jimmy: What? Where’d you get that?

Griffin: Don’t worry about it, man. Listen you do you, okay? If this goes well, this could mean big things down the road for both of us.

Jimmy: Us?

Some guy: Griffin two minutes.

Griffin: You’re up next.

-At the Dot-

*Mia walks in with Isabella*

Mia: Hey. Do you have room for one more?

Sav: Actually I’ve got room for one and a half.

Mia: Hey Sav about the debate…I was stupid.

Sav: Hey Holly J has got a knack for provocation. Trust me. I know.

Mia: Oh why, were you guys ever-?

Sav: Oh no. No way. The only thing she and I have in common is Lakehurst.

Mia: So you’re not uh, you’re not seeing anyone?

Sav: No, free as a bird.

*Mia smiles*

-At the club-

Griffin: Alright everybody having a good time out there? Yeah? Okay you ain’t seen nothing yet. Everybody give it up for my newest find, Jimmy Brooks.

Jimmy: Thanks.

*Jimmy starts performing as Ashley watches him from backstage*

Jimmy: *Rapping* Look me and the mic we coexist. My flow is a glass box, we know it exists. So you can observe while you’re trapped in it. Took my lady’s track and I sprinkled some rap in it. And now they like please, please tell us your reality J. We can’t fathom how it’s gonna be forever defined. My mother always told me what to do with my best foot so to this day you know that it is never behind and metaphorically I’m ahead of the rest and proud of the fact that I’ve accomplished that. And every time I say that I can do it myself, in the same breath I’m wondering where my accomplishes are at.

*He keeps rapping as Griffin goes over to Ashley*

Griffin: Vocal track sounds great. You must be really happy. This is really good for him.

Ashley: Yeah definitely better than me being up there with him.

Jimmy: *Rapping* I came into this world as honest and pure. I can’t guarantee to you that I will leave the same. So tell me anything, but the truth ‘cause I don’t really know if I can take it now. Tell me anything, but the truth. Can’t figure out how I’m supposed to make it now. Tell me anything, but the truth ‘cause I don’t really know if I can take it now. Tell me anything, but the truth. Can’t figure out how I’m supposed to make it now. Tell me lies, lies. I said tell me lies, lies.

-At the club-

Ashley: So got a CD for me or what?

Jimmy: Where were you?

Ashley: Over there watching you kick ass.

Jimmy: So why didn’t you come up?

Ashley: ‘Cause you didn’t need me.

Griffin: Guess what? I just talked to the guy from Co-Base Records. He wants to hear more.

Jimmy: Are you serious?

Griffin: Yeah Jimmy he loved you. But he also said that Ash’s backing track was um seductive.

Ashley: Really? I wonder if it was the second verse of aggression.

Griffin: And get this, okay? When I told him you were a young producer, he said he wanted to hear a demo.

*Jimmy and Ashley high 5*

Griffin: You guys are the real deal and I think this could be awesome, okay? So you should be excited.

Jimmy: Wherever I go, you’re coming with me.

-At Mia’s locker-

Mia: Good morning.

Sav: Mia. Had a great time last night. Had so many coffees I couldn’t sleep. Listen tell Isabella I said thanks, huh?

Mia: Tell her yourself. We go to the park after school. Wanna join us?

Sav: Uh sorry I got soccer.

Mia: Well then maybe next time.

Sav: Mia you’re great, but I don’t want to jump into anything until I’ve got my bearings around here, okay?

Mia: Yeah of course.

Sav: See you in class, okay?

*He leaves and Holly J walks over*

Holly J: So the search for step daddy continues, huh? That’s sad.

Mia: You’re evicted Holly J.

*Mia dumps out Holly J’s stuff*

Holly J: You can’t evict me.

Mia: Oh yeah? Looks like I just did.

-In the media immersion room-

*Ashley turns off the computer when Jimmy comes in the room*

Jimmy: So looks like Craig is gonna have some competition. Did you send the demo off yet?

Ashley: Oh I’m just burning a new version.

Jimmy: What new version?

Ashley: It just needed a few tweaks.

Jimmy: Such the perfectionist, but you are the brains of this outfit and if it doesn’t work out then at least we can both go to law school.

*The bell rings*

Jimmy: Okay I have two minutes so I’m gonna go find Spin and I will see you in science class.

*Jimmy leaves and Ashley deletes Jimmy’s rap off the demo before printing it off*

Love is a Battlefield

2007-10-24T20:05:52Z

-At Paige, Ellie and Marco’s-

*Paige is blow-drying her hair which wakes Alex up*

Paige: Morning sleeping beauty

Alex: If you really loved me you wouldn’t hurt my ears this early.

Paige: Well I’ve got to drop the store key with Jimmy, hit the bank, groceries, and a job interview. Très multitask.

Alex: So what am I gonna do all day?

Paige: How about you recharge after the last two weeks? Your final Degrassi semester got you those crazy great grades you were after.

Alex: Yet not even straight A’s could get my mom to ditch Chad, the free-loading conman. So much for moving back home.

Paige: Hon, I know it’s hard, but you can stay here until you get back on your feet.

*Paige kisses her goodbye*

Alex: Bye.

*Paige goes into the kitchen*

Marco: Paige, how long is Alex crashing? Like is she looking for a job or-

Paige: Her last reference is from a strip bar. She needs help and time.

Marco: Yeah well who’s gonna help her ditch the TV remote and pick up the want ads?

Paige: Hon, you and I are lucky enough not to know what it’s like when your parents screw you over. Sympathy, s'il vous plaît? Thank you. So can I go to my life-changing interview? We’ll discuss this later, okay?

-At Paige’s new job-

Paige: Andrea?

*The girl keeps walking*

Paige: Okay guess not.

Andrea: Are you the new girl?

Paige: Paige. It is so good to meet you Andrea.

Andrea: *She pronounces her name differently* Andrea.

Paige: Andrea. Of course. So much for a good first impression, right?

Andrea: Look this job, you’re gonna iron more clothes than you wear, okay?

Paige: Well how about chiffons? I mean steaming sure, but will the Malandrinos really hold up?

Andrea: Malandrinos? We’ve been practicing that at home, haven’t we?

Paige: My whole life, clothes geek.

Andrea: Whose pinafores did you like this season?

Paige: Chanel’s. The rest are un-wearable.

Andrea: Look I need someone at my beck and call. Totally committed.

Paige: Look I will get coffees. I will pin hems. I’ll do model sweat duty, really.

Andrea: Are you a fashion student?

*Paige shakes her head no*

Andrea: Good. We have our spring line runway show for clients happening this week. Drop-offs, details, emergencies. You drive?

Paige: Yes. Andrea I will not let you down. So-

Andrea: Write this down.

*She starts giving orders as Paige follows behind her*

-In Mr. Simpson’s class-

*Manny walks in late and Damien comes in right behind her*

Mr. Simpson: Manny and Damien. A match made in lateness. Something I should know about?

Damien: Not yet, Mr. Simpson.

Mr. Simpson: Okay. Well while Liberty is away at leadership camp, acting vice-president Toby has an announcement.

Toby: Um in response to concerns raised by the merger, we’re gonna be holding a referendum. On Thursday we’re gonna vote on whether Lakehurst clubs and teams should integrate into Degrassi’s or stay separate.

*Everyone starts talking*

Mr. Simpson: Alright cool your jets, guys. Come on. Let’s get this class started, alright?

Emma: Hey lets instil segregation. Apartheid worked so well in South Africa. Why not here? We should do something, Manny.

*Manny is staring at Damien*

Emma: Hello? Earth to Manny.

Manny: Yeah totally. Together, good. Separate, bad.

Emma: Speaking of together or separate, what’s going on with you and Damien?

Manny: Things kind of fizzled after the Lakehurst feud, kind of thanks to you actually, but am I bitter?

*He gives her a little wave and she smiles*

-At Paige, Ellie and Marco’s-

Marco: So why do you think you’d be a good roommate, uh Griffin?

Griffin: Uh well I’m quiet, clean and studious.

Ellie: Hmm that might not work. We’re kind of loud.

Paige: And sort of messy.

Ellie: Yeah we do homework in front of the TV. You’re an engineering student, right?

Griffin: Yeah well and I book bands for the club and I spin. So loud’s okay.

Ellie: Well Griffin it was great meeting you.

Griffin: Okay um I’ll let myself out. You guys get ready to talk about me.

*He leaves*

Marco: Thank you. No more callers.

Ellie: Hey I’m not so sure. A hot roommate is a lot more pressure than regular ones. I need freedom to wear flannel.

Paige: Griffin was incredibly cute and normal. It’s two to one. Sorry Ellie.

Alex: Hmm a guy here would be weird. It’s a tie.

Paige: Um hon, you know we love you, but you don’t really get so much of a vote. The rent’s the rent, you know?

Alex: Right. Of course.

-In the hallway-

Manny: Damien, the guy who let a tiny cheerleading protest wreck a relationship last semester.

Damien: Well a gym full of people shouting “go home Lakehurst” doesn’t leave the memory easily.

Manny: Well now you have a reason to forget, also known as me or was that not flirting that I saw in class today?

Damien: What are you suggesting Miss Santos?

Manny: That we give it another try, that we live in the present.

Damien: I like presents.

Anya: Um smile for the grapevine.

*She takes their picture*

-At Paige’s-

Paige: Alex, please stop pouting. You know it’s only-

*Paige looks at her laptop*

Paige: No, no, no. Ugh! Come on. I’m so stupid.

Alex: What’s the matter?

Paige: My licence expired and I thought I could renew it online, but…Alex half of this job is driving.

Alex: 72 hour wait.

Paige: I have to be there in an hour.

Alex: You have a car, I have a licence.

Paige: You would do that?

Alex: Well it might eat into my couch time, but it will be fun to hang out for a change.

Paige: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. The entire fashion industry owes you huge. Ready to hit the road?

-Later that night-

*Paige and Alex walk in with a bunch of clothes*

Marco: Bonjour couture and Alex, its newest fan?

Alex: Uh not quite.

Paige: Had a little licence issue, but this adorable super human is chauffeuring so I don’t lose my job.

Alex: The things I do to spend time with you. I just don’t get why we have to bring all this stuff here.

Paige: Um hon, we can’t leave them at the venue alone. They are priceless. Marco, flown from Milan today.

Marco: No!

*Marco tries to grab it and Paige pulls it away*

Paige: Oh no touch pas.

Alex: I saw a pair of $1200 shorts tonight. Who buys $1200 shorts?

Paige: I wish I could! Being near them on the runway will have to do.

Alex: That’s just sad. So uh this show, it’s for the world’s 5 other shorts-loving freaks?

Marco: This show is like a huge deal. They said in the paper today who’s sitting front row.

Paige: Hon I will be done at the office at 4 tomorrow, but if I’m not outside you can just wait for me, okay?

Alex: Sure. Getting used to that.

*Alex leaves and Paige and Marco keep squeeing over the clothes*

Marco: This is unreal.

Paige: I don’t even know what to do.

Marco: Try it on! That’s what you do!

Paige: Are you kidding?

-In the media immersion room-

Toby: You’re on the Internet.

Emma: Again?

Manny: I swear I’ve done nothing net-worthy.

Toby: Degrassi Grapevine disagrees.

Manny: Good news travels fast, I guess.

*She sees the picture of her and Damien on the Grapevine*

Manny: Damien look we’re the interracial poster children for Degrassi/Lakehurst unity.

Damien: Hmm.

Manny: What, too much press, too soon?

Damien: No it’s just a little ironic. The whole separation thing was kind of my idea.

Manny: Hold on. Why would you do that?

Damien: Because I believe in it. Lakehurst needs its own identity, especially now.

Manny: Damien the rivalry is only gonna get worse. What about-?

*She gestures to their picture*

Damien: No problem. We can be together ever if our schools are apart.

Manny: Wouldn’t it be better if we were double together?

Damien: Manny you just don’t understand politics.

Manny: The only thing I don’t understand is why I thought this could ever work, condescending ass.

*She walks away*

Damien: Hold on that came out wrong.

-Outside Paige’s job-

Paige: *On the phone* Say you’re at the corner. I’ve been waiting here for 40 minutes.

Alex: *On the phone* I will be soon, Paige-y. I just had to um…just read the style section, okay? I’ll get there as soon as I can.

*Alex is shown smoking weed with Jay*

Paige: *On the phone* How about don’t bother? I can take care of myself, okay?

*She hangs up*

Paige: Taxi!

-At Paige, Marco and Ellie’s-

Alex: I have to go get her.

Jay: First Mel leaves me. Now you. My heart is cracked open and leaking love juice all over the place.

Alex: Your heart will heal. I can’t drive. I’m too stoned. No what am I gonna tell Paige?

Jay: That I’m a mess. That you’re being a good friend. She’ll get it.

Alex: No she’ll have a fit, actually. These are the only things she cares about.

*Alex pulls out one of the dresses*

Jay: Woah Mel would look so hot in that. God I miss her.

Alex: And that’s why I keep you around! For your brilliant ideas!

-Later that night-

Paige: Alex! Alex, can you at least do me the courtesy of being here when I yell at you. You ditched me!

Alex: I know. I’m sorry, but Mel dumped Jay and he really needed-

Paige: Let me guess, a shoulder to get high on?

Alex: I’m sorry. I was a jerk, but can I make it up to you?

*She takes off her robe to show the dress she’s wearing*

Paige: Oh my god. Take off the dress now!

Alex: But I was trying to surprise you.

Paige: Well congratulations! Take off the dress and then get out of my room.

-The next day-

*Griffin is moving in and Paige is steaming the dress*

Alex: Coffee? I found more. Paige I’m sorry. I, I thought my wonder girl Paige could manage on her own.

Paige: On my own, I’m fine. Someone else caused the problem.

Alex: I made a mistake. I didn’t understand how seriously you were taking this whole gig.

Paige: How could you not? This is the first thing I’ve been excited about since I bombed out of Banting.

Alex: I’m not like you with plans and stuff. I always feel like I’m behind. Maybe that’s why I need you.

Paige: Well what about when I need you?

Alex: I’ll be there. How can I prove it?

Paige: Chocolate reminders for tonight’s show. They have to be wrapped and couriered to all the VIPs by noon. Should have been done last night, but um I was busy.

Alex: I’ll get it done, Paige.

Paige: I know you will because screwing up is not an option.

-Outside the school-

Damien: Manny! Manny! Manny stop.

Manny: Sorry not only do I not understand politics, I have trouble with simple commands.

Damien: I’m sorry about yesterday. Listen I didn’t mean to imply you were anything less than brilliant.

Manny: But we’re both smart enough to realize the truth, right? About us?

Damien: Uh oh.

Manny: Damien, it’s not gonna work. I think the personal is political and if I can’t support your campaign, then I can’t support you.

Damien: I respect that, but it doesn’t sound good for the faces of Degrassi/Lakehurst unity.

Manny: Well at least we can agree on that.

Damien: I think we just set the record for the world’s shortest relationship.

Manny: I guess it wasn’t meant to be. We’re just too different.

Damien: It’s ‘cause I’m black, isn’t it?

Manny: Well now that you mention it.

Damien: So what you just wanted the cred?

Manny: Why do you people always play the race card?

Damien: That’s highly offensive.

*Holly J and Anya overhear their joking and look at each other shocked*

-At Paige’s job-

Andrea: What’s Ms. Hagerty going to wear?

Paige: Couriered the purple jersey.

Andrea: And the models?

Paige: Are in makeup as we speak.

Andrea: What about the new music mix?

Paige: Oh uh tracks 1-6. Have it on a loop.

Andrea: Now why haven’t any of my VIPs called to gush over their edible gold reminders?

Paige: They haven’t? But I had them sent out.

Andrea: You had them sent?

Paige: Andrea, I swear they were at the courier by noon.

Andrea: It’s your first week and you’re subcontracting already.

Paige: *under her breath* Alex.

Andrea: Paige, focus. We’re in the leads here. Now if you can’t handle this-

Paige: No I can. I can. I’m sure it was nothing more than a little snag. I can fix it. Trust me.

Andrea: You certainly will. It won’t be a problem at show time, right?

Paige: Of course not. Everything is under control.

Andrea: You looking for something?

Paige: I uh, I just can’t seem to find the contact sheet.

*Andrea gives her it*

Paige: Thank you.

Andrea: Just do your job and don’t wear that.

-At Spirit Squad rehearsal-

Holly J: So Manny, Chantay and I were just trying to figure out who’s hotter. Brad or Kanye?

Manny: You’re serious? Ryan Gosling, hands down.

Chantay: Figures.

Manny: What’s that supposed to mean?

Chantay: As long as he’s not black, right?

Manny: Excuse me?

Holly J: Rumour has it you’re a racist.

Manny: Rumour has it you have webbed toes.

Holly J: Sorry Manny, but most of us understand that racism is a very serious issue.

Manny: Guys I can’t believe this.

Chantay: So the rumour’s true then?

Manny: No! Where are you getting this crap from?

Holly J: People who overheard you talking to Damien today.

Manny: Dude we were joking! This is insane. Come on. I’ll prove it.

*They walk into the hall and Manny goes up to Damien*

Manny: So you heard?

*She points to herself*

Manny: Racist. Awesome, huh?

Damien: What do you mean?

Manny: Some people didn’t think our joke was very funny, but seems to be working out well for you though. Lots of support, huh?

Damien: You think people are supporting me because of that?

Manny: Well I don’t think it’s hurting. So you need to do something for me. Hey! Listen up. Unscheduled announcement from Damien Hayes.

Damien: I heard some vicious rumours. I want you all to know that Manny Santos is not a racist.

Holly J: Then why did she dump you?

Damien: Trust me. The reasons are far more than skin deep.

Manny: Unlike Damien, I happen to be a firm believer in unity. He wants to keep the schools divided, but what Damien doesn’t get about politics is that when there’s solidarity, there’s strength. I hope you all remember this as you make your way to the polls.

Derek: Yeah!

Danny: Bravo. One school.

-At the fashion show-

Paige: *On her phone* Paige here. Ms. Levoy, you will? Great. I’ll see you seen.

Andrea: Paige! How are my- this chair is crooked. How are my VIPs?

Paige: Last one just confirmed. All seats filled with appropriate seats.

Andrea: Impressive, but we’re still really behind. Now I need you to-

Alex: Paige!

*Andrea gasps in horror as Alex walks on the runway*

Alex: Paige I um…okay. I couldn’t get the stuff to everyone.

Andrea: Paige. We can’t have this, her.

*Paige grabs Alex’s arm and they move away from Andrea*

Paige: Alex, what is wrong with you? You didn’t deliver the reminders, did you?

Alex: No ‘cause I saw the invoice. $3000 for chocolate? That’s 3 months rent to where I come from.

Paige: And if I hadn’t spent the last hour frantically calling people about the show, I’d have lost my job.

Alex: This isn’t happiness, Paige. This is a lame temp gig that has you acting like a diva.

Paige: Who asked you to judge what is okay for this company or me? I am trying to start a career I actually care about.

Alex: You actually care about this artificial crap? Paige you wrap presents and iron dresses like a maid. Sorry if I have principals.

Paige: You know what? You were better off as a stripper. It is all great to climb up on your high horse, but at least that girl was working for something.

*Paige tries to walk away and Alex stops her*

Paige: Alex, I’m done!

*They both walk away angry*

-In Mr. Simpson’s class-

Ms. Hatzilakos: *On the TV* Yesterday you went to the polls to decide whether the Degrassi and Lakehurst teams and clubs should be separate or together and the results are in with a resounding vote in favour of unifying clubs and teams. Thank you.

Mr. Simpson: Thing of beauty, democracy. And speaking of democratic freedom, feel free to take your seats.

Manny: Hey. If it’s any consolation, you weren’t totally wrong. Some things are better apart, like us. No hard feelings?

Damien: Are you kidding? You totally blind sighted me in front of the whole school.

Manny: It’s not my fault you smart boys are so easily manipulated.

Damien: Oh is that what you think? Everyone, Manny’s a sexist!

*She covers his mouth*

Manny: Joking. Very funny.

Damien: So you’re sure you don’t want to go out on one more date?

Manny: Positive.

Damien: How about Emma? Is she single?

*Manny shakes her head with a smile*

-At Paige and Marco’s-

Paige: Then I had to return everything after the show so I blew every cent I made on taxis.

Marco: Yeah, but you still have your job though, right?

Paige: Andrea gave me a gift bag, so unless that’s code for move on sister-

Marco: It’s code for hottest shades ever.

*Alex walks in and sees a duffle bag*

Paige: I think everything’s in there. Where are you gonna go?

Alex: My mom has a cousin in Ajax. I’ll find a job. I’ve got options.

Paige: Look I’m sorry. I thought it would be good for you here.

Alex: Yeah, but I was still alone. I lost you to a fantasy world.

Paige: This is the right thing to do, but it still hurts.

Alex: You make it sound like cough syrup.

*Alex leaves and Paige puts on the sunglasses*

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: On an all new Degrassi, Jimmy and Ashley chase the spotlight.

Ashley: If I’m chasing dreams, you’re coming with me.

Jimmy: Okay.

*Ashley is shown singing and the crowd looks bored*

Johnny: Lame!

Voiceover: But one outshines the other and we all know what that means.

*Jimmy is shown rapping and everyone is into it*

Ashley: Jimmy all they saw was you!

Jimmy: But I helped you pick up the crowd.

Ashley: I didn’t ask you to.

*Jimmy is performing and Ashley watches from backstage*

Ashley: People thought I was Craig’s sidekick. I don’t want to be Jimmy’s. Does that make me a bitch?

*Ashley is shown about to delete Jimmy’s rap from the computer*

Standing in the Dark pt. 2

2007-10-23T20:06:37Z

Sorry I've been so late with these! The next two will be up probably tomorrow :)

-At the ski lodge-

Darcy: What time is it? Peter?

*She looks around and sees her clothes on the floor*

Darcy: Peter! Peter what happened last night?

Peter: I think I became fluent in keg draft.

Darcy: But did we? Oh my gosh. We did.

Peter: Did what?

*She nods down*

Peter: Are you sure?

Darcy: Yes I’m sure and you should be too. You were kinda there.

Peter: My body was I guess, but not my mind…Darcy I was totally wasted.

Darcy: You’re not the only one who was. I’ve got the thrashing headache to prove it.

Peter: We had sex?

Darcy: When does the next bus leave? If I don’t get home before my parents, I’m dead.

Peter: Darcy I know this isn’t how you pictured it.

Darcy: Let me get dressed. Just get out.

Peter: No I mean I wish it had been more memorable. I know how much it meant to you, losing your virginity.

Darcy: No you don’t, Peter. Not even a little. Now please let me get dressed.

-In the gym-

Manny: And 5, 6, 7, 8. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, 7, 8. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, 7, 8. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, 7, 8.

*Holly J starts screwing up the moves*

Darcy: Uh Holly? Try to keep up.

Holly J: It’s Holly J and I’m trying. It’s just hard to memorize mediocrity.

Darcy: Please. You know what? Practice is over. Everyone hit the showers.

Manny: Way to end practice on a high note. What happened?

Darcy: What? Uh what do you mean?

Manny: You know at Mount Huron? After you got all judgy on me and I left?

Darcy: Manny I’m really sorry about that.

Manny: What was it again? No values, no self-respect…

*Darcy doesn’t say anything*

Manny: Uh oh. Rents caught you sneaking back in, didn’t they?

Darcy: No they didn’t. It’s not that. It’s Peter.

Manny: I had a feeling when you guys weren’t on the bus home. Did something happen?

*She starts to cry*

Darcy: Everything and I barely remember it.

Manny: Are you sure you said yes? You’re sure Peter didn’t take advantage?

Darcy: Manny don’t go there. I got drunk and I made a mistake. End of story.

Manny: You’re not the first one, honey.

Darcy: What if people find out? What if they talk and say I’m like this big nympho? I swear I’d die.

Manny: You’ll be fine, so as long as you make sure Peter hasn’t told anyone.

Darcy: But I know.

Manny: And every girl is entitled to a secret, or two, or three. It’ll be fine.

-At Marco, Paige and Ellie’s-

Marco: Morning. Sleep okay?

Alex: Yeah you weren’t lying about that couch.

Marco: You don’t have to lie, Alex. I know you and Paige are playing house in Dylan’s room. It’s not like he’s gonna care. He’s in Switzerland.

*Paige walks in looking for something*

Marco: Keys to the store? They’re on the fridge.

Paige: Oh thanks, hon. Without you, I’d be sad, lonely and with many cats.

Marco: You know we have a no pets rule?

Paige: Well once I close down Squatch Designs for good, I’ll leave the rats behind. Bye guys.

Marco: Bye.

*She kisses Alex goodbye*

Marco: Hey El don’t forget, study group at 4. I made notes.

Ellie: Thanks. You’re too perfect.

Marco: Tell that to Dylan.

Alex: What’s with Dylan?

Marco: It’s our anniversary and you’d think I would have heard from him by now, but nada.

Ellie: Marco, the boy has checked out.

Marco: I gotta get to class.

Ellie: Sorry! I’m sure he’ll call.

-In Ms. Kwan’s class-

Derek: Come on. You can tell us.

Danny: Totally. We’re practically friends.

Peter: Alright, but you guys can’t tell anyone. Alright…I think Darcy and I had sex.

Derek: No way!

Danny: What?!

Peter: Shh!

Danny: What do you mean think you had sex?

Peter: Well you know when you think you had sex, but you’re not totally sure if you did or not?

Derek: Uh no.

Danny: Come on dude, you’re asking us?

Derek: So what is it? Did you do it or not?

Danny: I knew it! He did. Score.

Peter: Shh. It’s a secret. You guys can keep a secret, right?

Danny: Totally. We’re not like immature or whatever.

Derek: Yeah. So did you see her bare-naked?

Ms. Kwan: Seats everyone. Today we begin studying a new novel, the mid-19th century classic, “The Scarlet Letter” written by Nathaniel Hawthorne. The book is a story of a woman who must permanently bear the mark of her sins in the face of public scrutiny.

-At the Core-

Marco: Hello Nash.

Eric: Marco. Hey how are you?

Marco: Eric!

Eric: What brings you to the Core?

Marco: Uh just getting a textbook from El. How goes the journalism?

Ellie: Makes no sense.

Jesse: What? Your Justin Timberlake review?

Ellie: Ha ha. It’s Marco. He keeps holding onto a guy who treats him like crap.

Jesse: Well he’s sure got a fan in Eric.

Ellie: Really? We should set them up!

Jesse: We should mind our own business and by ‘we’, I mean you.

Ellie: Look you know Marco. Unless someone intervenes, he’s gonna let Dylan kick him around forever.

Jesse: No doubt. Marco’s loyal to a fault, which is why he’s never gonna let you set him up with Eric.

Ellie: You’re right. Just means we’re gonna have to be sneaky.

Jesse: Still with the ‘we’, huh?

-Outside the school-

Peter: Hey you still mad at me?

Darcy: I wasn’t mad at you. I was freaked out.

Peter: Yeah I get it. I do. I was freaked too.

Darcy: I’m just surprised, I guess.

Peter: Yeah I know. It wasn’t how you thought it would happen.

*They hug*

Darcy: So we agree? That it was a mistake. I mean it can’t happen again.

Peter: Darcy I don’t want to do anything to make you unhappy, ever. So whatever you say goes.

Darcy: And you didn’t tell anyone about, about what we did, did you?

Peter: No. Of course not.

Darcy: Good because if anyone found out-

Peter: Don’t worry. No one will. I’m just glad we’re cool because if you were mad at me, I couldn’t take it.

-At Marco and Ellie’s-

Marco: So Dylan just sent the lamest text. It says “Hap aniv M, Luv D. Could that be any more abbreviated? Why does it smell like pizza?

Ellie: Because we have guests.

Jesse: Hey Marco. Uh Eric and I were uh just doing some work.

Eric: Hey Marco.

Ellie: Jesse I wanted to show you that thing. Remember?

Jesse: Oh right. The thing. Love things.

*They leave Marco and Eric alone*

Marco: Well that wasn’t awkward.

Eric: I’m sorry. I didn’t know they were gonna make it such an obvious setup.

Marco: But you did know it was a setup?

Eric: Well I guess I kinda thought there was something between us.

Marco: Yeah there is something between us. His name’s Dylan. He’s my boyfriend.

Eric: Okay. I wonder if uh Ellie can show me that, that thing. Enjoy the pizza.

-At the Dot-

*Peter and Darcy are cuddling when Emma and Manny walk in*

Manny: Hey. Mind if we interrupt this love fest?

Darcy: We’ve got all the time in the world for friends.

Peter: We can all be friends, right?

Emma: No recent reasons why not. People change, right?

Peter: They sure do.

*Jane walks in*

Jane: Get a room you two. Oh wait a sec, you already did that, you sly dogs.

Darcy: You told her?

Peter: No I didn’t!

Jane: Well those two fuzz-head twins won’t shut up about it.

*Darcy leaves*

Peter: Thanks a lot.

*Peter rushes out after her*

Peter: Darcy I’m sorry.

Darcy: Oh great you’re sorry. That’s really gonna help me get my reputation back.

Peter: I only told Danny and Derek because I was so freaking confused.

Darcy: About what?

Peter: About the fact that you say we had sex, but I don’t think we did. I really don’t.

Darcy: I know what happened that night. I know that we had sex.

Peter: Listen, last time I saw you, you were passed out and there were a lot of people around. People we don’t know. I was out of control.

Darcy: Stop it Peter!

Peter: I really hope it’s not true, but what if something happened?

Darcy: It’s not possible. I’m not the sort of person that happens to.

Peter: You’re sure you had sex. I’m sure it wasn’t with me.

Darcy: Don’t talk to me.

Peter: What?

Darcy: You heard what I said. Don’t talk to me ever.

*She walks away upset*

-Outside the school-

*Darcy walks inside after taking a deep breath*

Derek: Darcy you little thief.

Danny: Yeah we heard you stole Pete’s virginity. Made him a man, you little minx.

Emma: Out of the way, dorks! Don’t let them bug you. We’ve both been here before.

Manny: It’s like being a sheep and the halls are filled with wolves with acne.

Kim: Guess all those years in Friendship Club didn’t mean much.

Darcy: Hey Kim.

Kim: I see you’re still wearing your abstinence ring. Don’t you think you should take it off?

Emma: This isn’t the time, Kim.

Darcy: No it’s fine.

*She takes off her ring and hands it to Kim*

Darcy: Satisfied?

Kim: Virginity is God’s most precious gift and you just gave it away.

*Manny sticks out her tongue at Kim and the girls walk away*

-At Marco and Ellie’s-

Ellie: Yeah frozen toaster tart!

Marco: Hey you’re still in the doghouse Nash.

Ellie: I was only trying to help you and by the way, it was real nice of you to crush poor Eric’s feeling.

Marco: I know. I got freaked. Maybe I’m attracted to him.

Ellie: Maybe?

Marco: Okay he’s hot! And in another time and place it might have worked, but Dylan-

Ellie: -is in Europe, which is European for far, far away. He’s living his life Marco, but what are you doing?

Marco: Fine. I will take Eric out for one cup of coffee. Just promise to get off my back.

Ellie: Promise.

*Marco tries to take the poptarts out of the toaster and Ellie stops him*

Ellie: No. they have to be hot.

-At Darcy’s locker-

Peter: Darcy can I talk to you?

Darcy: I think you’ve done enough talking. You’ve made my life here hell.

Manny: Shoo! Go on! Get!

*She pushes him away*

Peter: I’m gonna murder Danny and Derek!

Jane: Hey uh you guys hear about that Mount Huron thing? There’s a police warning about some roofie rapist on the loose. Someone’s going around and spiking some random girls’ drinks at parties. Crazy scary.

*Darcy has a flashback to the night*

Darcy: Totally. So lucky it wasn’t one of us.

Jane: Yeah.

*Jane leaves and Darcy doesn’t say anything*

Darcy: What?

Manny: You said you were out of your mind drunk.

Darcy: I had one drink. It just hit me.

Manny: One drink doesn’t hit you like that. Roofies do and they also make you forget.

Darcy: I remember me and Peter having sex. I remember the whole thing. It was beautiful.

Manny: That’s not what you said yesterday.

Darcy: Well my memory came back.

-At a doctor’s office-

*Darcy is getting her blood tested*

Doctor: So we’ll send this off to the lab, along with your urine. We’ll test for the usual STI’s. Just bend your arm up. And we’ll have the results in a few hours.

Darcy: And there’s absolutely no way you can tell if I’m pregnant?

Doctor: Not this soon, I’m sorry. You uh, you said you were very intoxicated when you had sex. Are you sure it was consensual?

Darcy: Oh absolutely. My boyfriend, Ramón’s, condom broke. Oops.

Doctor: Ms. Edwards, I know an excellent person you can talk to if…

Darcy: Oh no need, doctor. I’ve got my boyfriend, my family, my friends, all sorts of support.

Doctor: Okay.

-At a coffee shop-

Eric: That’s why I love the summer camp. I think all kids should have access to the outdoors.

Marco: Yeah and all the mosquito bites they can scratch.

Eric: Don’t knock it, city boy. Maybe some day I’ll take you to the woods.

Marco: Look Eric you’re great and I’m trying, but I have a boyfriend.

Eric: Look you have a crutch. What are you afraid of Marco?

Marco: Nothing. Its long distance and it’s difficult, but I’m committed.

Eric: Look you’re hiding under a safety blanket. There’s a whole world out there and Dylan’s not the only gay man in it.

Marco: Well thanks for the advice. You sure seem to know a lot about my love life.

Eric: I know you deserve someone who’s good to you.

Marco: Well I happen to have that guy.

-In Darcy’s backyard-

Manny: Hey. Got your IM. What’s going on?

Darcy: I used to play here when I was little and I used to dream about my prince who would sweep me of my feet at our perfect wedding. I just found out I have Chlamydia. Got any antibiotics?

Manny: Is Peter getting tested?

*Darcy shakes her head no and she starts to cry*

Darcy: I remember feeling someone on me and he smelled bad. Not like Peter. I just wanted it to be him so bad.

Manny: Oh my god, Darcy.

Darcy: I don’t know what to do, Manny. I’m terrified. Everywhere I look I think “is that him? Is that the guy?”

Manny: Darcy you’ve got to talk to someone. You’ve got to tell.

Darcy: You said Manny. You said every girl is entitled to a secret.

Manny: I didn’t mean getting raped. Babe you’ve got to talk to your parents, okay?

*Darcy nods her head*

Manny: Darcy, you’re still gonna have your prince and your perfect wedding. You’re gonna have it all, okay? It’s okay.

-At Darcy’s house-

Mrs. Edwards: Daddy and I are off to choir practice. Hey everything okay, honey? Oh don’t tell me that cold of yours is coming back.

Darcy: I’m still feeling a little under the weather. Have fun at choir.

-At Spirit Squad practice-

Manny: Okay bring it down. Holly J, can you take over for a sec?

Holly J: Okay back in formation.

*Manny goes into the locker room and finds Darcy on the floor with the shower running and her wrist cut, bleeding into the drain*

Manny: Darcy? Darcy!

*Manny turns off the water and gives her a towel*

Manny: Oh my god. Hold this. Press. I’m calling 911.

-At the hospital-

Peter: Do they know?

Manny: I don’t think Darcy told them yet.

Peter: Someone’s got to.

Manny: Not us, not now.

Peter: Why not?

Manny: I got this pamphlet.

Peter: Oh great a pamphlet.

Manny: It says rape victims need to heal at their own pace. It’s important.

*Mrs. Edwards starts to walk over and Peter leaves before she can see him*

Mrs. Edwards: The cut wasn’t deep. She’ll be okay, but can you tell me why my perfect daughter would have done this?

Manny: Mrs. Edwards, I really don’t know.

*Darcy is shown in the hospital bed upset*

-At Marco, Paige and Ellie’s-

*Marco is pouring a cup of coffee when Paige walks in*

Paige: Keeping Sumatra in business, hon?

Marco: I haven’t slept much. Been waiting for Dylan to call for two days.

Paige: Well luckily I’ve got just the thing to cheer you up. Squatch Design tees in every single colour.

Marco: Sorry about the store going under.

Paige: No big. We did everything we could. C’est la vie, que sera and all that. There’s no use crying.

Marco: I guess when it’s time, it’s time.

*His phone rings*

Marco: Dylan. Hey listen, um we need to talk. Yeah it’s the talk.

-In Ms. Sauvé’s office-

Darcy: I just don’t know what to say. I don’t even know why I’m here.

Ms. Sauvé: You’re here because you hurt yourself on school property. Darcy I know there’s a reason for what you did and if you ever do want to talk, I could be a pretty good listener. But in the meantime we’re gonna create a safety plan and make sure you have the best support system around. And if there’s anything else you need, you know where to reach me.

-In the hallway-

Manny: Hey. How’d it go?

Darcy: I couldn’t tell her. Not yet.

Peter: I got you something, abstinence ring.

Manny: What happened, it didn’t count Darcy.

*She takes the ring and they start walking down the hall together*

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: On an all new Degrassi when Paige goes all Devil Wears Prada-

Andrea: The models?

Paige: Are in makeup as we speak.

Andrea: What about the new music mix?

Paige: Oh uh tracks 1-6. Have it on a loop.

Voiceover: And total hell breaks loose.

Paige: Oh my god. Take off the dress now!

Alex: But I was trying to surprise you.

Paige: Well congratulations!

Voiceover: Is this the end of Paige and Alex?

Alex: You actually care about this artificial crap?

Paige: You were better off as a stripper.

Standing in the Dark pt. 1

2007-10-23T20:05:01Z

*The Lakehurst busses are all around the front of the school*

Emma: New semester, new hair?

*They hug*

Manny: I needed a change. The only thing worse than going back to school is going back to school in winter.

Emma: Well every step we take takes us one step closer to graduation.

Spinner: Oh final countdown, dudes! Exactly 126 days until graduation.

Jimmy: Give or take.

Darcy: Why is it so bus-sy around here?

Jimmy: Welcome to the new world of Degrassi/Lakehurst cohabitation.

*Toby bumps into someone*

Random guy: Watch it.

Toby: How can the people from the school that killed JT be coming here?

Emma: Their school burns down, we get their ashes. Great idea school board.

Manny: What are the chances there’ll be a single cute guy?

*Toby and Emma give her a look*

Manny: What? Sorry!

Emma: Well maybe someone new will steal Darcy away from his evil highness.

*They look at Peter telling a joke to a bunch of people*

Peter: And the grasshopper said what, Harold?

*People laugh at his joke and Darcy walks over to him*

Darcy: His evil highness has been defeated by the powers of good, IE: me. We’re in love and he’s reformed. I have that effect.

Manny: If anyone could, it’s the blessed virgin Darcy.

Peter: Darcy we’re at school. You know what happens if my mom finds out.

Darcy: Look around Peter. Your mom has bigger things on her mind and do you really think the principal would send her son to boarding school?

Peter: Why now? What’s the rush?

Darcy: You’re happy we have to keep our relationship a secret?

Peter: No. I’m just used to it. Plus sneaking around is kind of hot.

Darcy: I’m starting to think that you don’t want people to know about us.

*He shakes his head and walks into the school*

-In the auditorium-

Ms. Hatzilakos: Okay everyone. Please grab a seat so we can begin. Until the Lakehurst fire damage is repaired you’ll be experiencing a little less elbow room. Now I know and I’m expecting all of you to make our new guests feel right at home. Degrassi’s had a long-standing history of being a welcoming and nurturing environment.

*She keeps talking as Manny and Darcy take their seats*

Manny: So why haven’t we talked?

Darcy: About what?

Manny: About wholesome Christian you, dating drug-planting, street-racing, blackmailing Peter?

Peter: Uh hello, Manny? I’m right here. I’m not that guy anymore. That was the old me.

Darcy: Exactly, which is why there is no reason to keep our relationship secret.

Peter: What do you want me to do? Show my mom that we’re dating, make an announcement?

Darcy: FYI, I saw you. Flirting with those girls from Lakehurst and if you ever-

Manny: Guys! Shh!

Peter: Darce you’re my girl. What more proof do you need?

Darcy: You’re the former criminal mastermind. Think of something.

-In the hallway-

Mr. Simpson: Ah Toby Isaacs, ready for one last semester as my digi-guru?

Johnny: *Pretending to cough* Digi-wiener!

Mr. Simpson: DiMarco, right? Something to say?

Johnny: No sir.

Toby: Really? ‘Cause I heard something. Sounded important, actually.

*The bell rings*

Mr. Simpson: Off to class, guys.

-In the cafeteria-

Darcy: Crowded much? I feel out of place in my own caf.

Manny: So has Peter come up with a master plan for you two going public yet?

Darcy: No, but it would probably help if I could even find that charming boyfriend of mine.

Manny: I think I found mine.

*Manny eyes Sav and goes over to him*

Manny: Hey are these seats taken?

Sav: Uh sit here.

Manny: Thank you.

Sav: I’m Sav by the way.

Manny: Manny and this is Darcy.

*Darcy smiles*

Sav: Hey.

Jane: Jane. Hi.

Sav: I was just telling Jane that we should round up some people and go snowboarding this weekend.

Jane: And I was just telling Sav that nobody would be interested.

Manny: Uh we might be. Right Darcy?

Darcy: Sounds like a blast of cold. Besides I’ve got a church retreat.

Holly J: Gotta get your bible on?

Manny: Just her never-ending search for eternal happiness.

Holly J: Has she checked under her extensions?

Darcy: No, but there it is behind your gigantic rump.

*Holly J puts her tray down and spills Darcy’s all over the floor*

Ms. Hatzilakos: *On the PA system* Darcy Edwards please report to the principal’s office immediately.

Holly J: Wait, that’s you? But you seem like such a good girl.

Darcy: You better clean that up.

*Darcy walks away*

Darcy: *To herself* Love our new guests.

*Toby walks over to Liberty who is sitting on the cafeteria steps*

Toby: This pit of filth taken?

*He sort of bumps into Holly J*

Holly J: Trying to feel me up, toad?

Toby: This is our hall. These are our lockers. These are our crappy motivational posters. They have no right to take this from us.

Liberty: Lakehurst was forced to come here. It wasn’t their choice.

Toby: So you’re okay with JT’s killers being here?

Liberty: I feel a podcast coming on.

Toby: I’m serious.

Liberty: Tobes I’m never gonna be okay with the fact that JT’s gone, but Lakehurst didn’t kill him. One psycho did and he’s in jail.

Toby: Johnny DiMarco’s here. He was there when JT got stabbed and what happens to him? Nothing.

Liberty: Dr. Martin Luther King said “Returning violence for violence multiplies violence, adding deeper darkness to a night already devoid of stars”. Let it go, Toby.

-In Ms. Hatzilakos’ office-

*Darcy knocks*

Ms. Hatzilakos: Come in. So Peter says there’s something that you two want to tell me.

Peter: Mom um you know how I like ketchup on my broccoli? Shouldn’t go together, right? Uh well that’s a lot like me and Darcy. We’ve been-

Darcy: I think he’s trying to say that we’re together and we don’t want to keep it a secret anymore.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Have you parents given their blessing?

Darcy: Oh sure. As long as we obey the rule of chastity, they’re happy.

Peter: We just want to be honest or whatever.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Well Peter’s behaviour has turned around and I think I know why, so what can I say? He’s a lucky kid.

*Darcy hugs her*

Ms. Hatzilakos: But if you give me any reason, I’ll reconsider.

Darcy: We’ll be angels. Promise.

*They hug excitedly*

-Outside the school-

Toby: So Lakehurst burns to the ground. How appropriate.

Johnny: Believe me I wish I were anywhere, but this dump.

Toby: Yeah that makes two of us.

Johnny: Wait you’re the guy we rolled last semester? Oh man I’m over that, alright? How about a peace treaty?

Toby: Not unless you say you’re sorry.

Johnny: Fine I’m sorry I called you a digi-wiener and kicked your ass.

Toby: You stood there while your friend stabbed my friend to death.

*Johnny walks away*

-In the gym-

Holly J: Um if we’re gonna be one squad, I nominate myself as co-captain.

Darcy: Ha! Please. Job’s taken. Warm-ups people.

*Darcy walks over to Manny and they sit on the floor to do their stretches*

Darcy: I have an announcement.

Holly J: That you’re a vampire?

Darcy: Me and Peter, we’re official! And his mom is totally cool with us being us.

Manny: That’s kind of amazing.

Darcy: So you’re okay with it too?

Manny: As long as you’re happy. Speaking of happy, I’m in a snowboarding mood.

Darcy: A snowboarding mood or a Sav mood? Already with the boy crazy?

Manny: Sav-schmav. It’ll be fun! Unless ditching church retreat gets you struck by lightning.

Darcy: Even if I were to risk divine electrocution, it would be to spend time here with my boyfriend.

-In the hallway-

Mrs. Edwards: What’s taking so long? Where’s Darcy?

Ms. Hatzilakos: Can I help you?

Mr. Edwards: Uh my daughter’s on Spirit Squad. Chauffer service, you know.

Darcy: Hi! Sorry I’m late. Uh let’s go.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Oh I’m Daphne Hatzilakos, Darcy’s principal, and you know my son, Peter.

Mrs. Edwards: Oh we know your son.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Great. Well I was hoping we’d meet.

Mr. Edwards: Uh Darcy’s not in trouble, is she?

Ms. Hatzilakos: No, but if my son and your daughter are gonna be an item, it’s best that we have each other on speed dial.

Mrs. Edwards: Oh no, no, no, no, no. There must be some misunderstanding. Darcy is not dating your son.

Mr. Edwards: Darcy told us he left her to walk home in the rain after being cited for driving without a licence?

Ms. Hatzilakos: Yes and I see she survived.

Mr. Edwards: And what about those photos he took and sent to his perverted friends on the Internet?

Peter: That was her idea.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Look I know Peter is no angel, but I am doing my best.

Mr. Edwards: Ms. Hatzilakos, I’m sure your son is a handful.

Ms. Hatzilakos: I can handle my son, Mr. Edwards.

Mrs. Edwards: Well maybe if you and Mr. Hatzilakos were still together-

Darcy: Mom!

Ms. Hatzilakos: Very nice to meet you.

*Ms. Hatzilakos and Peter walk away and Peter whispers to Darcy*

Peter: Darcy, do something!

-At Darcy’s-

*Darcy is holding a thermometer under a lamp*

Mrs. Edwards: Darcy, are you ready? The bus is leaving!

Darcy: Our minivan can go without me.

Mrs. Edwards: Nobody’s going on the retreat without you.

Darcy: I think I’m coming down with a cold. Can’t I just stay home?

Mrs. Edwards: But you always have so much fun on the retreat.

Darcy: I don’t want to spread my germs and I have homework, new cheers…

Mrs. Edwards: Oh I don’t know sweetie. Staying by yourself over night?

Darcy: Mom I’m seventeen!

Mrs. Edwards: Okay. You’ve got a good head on your shoulders and we trust you.

Darcy: Thanks mom.

Mrs. Edwards: Okay rest up. We’ll be checking in. You have our numbers and we’ll be back later tomorrow afternoon, okay?

*Darcy texts Manny “I’ll be there in 15 mins”*

-Outside, everyone is boarding onto the busses-

Manny: There you are all just in time.

Darcy: Yeah I had to wait for my parents to leave.

Manny: I take it the Churchisons aren’t cool with unsupervised winter fun?

Darcy: That would be a no, but you’ve taught me everything there is to know about call-forwarding. Have you seen Peter?

Manny: No.

Darcy: Another voicemail. *On her phone* Peter it’s me. I’m on my way to Mount Huron. The next bus leaves in an hour. Please come. I promise I’ll make it worth your while.

Manny: Hurry up!

-At Toby’s-

*He is at his computer publishing a podcast to the Grapevine*

Toby: If Lakehurst cast-offs like Johnny DiMarco think that I’m gonna personally welcome them to Degrassi, wake up. It ain’t gonna happen and if anyone has a problem with that, remember nobody messes with Toby Isaacs.

-On the mountain-

*Manny is helping Darcy with her snowboard*

Manny: Here. Just wedge your foot.

Darcy: I’ve never done this before! I’m gonna break my neck!

Manny: It’s not as scary as it looks, okay? If you learn now you’ll never forget.

Jane: Right foot first? Are you goofy? Never mind. Hey um killer party tonight. Guaranteed rager if you’re sticking around ‘til the last bus.

Darcy: Funny I was just wondering when the next bus leaves to go home.

*Her phone rings*

Darcy: *On the phone* Peter! Thank gosh. I am so sorry I couldn’t stand up to my parents. Please just tell me you’re not calling to break up.

*He sits down beside her*

Peter: Come on. You’re the one who’s supposed to have faith.

Darcy: You made it!

Peter: Yeah I’ll pulled the mom’s house, dad’s house shell game. Said you’d make it worth my while.

Darcy: And did you hear about the party tonight?

Peter: Yeah of course.

*A montage begins of them all snowboarding and having a good time*

-Outside-

*Toby, Derek and Danny are playing street hockey*

Liberty: Toby! “Lakehurst are a bunch of mouth-breathing Neanderthals”?

Toby: I couldn’t agree more.

Liberty: I heard your podcast. How is name calling supposed to help?

Toby: It’s not name calling. It’s scientific classification.

Liberty: I was gonna ask you to head up the integration committee, but your personal vendetta isn’t helping.

Toby: Yeah well maybe some people don’t want to integrate.

Danny: Car!

*They move to the side of the road*

Danny: Check it. Lakehurst 9ers. Wanna go bust heads?

*Derek nods and they start playing hockey again*

Danny: Later okay?

Liberty: Is this what you want? An ongoing war? You remember how that ended last time.

-At the snow lodge-

Manny: Ditching the church retreat, lying to your parents, sneaking out. You know you don’t have to commit all 7 deadly sins in one night.

Darcy: Hey I’m not drinking, am I? Besides none of this would be necessary if my parents hadn’t banned me from seeing Peter.

Manny: When will parents ever learn? Forbidding things is an aphrodisiac.

Darcy: Totally.

*Peter and Darcy kiss before walking away. A creepy guy eyes Manny and she shudders as she walks away*

-In the hallway-

Darcy: Finally I have you all to myself.

Peter: And there’s nothing our parents can do about it.

Darcy: You were right. This whole sneaking around behind their backs thing, it is kind of hot.

*They go into the room and start making out on the bed*

Darcy: Woah. Slow down. You know the above-the-waist rule, Peter.

Peter: Just relax.

Darcy: I’m not comfortable with this.

Peter: What happened to “I’ll make it worth your while”?

Darcy: I meant I’d buy your lift ticket, stupid. You know I took a vow of abstinence.

Peter: Yeah? Well the problem is I didn’t!

Darcy: Get out.

Peter: Come on Darcy.

*She opens the door*

Darcy: Out.

Peter: Alright I’m sorry.

Darcy: My parents were so right about you!

*Peter leaves and Darcy closes the door*

-At a pool hall-

Johnny: Coming here alone? That’s brave…or stupid.

Toby: Maybe both. Look Johnny I don’t want to start a war and I think as long as we’re under the same roof, we should try to get along.

Johnny: That’s not what podcast Toby said. Yeah we’ve all heard it. You know before someone messes with you, I’d suggest you bust out of here.

Toby: Look you don’t understand. I want to take you up on your peace treaty.

Johnny: Treaty’s off the table, wiener. I’ll see you at school.

*Toby leaves*

-At the party-

Manny: Church retreat, smurch retreat. Aren’t you glad you came up here?

Darcy: Not remotely.

*Darcy takes a big sip of her drink*

Manny: Easy tiger. The bus leaves in half an hour.

Darcy: You were right, you know, about forbidding things. Just now in the bedroom, Peter was trying to make me do things.

Manny: Isn’t the rule of abstinence supposed to make life easier?

Darcy: It’s not a rule. I’m not ready. I want to wait until I’m married. I’m not like you Manny. With no values, no self-respect…

Manny: Well if you’re gonna get off on your high horse, then I’m gone. You and Satan Jr. are made for each other.

*She leaves and Darcy walks over to the bathroom*

Darcy: I have to pee.

*She leaves her drink on the table and goes inside the bathroom*

-Outside the party, Peter is getting drunk-

Some guy: Hey man. Getting your shine on?

Peter: Whatever man. Sue me.

*He goes inside to look for Darcy*

Peter: I’m a jackass. Sorry, a jackbutt.

*Darcy laughs and takes another sip*

Peter: How wasted are you?

Darcy: I only had one drink, jackass.

Peter: Oh saucy. You’re a bad liar, though. Even worse when you’re drunk.

Darcy: Let’s not, let’s not fight anymore, okay?

Peter: Deal. Swear.

Darcy: We can go do it if you want.

Peter: Do what?

Darcy: Whatever. Anything you want.

Peter: Can I tell you a secret? I’m a virgin too and I don’t care because I’ll wait until whenever ‘cause I love you.

*Darcy passes out as he’s talking to her*

Peter: I’m gonna barf.

*Peter runs off as Darcy’s still lying on the couch*

- In a graveyard, Toby walks over to JT’s grave-

Toby: Hey JT. I know you’re busy, but um if I had anyone else to talk to, I would.

*He uncovers a picture frame covered in snow*

Toby: I miss you JT and I know that violence just multiples violence in the deep, dark something, but it sucks that Lakehurst people are in our halls and you’re not. It’s not fair, but maybe with so many new people at Degrassi, maybe there’s someone like you and as they say, strangers are just friends you haven’t met yet.

*He publishes a new podcast online*

-At the ski lodge-

*Someone carries Darcy into a bedroom as she’s passes out and then locks the door*

Don't You Want Me Pt. 2

2007-07-22T21:13:58Z

Sorry this took so long. I got wrapped up with a Crash project for the past few months and didn't have time to do this. But now season 6 is all up - yay! I'm hoping to get some/most of S3 done during August and then I'll start Season 7 whenever the N or CTV starts showing it. See you back here then :)

Oh and I updated my info page a bit. If anyone has any communities or websites that they would like to affiliate with, please leave a message here and I'll add you!
Jen :)

-At Zanzibar-

Announcer: Please give it up for Lextasy.

*Alex walks off the stage*

Mel: How was it?

Alex: Honestly? The most terrifying experience of my life. I think I’m going to throw up.

Mel: Paige called. She wants you to call her back.

Alex: Mel! This never happened, okay?

*She makes a signal that she’ll keep Alex’s secret*

-At Alex’s-

Paige: Hey sweets! I brought falafels.

Alex: Is that the only reason you came over? To fatten me up?

Paige: No. Um in fact…it’s not. I thought about what you said about labels, straight, bi, lesbian, whatever. I really, really care about you and I’ve decided to try to get over my fears. So Ms. Nuñez will you be my sweetheart?

*Alex kisses her*

Alex: There’s your answer sweetheart.

-At Alex’s, the next morning-

Emily: Morning. Your regular cookie.

Alex: Mom.

*Emily drops the bag of cookies on the table and takes off her hairnet*

Alex: God how can you stomach those things after a night shift?

Emily: Hey each cookie I mechanically assemble gets us one step closer to keeping a roof over our heads.

Alex: Will this help?

*She holds up the money*

Emily: Holy. Did you rob a bank?

Alex: Job at a schmancy bistro equals big tips. That’s for the rent fund.

Emily: Thank you so much honey. You know that you’re the one thing I’ve ever done that turned out right.

Alex: Don’t be so sure. Right now I’ve got an exam.

-At Degrassi-

*Alex is falling asleep during the test and tries hard to concentrate*

-At the Dot-

Jay: Eeyore, have you seen my friend Sean around?

Sean: Um sorry. It’s just everything’s about to change.

Jay: It’s about time you got some fresh gitch.

Sean: I’m talking about my life, jackass. Emma thinks she’s pregnant.

Jay: Are you serious? Congratulations man. Score!

Sean: Score? What have you been drinking break fluid?

Jay: You have got her, bro forever. Now this way Emma can’t ditch your ass when she comes to her senses.

Sean: Give me a break, alright? Knocking her up was never part of the plan.

Jay: This is your ticket, Sean. Ready made family, life at the garage. You’re set for life. Isn’t that what you always wanted?

-At a club-

Ellie: Did you tip or is every last dime still going to your dad?

Marco: Tip I did, gloomy one. I also have one for you. When boy hunting, try to look like you’re having fun.

Ellie: Jesse!

Jesse: You look great Ellie.

Jay: So what’s in the bag? A gesture of sweet, sweet romance?

Paige: This? A little post-exam gift for my belle. Super on sale.

*Alex pulls out a red dress*

Mel: Sexy! It’s perfect for work.

Alex: Hilarious Mel. She’s, she’s joking.

Paige: Good. But as far as jokes go, hon? Not so funny. The thought of you wearing a parka in that place gives me an emotional boil.

Alex: Well then I guess I’ll just have to perform an emotional lancing. Tomorrow night I’ll quit. I’ll find a new job.

Paige: Are you serious? Best present ever! I suddenly feel like dancing!

*She goes dancing with Marco*

Mel: New job?

Alex: As far as Paige knows, you bet.

Jay: A big, fat lie. Now there is a solid foundation for a relationship.

Alex: Yeah. A complicated one and if she finds out I’m an exotic dancer, there won’t be one at all.

Jay: Well good luck with that, Lextasy. You see when a hot girl shakes her naked ta-tas for a living, word gets around.

-At Degrassi-

Ms. Hatzilakos: Alex! You have a minute?

Alex: Yeah.

Ms. Hatzilakos: People are talking about you.

Alex: Whatever. It’s all lies.

Ms. Hatzilakos: These people are your teachers. They’re all very impressed on how you’ve had a major turnaround this year. However I did hear about your organic chem. exam. It’s not exactly your best work. Is everything okay?

Alex: Yeah. Uh couldn’t be better, Ms. H. I’ll study harder next time, okay?

Ms. Hatzilakos: Listen I wanted to talk to you about university.

Alex: Yeah universities cost money.

Ms. Hatzilakos: There are scholarships or loans, I’ll wrote you a glowing reference and with some part time work-

Alex: Is that all?

*She nods and Alex leaves*

-Outside the school-

Sean: How was your exam?

Emma: I managed. Thanks for the study help.

Sean: Okay if you’re pregnant, let’s keep the baby if that’s okay with you.

*They hug*

Emma: Yes, yes, yes! It’s okay with me. Just us doing this together makes it okay with me.

Sean: Just promise me your parents won’t kill me.

Emma: Well there will be serious drama, but it’s better than boot camp.

Sean: I’m still going to enlist, Emma.

Emma: What?

Sean: I’d send money. I’d see you on leave. It’s best for everyone.

Emma: Leaving me alone? It’s the worst idea Sean. It’s ridiculous.

Sean: I wouldn’t bail on you, Emma. I just want to get a career. I want a chance to become something.

Emma: And I’m stuck being a teen mom. Well that’s fantastic. Why are guys so typical?

-At Zanzibar-

Vlad: All by yourself sweetheart?

Alex: I didn’t want to join the dressing room nose candy party.

Vlad: Smart girl, but that tells me you need the money for something else.

Alex: Yeah. I’m just not sure dancing topless for a bunch of lonely pervs is worth it. No offence.

Vlad: Allan here is one of my best clients.

Allan: Lextasy is it? Is that French?

Alex: Look Vlad I don’t think I can do this anymore. If you still need a waitress, I can-

Vlad: But you are a natural, Alex. I like you. My clients like you. So I’m going to give you weekend shifts. Huge money. Cash every night.

Alex: What’s the catch, aside from taking my clothes off?

Vlad: Just be sexy.

Announcer: Lextasy to the stage please.

Paige: Mel! Where’s Alex? I want to wish her a happy last night in the cesspool.

Mel: You should go Paige.

Announcer: And next up, one hand meets the other for the sexy Lextasy.

*Paige watches as Alex goes to the stripping room*

-After Alex’s performance, she walks offstage-

Alex: Paige, what are you-?

Paige: Oh I just thought I’d drop in, check out some naked chicks and surprise! One of them was you.

Alex: It’s not what you think.

Paige: I saw you stripping! Devoid of clothing. What is there to think? What else aren’t you telling me? How bad is it that you have to do this?!

Alex: I’m doing what I have to do, okay? Just don’t worry and don’t be mad please.

Paige: How can I not worry?

Vlad: What is all this? Young lady if you want a job, auditions are on Thursdays. Goodbye.

*Paige throws the flowers at Alex and leaves*

-At Degrassi, people are setting up for the winter dance-

Darcy: So your votes for winter fest ice queen, are you taking bribes?

Manny: You’re our girl, Darcy.

Darcy: Thanks for helping set up. It would be a winter-y nightmare without you.

Manny: I had a nightmare. Mr. Armstrong chased me off a cliff. Must have been that functions exam. Emma, help I’m falling!

*Manny pretends to fall on Emma*

Emma: Stop it. I’m sorry. I’m just trying to skip over the whole functions memory.

Manny: Speaking of functions, when we lived together we were in synch. Last week I asked you for a tampon, but you weren’t you know…

Emma: I think Sean and I had an accident.

Manny: Oh no. Are you sure?

Emma: I think so. I didn’t know it was possible to be this scared.

*Manny hugs her*

-At Zanzibar-

Allan: Buy you a drink, Lextacy?

Alex: Wait ten minutes Allan. Show’s free.

Allan: Sorry. Have a good night.

Alex: Who are you? Five words or less.

Allan: Entrepreneur, golfer, divorced twice, old and lonely.

Alex: That’s seven.

Allan: You’re counting the ‘and’?

Alex: My turn. I’m a lesbian.

Allan: Huh. I just wanted to talk.

Alex: Super. Thing is, my partner wants me to quit working here and uh it’s getting hard to find reasons not to.

Allan: You know it takes a brave, supremely confident woman to do what you do. She can’t handle it, her loss.

Alex: Thing is I don’t want to lose her.

Allan: I bet she doesn’t want to lose you either.

*He gives her some money*

Allan: Here. For your time.

-At Marco and Ellie’s-

Marco: Ellie! Rise and shine sleepyhead. El? Half hour ‘til class. Hey come on!

*He opens the door*

Ellie: No, no, no, no. Stay down!

Jessie: What? What?

*Marco sees Ellie and Jesse in bed together and he quickly leaves*

-At the Dot-

*Alex and Paige start talking at the same time*

Alex: There’s something-

Paige: I just want to-…sorry you first.

Alex: I’m sorry you had to find out the truth like that. The look on your face at the bar…

Paige: You need help. So I’ll forgive you, erase that image from my memory and we’ll celebrate your new job at the dance. There’s an internship at my mom’s company.

Alex: Paige I have a job, okay?

Paige: Exploiting yourself is not a job, so swallow your stupid pride and accept help when it’s offered.

Alex: My mom and I are this close to being evicted. I do this because I have to. Get it?

Paige: No. I will never ever get why you would take your clothes off for money. For any reason ever!

Alex: I don’t know; female empowerment?

Paige: That’s bovine fecal matter and you know it, Alex.

Alex: I’ll have enough in a week or two.

Paige: Until something else comes up. Every night that you do this, it kills me. When does it stop?

Alex: Maybe when I make enough for tuition or when I get my mommy’s magic credit card, like yours. This is my reality Paige and if you can’t be there for me, we have no future.

Paige: Sorry Alex. I can’t.

Alex: Have fun at the stupid dance.

-At Emma’s-

Spike: Pregnant! Everything we’ve talked about was supposed to prevent this.

Emma: It’s not your fault, mom.

Spike: Okay, first things first. Take the test. If it’s positive, we’ll make you a doctor’s appointment.

Emma: Okay, but remember these tests are only 99% accurate.

Spike: Here we go again.

Emma: Ah!

Spike: Is everything okay, honey?

Emma: Yeah. It’s more than okay. I got my period.

Spike: Yes!

*Spike hugs Emma and Manny starts dancing around with her*

Manny: Go Emma! You got your period and you’re not pregnant. We’re going dancing. Let’s go get dressed up. We’re going dancing!

-At Zanzibar-

Alex: Hey golfer, glad to see you.

Allan: So things with the girlfriend?

Alex: Big, huge, apocalypto fight. This so-called confident woman is feeling pretty pathetic right now.

Allan: Look Lextasy, whatever your name is, come to Vegas with me.

Alex: Vegas? Okay what part of ‘I’m a lesbian’ didn’t you get?

Allan: I’m not asking you to fall in love with me. Think of it as another job. Name your price.

*Alex slaps him and Vlad rushes over*

Alex: You pig! If you even look at me-

Vlad: Control yourself or there will be problems. Are we clear?

Alex: I’ve got my own problems, scumbag. I quit!

-At the dance-

Sean: Surprised you’re here. Why won’t you return my calls?

Emma: Because there’s nothing to talk about. I got my period. False alarm.

Sean: Really? Are you serious?

Emma: It’s not something I’d joke about.

Sean: That’s awesome, right? So what now?

Emma: I don’t know. You’re off to basic training. I’m going to university next year.

Sean: When I get back-

Emma: Stop. Maybe we shouldn’t make any plans right now.

Sean: Can I at least have a dance?

*Emma smiles and they start to dance*

-At Alex’s-

*Emily walks in as Alex is packing up some stuff*

Emily: What are you doing? We don’t have to move.

Alex: I quit my job. What can we sell?

Emily: You quit? That was good money, Alex. That was, that was money we all need.

Chad: Guess who made bail?

Alex: Oh perfect. How exactly?

Emily: You kind of helped.

Alex: You used the money for him?! Ask me where that cash came from, mom! Ask me! Do you know what I had to do?

Emily: Alex, we’re all gonna get out of this together.

Alex: Wrong. You’re pathetic mom. From now on you’re on your own.

Emily: Alex!

*Alex storms out with her duffle bag*

-At the dance-

*Darcy and Toby have won winter king and queen*

Toby: Think JT would have liked my crown?

Liberty: Yeah Toby Isaacs, ice king? You never would have lived that down.

Spinner: Lost your date?

Paige: It’s a solo flight tonight. I guess it’s just us friends.

Spinner: Me going stag, I get. But you? Dude I don’t get this crazy world.

*Danny and Derek are shown getting rejected by Manny and Mia so they start dancing together*

Alex: Do you know this is my first Degrassi dance? Do you like my dress?

Paige: Shouldn’t it be on the floor at work?

Alex: I’ve screwed up a lot, but if I let you go it’ll be the biggest screw-up of my life. So I quit stripping, for real.

Paige: Hon this is happy news!

Alex: Chad’s back. I can’t go home. I have nothing. Just help me, please.

Paige: Sweetie you have me. How about a little faux-snow dance therapy?

Alex: The only dancing I’ll be doing from now on.

*They start dancing and everyone is shown having a good time*

Don't You Want Me Pt. 1

2007-07-22T21:10:37Z

-At Alex’s-

Paige: Thanks Emily. You are the hostess with the mostest.

Emily: You come over anytime you’d like Paige.

Paige: Put me down for Oscar night so long as Chad lets us watch on his 6000inch Plasma TV.

*There’s a knock at the door*

Emily: Pizza money’s on the side table, hon.

*Chad opens the door*

Police Officer: Good evening. We’re looking for Chad Kent. Are you him?

Chad: Depends. Uh what do you want?

Police officer: We have a warrant for your arrest for the crime of credit card fraud.

Emily: Credit card fraud? What? No, there must be some mistake.

Chad: Sorry Emily.

Emily: No wait!

Alex: Should I come?

Emily: No. No you stay. I’m sure we’ll get this all uh sorted out.

*She leaves*

Paige: Wow. How ‘Cops’ was that? Are you okay?

Alex: Paige you should go.

Paige: You sure? The TV’s all ours.

Alex: It’s late and I have exams. Could you just go, please?

Paige: As you wish, hon. Thanks for your help.

-At Alex’s, the next morning-

Alex: Nothing like an all-nighter at the police station. Where’s Chad?

Emily: In jail. You know that big raise he told us about? That was a lie Lexy. He was fired.

Alex: Mom that was six weeks ago. What’s he been doing all this time?

Emily: Well besides buying new plasma TV’s with stolen credit cards?

Alex: Mom, its okay. We’ll send it back and then we’re fine, right? TV’s gone, loser’s in jail. Good riddance.

*She doesn’t say anything*

Alex: What?

Emily: I uh…I gave him a card with his name on it. He took advantage of me Lexy. Now I’m in the hole for 6 grand.

Alex: That’s not a hole, mom. That’s the Grand Canyon.

Emily: I know.

Alex: How could he put $6000 on your card?

Emily: He told me he was making the payments. Lie #2.

Alex: You’re not paying those charges.

Emily: Bank says my credit card, my problem. We need that card to pay the bills. I mean I’ll work double shifts, but uh I’m not sure it’s gonna be enough, you know?

Alex: It’s our problem, okay? And we’re gonna get through it. I promise.

-At Degrassi-

Manny: I’m doomed on my functions exam. Doomed! How am I supposed to be your fab university roommate if I fail?!

Emma: Assuming I don’t already have a roomie lined up of the blue-collar, sexy mechanic type.

Manny: Yeah right. Sean’s like “Hey let’s shack up. I’m real serious about our future, yo!”

Emma: Is that so completely unbelievable? I think it would be great to have something that’s just ours. Like a little home together.

Manny: Em you’re 17. You have your whole life to settle down behind the white picket fence.

Emma: Well excuse me for wanting to move in with my boyfriend.

Manny: And you’re so sure he wants to move in?

Emma: Why wouldn’t he?

Manny: Because there’s only one 4-letter word in the young male dictionary, commitment.

-At the movie theatre-

*Alex is working behind the counter*

Paige: I used to love dispensing artificial nacho cheese product. That ooey, glooey texture.

Alex: Great. First the cops raid my house and now you see me wrapped in polyester. Real attractive.

Paige: Hon if you needed a job so bad, you could have asked me. Of course I can only pay you in t-shirts.

Alex: My mom needs the cash fast. Big faceless corporations weren’t the only ones Chad stole from. He racked up my mom’s credit card, so…

Paige: Um I wish I could do something. I mean maybe I could lend you a little bit.

Alex: No, I’ll be fine.

Paige: So um how is the lovely and talented Miss Carla these days?

Alex: I think Ms. PHD was slumming it with me. Besides we had zero in common. It just wasn’t worth my time.

Paige: Well if Ms. Snooty Pants thinks she’s too good for you, she isn’t invited to my housewarming party.

-At Paige’s housewarming party-

Marco: Man these appetizers are like tiny little flavour bombs. How does Paige do it?

Ellie: She’s just a culinary wizard, I guess. Even the devil has her fine points.

Marco: Ellie don’t start, okay? You told her it was okay to date Jessie.

Ellie: It bugs. I can’t help it.

Marco: So there’s plenty more fish in the sea, okay? We’ll hit a club, put you out there.

Ellie: Great. Meeting guys at a club. Yay.

Paige: You made it…with guests.

Jay: Paige, this is my new girlfriend, Mel.

Alex: You said invite people. Their movie ended, so I did. Now where can I change out of this loser suit?

Jay: Mel’s been telling me she might be able to get you out of that sexy uniform.

Mel: Yeah they’re looking for cute servers where I work.

Paige: Where’s that? A strip bar?

Jay: Club Zanzibar. Perfectly respectable cocktail bar…on one side. Crazy hot peelers on the other, or so I’ve been told.

Mel: Yeah they prefer to be called exotic dancers. Besides I work in the bar, fully clothed at all times. It’s good tips. About $150 a night.

Alex: And they’re hiring?

Mel: Come by. I’ll get you an interview.

Paige: Jay’s girlfriend works at Zanzibar. Quel surprise. Guess NASA wasn’t hiring.

-At Emma’s, during dinner-

Spike: How are things at the garage?

Sean: Okay. Actually not so good. It’s kind of dead end. Need to upgrade my skills if I want to run my own shop.

Mr. Simpson: Have you considered a technical high school?

Sean: I need hands-on experience and a pay check.

Emma: So you’re just going to skip high school, forget your diploma?

Sean: I can get all the training I want and get paid for it.

Emma: Where?

Sean: Nowhere. Just forget it.

Emma: Forget what? Where is this wonderful, merry, magic mechanic land?

Sean: This isn’t exactly how I wanted to tell you this. It’s the armed services.

*Emma laughs*

Emma: You’re not serious.

Sean: Yeah I am. I signed up already, passed my physical. I’m pretty psyched, actually.

Mr. Simpson: You know with your skills, it might be a perfect fit.

Emma: I’m sorry. I’ve lost my appetite.

*Emma leaves the table*

Mr. Simpson: Ketchup?

-At Zanzibar-

Stephanie: The girls are all friends here. You’ll like it.

Alex: Thanks Stephanie. I’ll, I’ll see you tonight for my first shift.

*She walks over to Mel*

Alex: Hey work buddy. Thank you so much!

Mel: You got it! That’s amazing. Steph is cool, but then there’s-

*The creepy owner walks over to them*

Mel: Alex this is Vlad-

Alex: Hi.

Mel: -the owner and Alex is our new server.

Vlad: Welcome Alex. You are prettier than many of my dancers.

Alex: Well thank you I think…in a clothes-on sort of way.

Vlad: My girls are very well paid and they’re very happy. Maybe sometime you want to audition.

Alex: Oh definitely not.

Vlad: I understand. I’m sure you’ll make a great waitress. Like this one.

*Mel makes a face as he leaves*

-During Alex’s shift-

Alex: You weren’t lying, eh? I think I’ve cleared a hundred already.

Mel: *with a fake accent* That is nothing. Girls on the other side are rich and happy like movie star.

*One of the strippers walks off the stage*

Alex: She doesn’t look so happy to me.

Mel: Maybe not, but she is paid well.

Alex: Small price to pay for your soul.

Mel: Lexy, if you are so against stripping, then why are you working here?

Alex: Why else? I need the money.

Mel: So does she. The only difference between her and us, is that she needs it more.

-At Alex’s-

Alex: Hey.

Emily: Greasy popped-popcorn ‘til 2am?

Alex: I quit! I got a job as a waitress at this schmancy bistro. Goodbye minimum wage, hello crazy tips.

Emily: That’s great. I’m really happy for you.

Alex: Your happiness is overwhelming.

*She shows her an eviction notice*

Alex: We’re getting evicted?

Emily: Yup. We have 10 days to come up with the money. You know anyone with a spare two grand kicking around?

Alex: Just how? How did this happen?

Emily: Well we’d been bouncing rent checks for the last two months and I had no idea.

Alex: Mom how could you not know that?

Emily: Chad hiding the letters from the building manager, that’s how. And no, I’m not proud I trusted that scumbag.

Alex: Okay. So what do we do now?

Emily: Well I asked for a raise again. They turned me down again. I never wanted it to be like this, Lexy. I let you down and-

Alex: Chad did this, mom. Not you.

-In Alex’s room-

*Alex is practicing her dance moves*

Alex: Okay tell me I don’t look completely idiotic.

Mel: Well not if you’re on your way to a rap video shoot.

Alex: Or say the stage at Zanzibar.

Mel: Woah, woah, woah. This is why you called me here at 9:00 in the morning?

Alex: Kind of.

Mel: Whatever happened to a small price to pay for your soul?

Alex: Well my soul just got a whole lot cheaper. Try not to laugh okay. I need your help.

*She starts practicing to the video on her TV and Mel starts laughing*

Alex: Nice vote of confidence, jerk.

Mel: I’m sorry. I’m on 3 hours sleep. Maybe it’s just too early for me to picture you as an exotic dancer.

Alex: Who am I kidding? I can’t do this.

Mel: And that’s bad? There’s got to be another way.

Alex: Sure. Uh armed robbery, prostitution, drug mule, tiger poaching…

Mel: What about Paige?

Alex: Paige looks a lot better off than she is. Not that I’d ever ask.

-At Degrassi-

Sean: Emma!

Emma: Sean, are you crazy? If principal Hatzilakos sees you out here, she’ll-

Sean: She’ll what? She’ll give me detention? I’m outside. Just talk to me, alright? I’ve been calling you around the clock.

Emma: I know.

Sean: So why haven’t you answered?

Emma: Because I can’t believe you’d make such a stupid decision without even talking to me.

Sean: Emma I thought you’d be happy for me. You know spreading democracy, peace keeping, protecting our country. These are all good things.

Emma: Sean you would hate it. The army is all about taking orders and being told what to do and what to think.

Sean: So being told what to think is wrong? Isn’t that what you’re doing?

Emma: This is different.

Sean: How?

Emma: Because I’m your girlfriend, Sean! If you join the army, you could get hurt and I need you right now.

Sean: Why? Tell me. I can take it.

Emma: Honestly I’m not sure you can.

-At Paige’s-

Paige: Describe the function of enzymes and metabolic reactions in mitochondria.

Alex: How about not? Break time?

Paige: I thought you’d never ask. So uh I have some news. You are looking at a newly single girl.

Alex: You broke it off with Jesse?

Paige: We had zero in common, hon. He wasn’t worth my time.

Alex: Well it sounds like you got it all figured out, Paigey.

Paige: Hardly. I was supposed to be at Banting fast tracking to an MBA. I was supposed to be a sorority girl sipping cosmos with Brittany and Amber, but here I am chilling with you and it feels right. Why is that?

*Paige kisses her*

Alex: Why do you keep doing this to me?

Paige: Sorry I…I thought the door was kind of open.

Alex: Yeah it’s been open for weeks. The problem is you keep opening it and then closing it and opening it and closing it. Just make up your mind!

Paige: Look you’re cool with being a lesbian, but I don’t know what I am.

Alex: The word is bisexual Paige and it’s just a label. Who cares?

Paige: My parents already have one gay kid.

Alex: So?!

Paige: So I just dropped out of university! Let them deal with one major parental crisis at a time.

Alex: Great. Everything’s always on your schedule, isn’t it?

Paige: I am supposed to give them grandkids one day. You do not get the pressure I am under.

Alex: Pressure? Excuse me for finding your idea of pressure pretty…pretty damn pathetic right now.

Paige: Hon, don’t cry.

Alex: Stop. You don’t get to break my heart and then comfort me too.

*Alex leaves*

-At Emma’s-

Emma: This is my worst nightmare, Manny. My boyfriend is joining the war machine. He could get himself killed protecting big corporations from the poor.

Manny: Well at least you’re keeping an open mind, Jay. Look I’m sure Sean’s doing it for the right reasons and I bet one of them is you.

Emma: I know. I just, I had these plans for me and Sean and him joining the army wasn’t among them.

Manny: And you don’t like it when things don’t go according to plan.

Emma: No. I really, really don’t.

Manny: Em, we’re getting into control issue zone. Are you sure you’re okay?

Emma: Yes I’m fine! This is just Sean, okay?

*The phone rings and Jack picks it up*

Emma: Jack!

Manny: Hello?

-At Zanzibar-

Alex: Alright guys.

*Alex gives a table their drinks and she slaps a guys arm away as he tries to grab her ass*

Alex: Thank you.

*She takes her end of the night tips and eyes all the money one of the strippers gets*

-Outside Emma’s-

Sean: Emma! What was so important that you couldn’t tell me on the phone? I’m worried about you.

Emma: You might want to sit ‘cause this is gonna freak you out.

Sean: I don’t need to sit. I know what’s going on. You’re emotional, you’re scattered, you have trouble concentrating. It adds up. You’re anorexic again, aren’t you?

Emma: No. Sean you’re not even close. I’m pregnant.

Sean: You’re right I am going to freak out. Uh are you sure? You do a test?

Emma: We’ll do it together, okay?

-At Alex’s-

Alex: Tell me something good mom, please. How did it go with the uh building manager? Get that extension?

Emily: I tried.

Alex: Tried what? What did you do?

Emily: Well turns out he doesn’t have a thing for me after all.

Alex: So we’re still being evicted.

Emily: You think they’ll remember us at the women’s shelter?

Alex: We’re not going back there mom, ever. I know what to do.

-At Emma’s-

Sean: I thought we had all the bases covered.

Emma: And sometimes you hit a homerun. Accidents can happen. Maybe the pill didn’t kick in.

Sean: Time’s up.

Emma: It’s negative.

Sean: Yes!

Emma: Don’t get too excited. False negatives are common. I have all the symptoms, I’m days late!

Sean: So now what do we do?

Emma: We talk. We, we make decisions. I never thought I’d abort and there’s always adoption, but-

Sean: Emma! Emma the test said it was negative, alright? Just take a breath before you start getting all worked up about this.

Emma: Okay. I’ll breathe.

-At Zanzibar-

Mel: Oh my god. You’re actually gonna do this.

Alex: That would explain the outfit, yeah.

Mel: Vlad just let you? No audition?

Alex: Apparently I have natural talents. Might as well use them.

Mel: So you just changed your mind?

Alex: Life changed it for me, Mel.

Mel: Lexy, I have seen so many girls do this. If you go out there, it changes you.

Announcer: And now let’s welcome newcomer to our stage, the beautiful Lextasy.

Alex: I’m not going out there, Mel. Lextasy is.

*She walks onto the stage and starts dancing with the pole*

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: A relationship-

*Ellie is shown with Jessie*

Paige: Will you be my sweetheart?

*Alex kisses Paige*

Voiceover: Based on deception.

Alex: If she finds out I’m an exotic dancer, there won’t be one at all.

Voiceover: Sex, lies-

*Ellie and Jessie are shown in bed together, Alex is shown slamming the door and a customer gives her money*

Allan: Name your price.

Alex: This never happened okay?

Voiceover: And exposure.

Jay: You see if a hot girl shakes her naked ta-tas for a living, word gets around.

*Paige throws a bouquet of flowers at Alex*

Sunglasses At Night

2007-05-14T01:48:10Z

Trying to get caught up! Real life has been hectic. Sorry for the lack of updates all. This one's dedicated to JustMe2000 :P

-At the store-

*Marco is playing online poker while his dad installs an alarm system*

Spinner: *To a customer* Hey and receipt’s in the bag. Sale’s on all week. Spread the word.

Mr. Del Rossi: 1637. You have 20 seconds to punch it in. You got that Marco?

Marco: Huh? Yeah. Yeah I got that pop. Thanks.

Spinner: Getting robbed once was enough, you know? And the new signage looks great Mr. D.R.

Mr. Del Rossi: Yeah.

Spinner: Cash only, right?

Mr. Del Rossi: Hey you can’t trust banks. The service fees, low interest. Talk about getting robbed. Hey uh me and Uncle Louie are gonna play the ponies. You boys want to come when you close up?

Spinner: Yeah!

Marco: No, not tonight.

Mr. Del Rossi: You know sometimes you worry me Marco. This is life. You’ve got to live it.

*He leaves and Spinner walks over to Marco*

Spinner: Dude, come on. You’ve been Johnny Long-Face all week.

Marco: Oh so it’s been a week since Dylan left. ‘Cause you know with constant phone tag and no e-mails, it’s like poof! My boyfriend just disappeared off the face of the earth.

Spinner: Last I heard, Sweden was still on earth.

Marco: For the last time Spinner, Switzerland!

Spinner: Whatever. Look Dylan’s got practice every day, road trips with the team, workouts with the team-

Marco: Long hot showers with the team.

Spinner: Dude you have an actively gay imagination.

Marco: Spin do you have any idea how hard it is to go from always having somebody there to being totally alone?

Spinner: Look when Dylan was here, nobody ever saw you. You two just played house 24/7. Don’t hermit out with your laptop now that he’s gone.

*Marco wins his online game*

Marco: Hah! Whatever buddy. I just won 200 bucks! Are you finished with your lecture?

-At Marco, Paige and Ellie’s-

Marco: *On the phone* Hey Dylan. It’s in the middle of the night your time. Calling you, so call me back. Love you. Bye.

*Paige walks in*

Paige: Hey Marco, Spin. How’s Fortress Squatch Designs?

Marco: The alarm’s armed and ready. What’s with the hush-hush?

Paige: Well when Ellie gave me the green light to date her ex, I’d say she was just a touch colour-blind.

Ellie: I heard that!

Paige: If Jessie calls, I’ll be hiding in my room.

Spinner: Oh fun times at the Del Rossi, Michalchuck, Nash, Tenako, Uchi abode.

Marco: Spin this is driving me nuts.

Spinner: Dude come on. You’re coopered up inside. It’s cold, wet, winter yuck out there. You need a change of scenery.

Marco: You know what, bud? You’re right. You’re right! What’s the opposite of cold, wet, winter yuck?

Spinner: Hot, dry, summer yum?

Marco: Exactly. So I’m thinking va-cay! Me, you, Daytona Beach.

Spinner: Daytona?

Marco: Yeah!

Spinner: I would have expected Sweden! Switzerland, to visit your swister-mister.

Marco: So what? It’s a long distance relationship Spin, emphasis on distance. He’s having fun. I just, I want to have mine.

Spinner: Spring break, eh?

Marco: Yeah!

Spinner: Hotties on top of hotties. That my friend is yum.

*Spinner’s excitement fades*

Marco: What?

Spinner: Dude every cent I had went into the store.

Marco: No, no don’t worry. I have a plan.

*They’re shown playing online poker*

Spinner: Wait this is your plan? Playing online poker?

Marco: You got a better one? Oh yes. Yes she folded! I win again. Yes!

Ellie: I’m reading Chekhov over here.

Marco: Sorry Ellie! Hey man, guys let’s hit a club. Come on, it’s on me.

Spinner: Wait, what about our trip money?

Marco: I’ll win more. It’s what I do!

-At a club-

Marco: Oh thanks guys for hanging out tonight. I needed this.

Jimmy: Ah no prob, man. Me and Spin can study for our test next week.

Jay: Yo gangsta’s. What’s the haps?

Spinner: Just celebrating Marco’s big online poker score.

Jay: You must be quite the shark, Del Rossi.

Marco: Well I used to play with my boyfriend.

Jay: Yes you’re gay. Super. If you want to make some real coin, me and the guys at work have a little something going on.

Marco: Define a little something.

Jay: Texas Holdem. $20 gets you in the door, $100 gets you in the game.

-At Friendship Club-

Darcy: Our charity turkey dinner gave over 100 people a hot, tasty meal.

Kim: And we’re organizing another event for the end of semester dance. So suggestions, anyone?

Nackman: Um used glasses drive?

Peter: Great idea, Nackman. Darcy, my mom’s asking for you. It’s actually kind of important.

Darcy: I better not keep the boss lady waiting.

*Kim rolls her eyes as Darcy leaves*

Peter: I lied.

Darcy: Oh really?

Peter: Screw my mom’s ‘no girlfriend’ policy. I’ve been thinking about you all week.

Darcy: Someone might see us.

*He gives her a necklace with a key on it*

Peter: It’s the key to my heart. Don’t say where you got it. It can be our secret.

Darcy: It’s adorable, Peter. Thanks.

*She kisses him on the cheek*

-At Marco, Paige and Ellie’s-

Ellie: Lots more closet space in my room.

Paige: Ellie I know you had your eye on Dylan’s room, but he gave it to me.

Ellie: Well we should have a had a vote.

Paige: Not a big fan of democracy hon. Marco, tell her you don’t mind if I take Dylan’s room.

Ellie: Don’t let ‘Princess Always Gets Her Way’ bully you…or manipulate you! She has a way with men.

Paige: You and Jesse broke up.

Ellie: Yeah just! Marco, tell her-

Marco: Shut up! I’m not going to referee your catfight about the room, or Jesse, or anything! Just work it out yourselves.

*They leave and Marco closes his laptop*

Marco: Get me out of here.

-In media immersion-

Mr. Simpson: Okay Monday minds. Last week we started talking about online community moderation. Any thoughts? Is it good, bad?

Peter: It’s censorship.

Kim: It’s about keeping the internet safe for everybody.

Peter: Yeah well who gets to decide what’s safe and what’s not, Kim? You?

Darcy: I’m not surprised you’d say that. You only care about yourself.

*Peter looks shocked, but Darcy gives him a wink*

Peter: Yeah well you only care about what people think about you.

Darcy: At least I have a conscience.

Peter: At least I can think for myself. Submit to peer pressure much?

Mr. Simpson: Guys.

Darcy: Submit to ugliness much?

Peter: Can you tell through all that eye fat?

Darcy: Eye fat? That is so pathetic.

Mr. Simpson: No seriously enough. Thank you.

-Outside-

Marco: Here. Blow our poker dreams on this.

Spinner: And if we lose?

Marco: We won’t. I know what I’m doing.

Spinner: Dude it’s not money in the bank. Jay’s friends are poker ninjas.

Marco: Yeah exactly. That’s what makes it fun. High risk, high reward.

Spinner: Coming from you? That’s bonkers

Marco: Spin, you and Jimmy opened up a store, right? Ellie hooked up with her boss. Even flame-out Paige is starting over and Dylan…Dylan is off on his European hockey adventure. What have I done?

Spinner: Kept your marks up.

Marco: Oh wow! Whoop-de-do. I’m mashed potatoes, man. I’m boring and I’m bored and I just, I need a rush. Come on.

-At Degrassi-

Darcy: How’d you get in here?

Peter: Tell you a secret? It’s never locked.

*They start kissing*

Peter: Oh next time we’re fake fighting, can you tone down the ‘you’re ugly’ stuff?

Darcy: You said I have eye fat.

Peter: It was all I could think of. Your eyes are beautiful.

Darcy: And you’re not ugly, stupid.

Janitor: Peter Stone! I wonder if your mom would like to hear about this.

-At the garage-

Spinner: Fold.

Jay: Ah me too. Can’t lose what you don’t put in, right?

Marco: Yeah can’t win much, either. Raise 100.

Jake: Going Vegas on me, boss? Alright let’s double it.

Marco: Impressive. I’m in.

*They keep playing*

Marco: I’m all in. You with me?

Jay: Well if you can’t spot the sucker, you are the sucker.

Jake: The question is what’s his tell.

Marco: When you figure it out, you let me know.

Jake: It’s all yours, boss.

Spinner: Yes! Money for nothing.

Jake: Hey this is how it works. We get a chance to win it back. Tomorrow.

Marco: Alright, if you want to keep giving me your money, I’m gonna gladly keep taking it.

Spinner: Daytona!

-At a club-

Paige: Oh uh hello. Marco left a message. Some urgent need to rage?

Ellie: Oh there’s been raging.

Marco: Hey, hey! Fun patrol’s here. No cat-fighting tonight, ladies. Promise?

Paige: Yeah fine. What is up?

Marco: I am, babe. Tonight I am so wired.

Spinner: He pretty well bankrupted these hardcore poker dudes.

Marco: I had them eating out of my hands.

Paige: Look at you, Mr. High Roller.

Marco: Next stop: The Matador. Come on!

Ellie: Woah, the after hours club? I can’t. I have an essay.

Marco: Ellie! Ellie you can’t find love in an essay. You got to live!

Spinner: And I’ve got a test. Come on. Put it away.

Marco: Spin we’re rich. We’re celebrating. I’m happy. What’s the problem here?

Spinner: You dude. You’re being an ass.

Marco: Spin this is the first time I’ve had fun in ages and it’s all thanks to my triple P, perfect poker partner. Come on man, let’s just roll with this. Let’s see how much money we can make. Please!

-At the poker game-

Spinner: Fold again. Surprise.

Jay: Raise it 50. Shark boy?

Marco: Funny thing about poker. You know nobody remembers how you built your fortune, just how you lost it.

Jake: We’re making memories tonight, right boss? Call.

Jay: I think I’m gonna go in another 50. Marco?

Marco: I’m all in.

Spinner: Dude that’s everything.

Jake: Yeah not this time bluff-maestro. I’ll see you. Let’s have ‘em.

Jay: You are toast shark boy! Yes!

Marco: Okay it’s fine. It’s fine. I um…I just, I need a loan to buy back in and I’ll win it back.

Jake: Yeah, how much?

Marco: Um…

Tony: What the hell is going on?

Jay: Hey Tony you want in?

Tony: Don’t get smart. You guys want to keep your jobs, this ends now. Everybody out.

*Marco and Spinner are walking outside*

Marco: Look everybody goes bust, okay? My luck will turn. Just trust me.

Spinner: Trust you? Marco you just lost $1100. Kiss it goodbye. I did.

Marco: What? What about our trip, man? The hotties?

Spinner: Dude it’s over. Go home, watch TV with your dad. Maybe he can talk some sense into you. You just got to stop.

-At the Del Rossi house-

Marco: Hey pop.

Mr. Del Rossi: Hey son. Can’t stay away from your mom’s cooking, eh?

Marco: How’d you and Uncle Louie do at the track?

Mr. Del Rossi: We had fun.

Marco: Did you guys win any money?

Mr. Del Rossi: We had fun, Marco. Why?

Marco: No, I’m just making conversation.

Mr. Del Rossi: Yeah? Well you know what goes good with that? Some of your mom’s homemade cannelloni. She put some in the freezer before she went to bingo. No sit.

*Marco sees his dad’s wallet and takes out all the cash*

-At Degrassi-

Darcy’s IM: How sneaky can you be?

*Peter starts typing back when Kim walks over to Darcy*

Kim: E-mailing your boyfriend?

Darcy: Very funny Kim.

Kim: I’m just kidding. All set to work on our drama project after school?

Darcy: Oh. Um I have a grandma’s birthday thing. Can we reschedule?

Kim: Fine. That’s the last time I cancel majorettes for you.

-In the park-

Peter: Anyone see you?

Darcy: No. Not that this is the perfect hiding place. How sneaky did you have to be?

*They hug*

Peter: Darce I’m sorry it has to be like this…sneaking around, lying.

Darcy: What we’re doing isn’t really bad. It’s kind of fun. You’re fun.

Peter: So are you. So much fun.

*Kim walks by with her dog and sees them kissing*

Kim: Darcy?!

Darcy: Kim?

Kim: Wish your grandma ‘happy birthday’ for me.

*She walks away angry*

Darcy: Sugar…

-At the store, during the poker game-

Jake: If I win this hand, I’ll buy everyone a t-shirt.

Jay: I must say Mr. Del Rossi, you have some nice digs here, no girlfriends, no grease monkey bosses. This could be a regular gig, huh?

Marco: Yeah right. If anybody finds out we’re using the store, I’m dead. Call.

Jay: Oh!

Marco: Raise a hundred.

Jake: There’s no way you got the straight flush, bluff-maestro.

Jay: Well beautiful thing is, there’s no such thing as a locked hand.

Marco: So Jake, you in or you out?

Jake: I’m in, boss.

Police officer: What’s going on? We got a break and enter call.

Marco: No, no, no, no. There must be some mistake. I work here.

*The cop starts arresting Marco*

Marco: No just let me finish this hand.

Police officer: Game’s over, fellas.

Marco: What? Are you kidding me? Don’t you guys have some kind of murder you could be solving?

Police officer: You’re under arrest for trespassing.

-At Peter’s-

*Darcy is at his window*

Peter: What are you doing?

Darcy: Maybe if you answered your phone or returned my messages.

Peter: Kim tattled to my mom!

Darcy: Kim should mind her own beeswax. There’s nothing wrong with us being together.

Peter: Yeah well we’re not going to be together. My parents are talking about sending me to boarding school.

Darcy: What?! She can’t.

Peter: She also said that if you know what’s good for you, you’d keep your distance.

Darcy: Your mom can’t keep us apart, Peter. Do you believe that love conquers all?

Peter: I don’t think it’s gonna be enough. There’s always something in our way.

Darcy: I’ll be at our secret place tomorrow. Prove to me that you’re not the type to give up.

-At the store-

Marco: Spinner! Spinner thank god. Tell her, tell her that I-

Spinner: What is going on here, Marco?

Marco: Dude I pressed the alarm code and it didn’t even go off.

Spinner: It’s a silent alarm, idiot.

Police officer: Is this a friend of yours?

Spinner: He’s a part-time employee.

Police officer: With permission to be here?

Spinner: No.

Police officer: I’m gonna have to take him in. Come on.

-At Degrassi-

*Darcy is about to leave when Peter walks in*

Peter: If they’re sending me away, I have nothing to lose except you.

Darcy: Peter you’ve got me.

*They kiss*

-At Marco, Paige and Ellie’s-

Mr. Del Rossi: Ellie let me in. Uncle Louie talked to his cop buddy at 54. You had trouble at the store?

Marco: Yeah I was hoping you wouldn’t find out about that.

Mr. Del Rossi: Yeah well Uncle Louie mentioned a poker game.

Marco: The police confiscated the money so I have a bunch of mechanics for enemies now, but Spinner dropped the trespassing charges. It’s fine.

Mr. Del Rossi: I guess you’re lucky. So do you know anything about the $600 I’m missing?

Marco: Uh…I was in the hole dad.

Mr. Del Rossi: Marco! How could you?

Marco: I needed it! Come on. You know how it is. You gamble every weekend.

Mr. Del Rossi: Marco you stole from family. Are you in trouble or something, Marco? Is there something you’re not telling me?

Marco: No! It’s Dylan, dad.

Mr. Del Rossi: Well how is Dylan the problem, Marco?

Marco: I feel empty without him dad. I’m lost. He’s my boyfriend.

Mr. Del Rossi: You think I’m stupid?

Marco: No, of course not.

Mr. Del Rossi: You have used your friends and your family because playing cards was more important. No matter what Dylan is to you, he is not a part of this and you know that.

Marco: I’m done. I’m done with it, okay? I promise. I understand if you hate me for it.

Mr. Del Rossi: Marco, you’re my son. I’m gonna watch you. Just go to school and if you have any honour, you’ll come and see me at the shop to work off what you stole. People leave Marco. You have to live your own life.

Love My Way

2007-04-18T04:57:46Z

Here's tonights episode! It's hard for me to get these up the night they air now because of my busy work/tutoring schedule, but they should be up by the next night at the latest. Only a few more eps of the season to go anyways :P
Comment, credit, enjoy :)

-At Marco and Dylan’s, during Dylan’s goodbye party-

*A friend of his gives him a hockey poster with Dylan’s face on it*

Dylan’s friend: Ah yeah!

Dylan: That’s awesome. Thanks.

Marco: Is that brie?

Paige: Only the best for my darling bro on the occasion of his moving to Sweden.

Dylan: Your brain’s clearly already redecorating my bedroom. It’s Switzerland Paige, as in Zurich.

Marco: Yeah as in 6497k away.

Paige: James I hear you are looking for a new manager. Someone to whip Squatch Designs into shape.

Jimmy: Yes Marco told you.

*Paige nods*

Jimmy: Okay good so we can get together and talk about it tomorrow morning?

Paige: Résumé’s printed and alpha already.

*Paige and Spinner smile at each other*

Ellie: Thank you for implying that I’m boring.

Jimmy: I wasn’t implying that you’re boring just because you don’t like dancing, okay?

Ellie: Can we not fight about this now? It’s embarrassing.

Alex: So you’re moving in, eh?

Paige: A funky downtown address to go with my hopefully new job. Chin, chin. So where is the lovely Carla tonight?

Alex: Pottery class. Yeah my girlfriend ditched me to make a bowl.

Paige: Well at least you have somebody. I however have been walking through a romantic desert and my feet are tired.

Alex: Well don’t look at me to rub them, but I’m sure we can find a hot guy or two to warm up your cool autumn nights.

Paige: Well cheers to that dear cupid.

*She looks at Spinner who smiles*

-At the newspaper office-

Jesse: Paige Michalchuck.

Paige: Jesse Stefanovich. You are the one I speak to about putting an add in the core?

Jesse: For Jimmy and Spinner’s store.

Paige: Yeah you are looking at their new manager.

Jesse: Congrats. Um these are our rates.

Paige: Yes. Uh rates. Funny thing. There is a minor issue of cash at present. Mainly that we are lacking it.

Jesse: As issues go, far from mine.

Paige: Well what if I told you that in lue of cash, our designer Jimmy Brooks will design t-shirts for the Core. I’m sure you could use them for promotions and once we fix our cash flow issue, we are going to present concerts by local bands under the Squatch banner. Core could co-sponsor.

Jesse: Good ideas. Great ideas.

Paige: Thank you. So do we have a deal?

Jesse: Count on it.

*They shake hands and smile at each other*

-At Degrassi-

Mr. Simpson: Thank you for that incisive treatise on celebrity facelifts. Next class: Liberty and Emma.

Emma: Ouch. I haven’t even started.

Manny: Didn’t know lazy was in your vocab.

Emma: I’m not lazy, just distracted.

Manny: Don’t tell me, too many late night sessions at Casa Cameron.

Emma: Keep a secret? Sean and I are taking things to the next level.

Manny: Maybe you don’t realize, but you’ve told me this before.

Emma: Maybe you don’t realize that this time I mean it.

*She shows Manny a prescription for birth control pills*

Manny: Wow. You’re not messing around sister.

-At the mall-

Alex: So I hope you’re ready. Today’s the first episode of Project Paige.

Paige: My life is a reality TV show?

Alex: In your case it’s The Bachelorette and we’re looking for guys hey, not the other flavour.

Paige: Guys will do thank you. I like them cute, funny, worldly. Oh and to fill out a vintage rock tee just so.

Alex: Sounds delish…in a hetero kind of way. Thing is Paige you’ve got to keep it cas’. Don’t get attached to anyone. Play the field. Be a pimp.

Paige: Oh I am the maddest of pimps and here comes my date.

*Spinner walks over*

Alex: Spinner! Cute, funny…worldly?

Paige: Lose the lesbian filter hon. He is cute and funny. It’s two out of three. Give my best to dear Carla.

-At the newspaper office-

Jesse: Why is it every time I bring something up, a joke, a story idea, anything, you just shoot it down? You can be so negative, Ellie.

Ellie: Guess so.

Jesse: You guess so? Taurus much?

Ellie: Whatever. I don’t want to argue anymore. It’s all we’ve done for weeks. Arguing was better than this.

Jesse: Not to mention all the movies and dinners and laughs we used to have.

Ellie: That’s why we need to end this before it ruins what’s left of us.

Jesse: See you at the staff meeting?

*She nods and leaves*

-At the pharmacy-

*Sean is looking at condoms while Emma gets her pills*

Sean: These have sensual in the name. Is that a good thing?

Emma: Uh are we really gonna do this?

Sean: Sex is an expression of our intimacy and closeness.

Emma: Your nose is so growing right now.

*Snake sees them*

Mr. Simpson: Em! Sean! What are you doing here?

Sean: Well I’m, I’m late for work.

*He leaves quickly*

Mr. Simpson: Later Sean. Em are you, are you sick or-?

Emma: No. It’s just that…well Sean and I are…Snake!

*She holds up the condoms and birth control pills*

Mr. Simpson: Oh! Oh, oh god. I’m an idiot. Sorry. Um does your mom know about this?

Emma: Yeah. We had the talk.

Mr. Simpson: Cool. I just you know…I, I didn’t know.

Emma: Well I will see you at home for dinner.

Mr. Simpson: Sure thing. Later skater.

-At the mall-

*Paige and Spinner are signing up for a booth for their store*

Spinner: Thank you. Entrepreneurs fair booth 112. You played the mall lady like a drum.

Paige: Thanks hon. You helped too.

Spinner: No I don’t have the ‘Paige power of persuasion’, but we make a good team, huh?

*Paige kisses him*

Spinner: Not looking a horse gift in the mouth here, but what’s going on?

Paige: Banting was less than fun for me, so to paraphrase Sheryl Crow, I just want to have some fun.

Spinner: Fun’s good. It’s just the last time we did this, last year…it ended weird.

Paige: Because we had no ground rules. This time we do. We are just friends. Friends with a benefits package.

Spinner: Those are benefits I can live with.

Paige: It’s the best of both worlds. Cas’ is the way we rock it.

-At the store-

Alex: You said that without laughing?

Paige: The moment overtook. It just felt so good to mack on Spinner with impunity.

Alex: I have class with him in 20 minutes. I’ll try to ignore his big, dumb grinning face.

Paige: Jesse! Hey.

Jesse: Hey. Uh latest edition. Add’s on page 3 and I asked Nina to write a piece on you guys for her fashion column.

Paige: This is wow! Thank you so much.

Jesse: The Core and Squatch Designs could have a future together in business.

*Alex taps her pen impatiently*

Paige: Alex! Um you know Jesse, right?

Alex: Yeah you’re Ellie’s boyfriend.

Jesse: Was. Ellie didn’t tell you we broke up?

Paige: She keeps to herself a lot.

Jesse: Yeah she’s like that. Well I’ve got to run. Interviewing a friend’s band.

Paige: How journalist of you. What are they like?

Jesse: Kind of an alt-country vibe. Yeah they’re playing tonight, campus club. If you’re into it, you should come.

*Paige nods and shrieks excitedly after he leaves*

-At Emma’s house-

Mr. Simpson: So I ran into Emma at the pharmacy today with Sean, picking up birth control. You know, the pill?

Spike: Really?

*She keeps eating*

Mr. Simpson: Right. She told me she asked you.

Spike: Well we had the talk a while ago. I told her to go on the pill whenever she was ready.

Mr. Simpson: And I was left out of this conversation, why? Don’t we talk about these types of things as a family?

Spike: I wasn’t sure if you could handle this type of thing or if you’d even want to. It’s a woman thing.

Mr. Simpson: It’s a parent thing and I want to contribute.

Emma: You contribute delicious nutritious dinners nightly.

*Snake doesn’t say anything*

Emma: Kidding!

Mr. Simpson: Uh Emma you uh, you lied to me this afternoon.

Emma: I didn’t lie! There’s just some things you don’t need to know, okay?

Mr. Simpson: Oh well pardon me for being concerned about my teenage daughter who’s made mistakes and feels the need to hide things from me.

Emma: Step-daughter!

Mr. Simpson: Whatever. I deserve to be a part of your life!

*Emma walks away*

Mr. Simpson: Hey.

Spike: Snake this is exactly why sometimes you aren’t. Emma wait!

Emma: I’m meeting Sean. Don’t wait up.

*She leaves and Spike looks at Snake*

-At the concert-

Jesse: Really in the pocket. Like in the groove.

Paige: I, I like how relaxed they are.

Jesse: Totally vibe-ing off each other.

Paige: In the moment, yes! It is the only way to be. Hey let’s dance.

Jesse: Sure.

*They start dancing*

Jesse: This is good. I almost forgot what it feels like. Ellie hated dancing.

Paige: Well it’s too bad because you are a natural. Move over Antonio Banderas.

Jesse: Ain’t seen nothing yet, Michalchuk.

-At the store-

Paige: Thank you.

Alex: Tell me again why you need me to model at the dumb fair.

Paige: Because Marco looks lousy in pink.

Alex: So uh you and Jesse dancing up a storm last night. Did it end there?

Paige: There was coffee at his place. Had an amazing convo…and then some other stuff.

Alex: And bachelor #1 knows about bachelor #2, IE Spinner?

Paige: Bachelors 1 and 2 both know the score. As a matter of fact, I am seeing them both tonight.

Alex: Oh ménage Paige.

Paige: Not quite. Spinner is my 7:00 and Jesse’s my 9.

Alex: Hey you uh wanna come to my place when you’re done for a post-game wrap-up? We got the good ice cream.

Paige: Sure hon. Love to.

*They look in the mirror and Paige puts her arms around Alex*

Paige: Pretty in pink. Just like the movie.

-In the media immersion room-

Emma: Hey. Thought we could maybe talk.

Mr. Simpson: Emma my server blew a hard drive.

Emma: Look I’m sorry about last night, but I’m old enough to make my own decisions. Hello?! I’m trying to have a conversation here.

Mr. Simpson: Emma! No hard drive means no server means no classes for the day. I need to handle this right now.

Emma: ‘Cause you obviously can’t handle the fact that I’m a sexual being and you can’t keep avoiding it forever.

-At Spinner’s-

*Paige and Spinner are making out*

Paige: Oh not that this isn’t fun, but I really need to get going.

Spinner: Gotta go see the other guy, Jesse Stupid-face.

Paige: Spinner you know the deal.

Spinner: Yeah I know. It’s just being with you feels so right and I always go by my feelings.

Paige: Spin don’t trust your feelings, okay? Feelings are the enemy. Honey, sweetie you are clearly new to the ways of friends with benefits. Maybe it’s better if we just stop.

Spinner: No. No it’s cool. I’ll, I’ll get used to it.

Paige: See you at the fair tomorrow.

*She kisses him goodbye*

-At a club-

*Jesse is reading Paige’s palm*

Jesse: Like what I’m seeing here. Lots of adventures.

Paige: Of the freshman flameout kind? Kind of on ‘adulthood: take 2’.

Jesse: Really? I did that two years ago and thought everything was ruined, but it kind of opens up the road, you know?

Paige: That is exactly how I feel. Just hit the gas and go.

Jesse: Totally! But I’m a cautious driver.

Paige: Let’s dance, okay? Show me some more of those moves.

Jesse: Okay.

*They start dancing*

-At the fashion show-

Paige: Afternoon Ms. Nuñez. Ready to rock the catwalk with insouciant smile?

Alex: Yeah whatever. Let’s just get it over with.

Paige: Um is it everyone hates Paige day?

Alex: Maybe seeing it was ditch Alex and don’t even call her last night.

Paige: Hon I forgot. I’m sorry.

*She looks at Marco*

Paige: Babe could you just straighten our sign a bit?

Alex: Don’t tell me your 9:00 with Jesse became a 10, then an 11, 12, 1…

Paige: I said I’m sorry. It’s just I think things are becoming a bit more than cas’ with Jesse. He’s kind of special.

Alex: Rush into stuff much? Pathetic Paige. Pathetic.

-In the media immersion classroom-

Liberty: Hence the inevitability of environmental collapse. Thank you.

Mr. Simpson: Okay. Thanks Liberty. Uh Emma you’re up.

*Emma starts her presentation*

Mr. Simpson: Your theme?

Emma: Women and sex. More specifically it’s about how men have stifled women’s sexual expression throughout history.

Manny: Right on sister.

Emma: When men think of girls, this is what they see-

*She shows a picture of herself looking completely innocent*

Emma: But when confronted with something like this-

*She shows a couple steamy pictures of herself and Sean*

Emma: A healthy natural expression of physical intimacy, men can’t handle it…at all. They feel free to ride their instincts, but when women stand up and declare their right to be sexual, it’s this-

*She shows a picture of herself with tape covering her mouth*

Emma: A typical double standard. Men don’t want to hear it.

-At the fashion show-

Paige: Are you sure you want to model Jimmy’s fab designs with that un-fab pout?

Spinner: I’m not pouting. Okay I am, but Paige here’s the deal. I need all of you or none at all.

Paige: Babe I’m sorry. I should have known this would happen. It’s just ultimatums make me itchy.

Spinner: It’s not an ultimatum Paige, but if you don’t break it off with Jesse right now, we’re through.

Paige: And now I’m itchy. Don’t make me choose. You won’t like my choice.

Spinner: Then you pick stupid Jesse with his stupid hair and his stupid shirts and his stupid face!

Alex: Five minute warning and you’ve got a visitor Paige.

Paige: Jesse um what a crazy surprise.

Jesse: Wanted to wish you luck and get a quote for the Core.

Paige: Now is not such a great time hon.

Spinner: Yeah go drink a latte, emo boy.

Paige: Spinner could we please be grown up about this?

Spinner: Yeah. No. Get out of here loser.

Jesse: Oh I’m a loser? Okay Spinner.

Spinner: You’ll be cursing my name when I kick your ass.

*They keep arguing as Paige starts having a panic attack and Alex calms her down*

Alex: Come on aim for 10. 1, 2, 3. That’s it.

Spinner: I mean whatever. You suck!

Alex: Will you both shut up?! You go stand out front. You go put on the rest of your outfit and a smile because we have to go model these freaking clothes. Clear?!

Paige: Alex.

Alex: Save it.

*Alex storms off*

-At Emma’s house-

Emma: Got a minute for someone who’s mean, cruel and hurtful?

Mr. Simpson: I have all the time in the world because you are none of those things.

Emma: I’m sorry for what I did in class. I know it kind of hurt.

Mr. Simpson: It’s fine because you were right and your presentation, by the way, was good. Not very subtle, but good. Emma I’ve known you since you were in a stroller and the idea of you growing up, it’s…it’s a trip.

Emma: For me too! I mean I’ll be moving away, going to university. I’m not a little kid anymore.

Mr. Simpson: I just thought this was going to be easier. I guess I better get used to it.

Emma: So dad, do you want to have the talk?

Mr. Simpson: You know what? I think I’m good.

-At the Dot-

Jimmy: Well here’s to our first fireworks-filled fashion show, but hey three new buyers came through. Cheers!

Paige: So Spin spoke to me after the show. All apologies for freaking out, but we both know that it just, it wasn’t mean to be. But Jesse is still into the cas’ thing, so what say you wise counsel?

Alex: I say they both suck and for that matter, so do you.

*Alex leaves and Paige follows her*

Paige: You know what Alex? You suck too.

Alex: Sorry!

Paige: Oh your apology is killing me with its plaintive sincerity!

Alex: God I hate your thesaurus.

Paige: And I hate how you’re acting right now. Why are you doing this?

*Alex kisses her*

Alex: Because I love you, you idiot. So much it scares the crap out of me.

Paige: Why? Just why did you tell me to go on all those dates?!

Alex: Because I thought you being cas’ with guys was nothing serious and a lot better than you with some other girl.

Paige: I just can’t with you right now. I really do…I really have to go back inside.

-Scenes for next week-

Spinner: Every cent I had went into the store.

Marco: Don’t worry. I have a plan.

Voiceover: A get-rich-quick scheme.

Spinner: This is your plan? Playing online poker?

Voiceover: Becomes a dangerous addiction.

Marco: Everybody goes bust.

Spinner: You just lost $1100!

Voiceover: That threatens to destroy a friendship forever.

Police officer: Is this a friend of yours?

Spinner: No.

*Marco is being led away in handcuffs*

Free Fallin' Pt. 2

2007-04-18T04:52:00Z

Wow sorry this is up a week late. I actually thought I posted this for some reason and saw when I was about to post last night's episode, that I hadn't! So sorry about that and here it is :)

-In Paige’s dorm room-

*The fire is being put out by her RA as people watch from the hall*

Paige: I don’t know what happened. I was studying and then suddenly I’m staring into Dante’s Inferno.

Kevin: This could have been a lot worse.

Paige: Kevin you are my fire-fighting resident’s assistant hero.

Kevin: I’m not gonna find any melted wax in the bottom of this trashcan, am I?

*Paige shuts the door*

Paige: Um verboten candle? No of course not. Um my computer, it must have spontaneously combusted.

Kevin: Grab your stuff. You can crash in the common room tonight. You may have to live there for a while.

Paige: I have got to do a, a 20-page essay and, and ace a take-home exam and do a million chapter summaries for 5:00 or I am a big, fat, flunking out loser.

Kevin: They always say everything looks better in the morning.

Paige: Well that’s only true if your entire world hasn’t gone supernova!

-Outside Paige’s classroom-

*Paige is practicing what she’s gonna say to her professor*

Paige: I just need a few more days. There was a teensy weensy fire and a big family emergency.

*Her phone rings*

Paige: Alex?

Alex: Guess who just got her third bio A+ in a row?

Paige: Heather Sinclaire?

Alex: Ouch, but deserved. Any chance a marketing guru can forgive a science geek for being an obnoxious turkey?

Paige: Are you actually apologizing?

Alex: I’m full of surprises and still kind of worried about your whole family dinner flame-out.

Paige: Apology accepted and I could not be more fine, honestly. Last minute is my middle name. But enough about me. Uh go celebrate your scholarness. Any A+ plans?

Alex: Carla’s meeting me at the Dot tonight. Nothing special, but she’s paying!

Paige: Well congrats hon. Uh send her my love, okay?

Alex: Later.

*They hang up and Paige sees Professor James*

Paige: Professor James.

Professor James: Ms. Michalchuk, finished already? I gave you until 5 today.

Paige: Um actually uh you know how it is. Family weekend, parental drama and a minor dorm room fire type incident. I was hoping for another very small extension. I just wouldn’t want to hand in less than my best.

Professor James: A fire? Do you have the fire marshal’s report?

Paige: No, but I have soot-filled everything as proof. Believe me I wouldn’t make this up. I just thought that maybe under the circumstances…

Professor James: I can’t make last minute exceptions Paige. You understand that I’m sure.

Paige: I guess I have to.

Professor James: Hand in whatever you’ve got. I’ll see you at 5. No excuses.

-At Degrassi-

Mr. Stone: Impounded! The $60,000 vehicle you snuck out of my garage has been impounded!

Peter: I was on my way home from feeding the homeless, doing a good deed!

Ms. Hatzilakos: I don’t care if you were curing the blind, okay? A suspended licence means no driving, period!

Mr. Stone: Probation officer says if you up the community service, they might reduce the fine.

Peter: Okay fine. I’ll be an angel.

Mr. Stone: Well you make sure that you are. Here!

*He storms out and Ms. Hatzilakos follows him*

Ms. Hatzilakos: And Troy if you can’t control Peter on the weekends, then I will.

Mr. Stone: Daphne save the principal routine for your delinquent son, okay?

Ms. Hatzilakos: Who’s delinquent? How about the guy who bought his 16 year old son a $60,000 car, huh?

Peter: Guys stop!

Ms. Hatzilakos: Who are you trying to impress?

*They both walk away as Peter and Darcy look at each other*

-In the common room at Paige’s dorm-

Paige: Okay one thing at a time.

*She stares at her laptop*

Kevin: I see your laptop survived. Any chance I could check my blog?

Paige: Uh saving my semester by 5PM is a tad more important than your blog.

Kevin: Right. Stupid question. So uh you almost done?

Paige: Not remotely.

Kevin: Better hurry up. Tick, tock. Tick, tock.

*Paige searches for a college essay online and takes out her credit card*

-At Peter’s locker-

*Darcy walks up to him and hands him a card*

Peter: What’s this?

Darcy: Bus pass. Once I walked all the way home, I kind of cooled down.

Peter: Oh wow. After the cop pulled us over, I didn’t think you’d be speaking to me anymore, let alone buying me gifts.

Darcy: So you forgive me for smothering you with pie?

Peter: It was stupid to drive, but I had to get to the soup kitchen. I couldn’t let the homeless starve.

Darcy: Were your parents mad about the car?

Peter: They’re off the charts. Blame each other for everything. I try to be brave or whatever, but deep down there’s this little sad-

*Peter takes her hand and she pulls it away laughing*

Peter: Hey how about a nice, long walk in the park after school?

Darcy: Are you asking me out on a date?

Peter: Depends on your answer.

*Darcy walks away*

Peter: That was a yes, right?

*Darcy smiles and shrugs as she walks away*

-At Banting-

Paige: Professor James here it is.

Professor James: 5PM. Right on time.

Paige: Sometimes I work best under pressure.

*She looks it over and sighs*

Professor James: I have seen this essay four times in the last two years. Most students try to change a sentence or two.

Paige: Professor James, with 300 students these essays must all just start to look the same.

Professor James: Don’t insult me.

Paige: You’re giving me a zero?

Professor James: Or I could talk to the dean who, by the way, has made it his mission to eradicate plagiarism. Your choice.

Paige: My choice? I’m going home to a real school with real friends with flame retardant dorms. I don’t care if I am a stupid Banting girl because I hate Banting!

-At a park-

*Peter brings Darcy weeds*

Peter: For you. Not soup kitchen decorations this time.

Darcy: Aw. My favourite weed.

Peter: I thought they were flowers.

*She notices his uniform and pooper scooper*

Darcy: Uh what’s uh all this?

Peter: Beautiful day for a walk.

Darcy: Wait this is your idea of a date?

Peter: Yeah it’s community service, but it’s also doing good. Isn’t that how you roll? Oh I meant to ask, do you think you could get the Reverend to sign some forms for last weekend?

Darcy: So that’s what this is? I’m your community service hook-up?

Peter: You’re not, Darce. This is my life. I thought you got that nobody’s perfect.

*She walks away and Peter keeps picking up dog poop*

-At the Dot-

Alex: What’s wrong picky? I thought we were celebrating.

Carla: Yeah well aren’t salads supposed to be fresh? This is disgusting.

Alex: Well maybe if you tried red meat, you wouldn’t be so cranky.

Carla: You are unbelievable.

*Paige sits down*

Paige: Isn’t she? Human trash compactor.

Alex: Either you’re in Toronto midweek or this ain’t root beer.

Paige: Dinner’s on me. Uh okay my mom. To Alex, the newest scholar on Degrassi’s block.

Alex: Did you have three hours to poach my drink?

Carla: Yeah you must have been thirsty.

Paige: I drove three hours for a great reason, but tonight is all about Miss A+, the brightest Nuñez ever.

Carla: Did you know that she turned down Paradiso Bistro to come here.

Paige: I’m not saying she’s perfect.

Alex: Should I leave you two alone?

Paige: Yeah well I want to hear all about a day in the life of an honours grad marathon runner at Toronto U.

Carla: Well it’s not that interesting.

-At Alex’s-

Alex: Question of the night. Why aren’t you sleeping at Marco’s and Dylan’s?

Paige: Well everyone’s back from the weekend. It’s a full house.

Alex: And why are you in town?

Paige: Because people here don’t ask a million questions.

Alex: Nice try Michalchuk.

Paige: I don’t know. It was so chaotic with all the family and the schoolwork. I was just craving some happy…some you. Hon we’re gonna stay this close forever, right?

Alex: Depends. Are you gonna scream at me from behind any bathroom doors?

Paige: But see I did that and three days later you are making me a couch-bed. I’m crazy and you are so strong.

Alex: Even perfect Banting girls need to let their hair down every once in a while.

Paige: You are the only one who has any idea.

Alex: It’s a school night. I’ll tuck you in.

*Paige kisses Alex*

Alex: What was that?

Paige: Um good night kiss?

*Alex goes upstairs*

-In the morning, Paige is making breakfast-

Alex: Penance waffles?

Paige: With extra “I’m sorry” whip and “I would never intentionally play with your feelings” strawberries.

Alex: My food usually only says “eat me”.

Paige: Well your mom and Chad call them little puffs of heaven.

Alex: And they were made by such an angel. Are we gonna talk about what that little smoochy smooch was all about last night?

Paige: Oh you mean that thing that never happened?

Alex: Okay. You’ve driven here twice this week and for what? To cook a couple meals? Well it seems kind of strange…even for you.

Paige: Okay Veronica Mars. I miss home.

Alex: Okay what’s in these waffles?

Paige: Nothing. I’m just…I’m happy and I have a plan. Is tonight still karaoke night?

Alex: Uh huh.

Paige: Well then round up the troops. I have a feeling I’ll need to celebrate.

Alex: I knew I wasn’t the only reason you came back. Do I even get a hint?

*Paige shrugs and walks out the door smiling*

-At Degrassi-

Darcy: Here. The reverend hopes to see you at the next soup kitchen.

Peter: Wait Darcy, I hate soup. I hate dog turds even more, but I like you. I have fun with you.

Darcy: You’re under house arrest. I’ve got Spirit Squad, Friendship Club. Plus I’m still grounded thanks to those web photos. I just don’t see it working. Sorry.

Peter: Wait who’s that guy who works in mysterious ways?

*She walks away smiling*

-At Toronto U’s admissions office-

Admissions Clerk: Awesome high school records.

Paige: Well Toronto U accepted me last spring so I was hoping I could transfer.

Admissions Clerk: We need your Banting transcripts.

Paige: Even if I take a different program?

Admissions Clerk: Yeah. Unless you want to reapply for the Fall.

Paige: Next Fall? My mom will die. I’m talking cardiac arrest and then she’s gonna kill me from beyond the grave.

Admissions Clerk: Well frosh off and flounder.

Paige: Flounder? No, no, no, no. I can’t flounder. I can’t be this person. Horrible grades, social outcast, gained the freshman fifteen-zillion. In three months Banting has turned me into a, a chunky, essay-flunking pyromaniac!

Admissions Clerk: I’m guessing Banting isn’t the problem. Sorry. Next.

*Paige storms off and is shown crying in her car*

-At Darcy’s-

*Peter is outside her window*

Peter: Psst! Darce it’s me.

Darcy: Peter! What are you doing here?

Peter: I believe the word is romance.

Darcy: You’re gonna get us both in sugar.

Peter: I don’t care. I’ll risk all the sugar in the world. My probation, my house arrest, my parents losing their minds…just for one minute with you.

*Darcy puts a robe on and walks outside*

Peter: Be careful. I will sing.

Darcy: No! If my dad hears you, I’ll never get to see you.

Peter: So you want to see me?

Darcy: Go home Peter.

-At karaoke-

Marco: *Singing* I don’t change my mind for anybody. I won’t waste my time on just anybody. I won’t share my life with anyone, but you. With anyone, but you. With anyone, but you!

*Paige walks in*

Paige: Sorry I’m late. Uh pinchy boots keep it slow.

Marco: Aw it’s like Spinner.

Spinner: Whatever. I’ll take that as a compliment.

Jimmy: So Alex says you’re back in town to celebrate.

Alex: Yeah so what’s the amazing news?

Paige: Um well yours truly just got a huge scholarship to Toronto U. I’m moving home.

Marco: In the middle of a semester?

Paige: Yeah. They made an exception. So are we gonna do this or not?

Marco: You bet.

Spinner: Bust it maestro.

*Paige and Marco start singing horribly*

-Outside, Paige is putting gas in the tank-

Alex: So when are you gonna tell me why you really left Banting?

Paige: I already told you.

Alex: Yeah big mid-semester scholarship. Thing is you already had one.

Paige: Banting is not what I expected. I mean I am kicking butt, but it’s so lame. There’s no fun times like tonight and definitely no fun people.

Alex: That’s it?

Paige: Banting was great for my mom, but I have connections here.

Alex: Connections? By that you mean?

Paige: My friends, people who think I count for something, cool people.

*Paige spills gas on her shoes*

Paige: Oh my pinchy boots. Um there should be paper towels in here somewhere. My dad went all boy scout when I got the car.

*Alex sees all of Paige’s papers and tests with failing grades*

Paige: Did you find anything?

Alex: Yeah. I sure did.

*She hands Paige the paper towels who cleans her boots*

Paige: Oh ew.

-Outside Degrassi-

*Peter’s dad is dropping him off*

Peter: Okay bye dad.

Darcy: Here! It’s a day timer. I wrote down all my free time this week. You do the same and that’s when I’ll see you.

Peter: Cool thanks. Oh so you’re free today after school? I have an hour before I have to report to my probation officer.

Darcy: It’s a date.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Oh. Here you go!

Peter: What’s this?

Ms. Hatzilakos: Directions to a convicted street racers press conference after school. I volunteered you to give an apology.

Peter: Today? You’ve got to be joking.

Ms. Hatzilakos: And if you’re thinking on skipping, don’t. I’ll be there.

*Mr. Stone drives back with Peter’s uniform*

Mr. Stone: Trash man! Forget something?

Peter: Yeah can’t live without this.

Mr. Stone: Oh and your uncle’s looking forward to some squeaky clean dishes at his restaurant this weekend.

Peter: Yeah and every other weekend. I know.

Mr. Stone: Know another way to make the 5 grand it cost me to get the car out of impound? Maybe your mother will take a cut to her alimony payments.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Love you too.

*She rolls her eyes as Peter’s dad drives off*

Ms. Hatzilakos: My office. 3:00 sharp.

*She leaves and Peter looks at Darcy*

Peter: Yeah you were right. This isn’t gonna work.

-At the Dot-

Paige: Two bedroom on the subway line. $1200. Ouch.

Alex: Two bedroom?

Paige: Isn’t it time you gave your mom and Chad their personal space?

*Alex looks around*

Paige: Hun you waiting for someone?

Alex: Maybe.

Paige: Who Carla? Look if we move in together, it doesn’t mean-

*She sees her mom*

Paige: Mom? Hi. What are you doing here?

Mrs. Michalchuk: We need to talk Paige. You have some explaining to do.

Paige: What’s going on?

Mrs. Michalchuk: Alex found some essays, some tests in your car.

Paige: You did this?

Alex: I’ll let you guys talk.

*Alex leaves as Paige gets all upset*

-Outside Ms. Hatzilakos’ office-

Darcy: Thought I’d find you here.

Peter: I’m forming a permanent butt groove. Why are you here?

Darcy: Just seeing your parents, the way they fight…it must be horrible to feel like they’re always angry.

Peter: Just not a great example of love, I guess.

Darcy: I know someone who has a lot of love to give.

Peter: Okay no offence, but you better not be talking about Jesus.

*She gives him a look and he takes her hand*

Peter: Darce I’m gonna be late to pick you up and I’m gonna bail on dates. All the day planners in the world can’t change that, but I’ll never stop thinking about you.

Darcy: I hope not and if you ever hurt me, I’ll tell your mom.

-Outside the Dot-

*Paige hugs her mom goodbye and walks over to Alex*

Paige: I can’t believe you told my mother.

Alex: Who else would I tell?

Paige: I don’t know. Nobody?

Alex: You need help Paige and you needed to tell the truth to someone. It was the only way to force it out.

Paige: Well why didn’t you talk to me first?

Alex: Paige you’ve been lying to me ever since you got here and I have no idea why.

*Paige sits down next to her*

Paige: I’ve always kind of felt like you looked up to me and I want you to be proud of me, but the truth is I’m just a loser.

Alex: And you used me to pull some big crazy scam?

Paige: I’m sorry Alex. I didn’t know who else to turn to.

Alex: The next time you need a safety net, call the fire department.

Paige: Actually they’ll probably be calling me. I kind of burned down my dorm room.

Alex: Seriously?

*Paige nods*

Alex: Wow. When you flame out, you really flame out.

Paige: What am I gonna do?

Alex: That’s the thing missy, what do you want to do?

-Scenes for next week-

Paige: We are just friends. Friends with a benefits package.

*Paige kisses Spinner*

Voiceover: Paige has a new dating strategy.

Paige: Cas is the way we rock it.

Voiceover: But casual-

Paige: Hey lets dance.

*Paige and Jesse are shown dancing*

Voiceover: -turns complicated.

Paige: *Talking to Alex* Spinner is my 7:00 and Jesse’s my 9.

Alex: You uh wanna come to my place when you’re done for a post-game wrap-up?

*Paige puts her arms around Alex*

Voiceover: Very complicated.

Free Fallin' Pt. 1

2007-03-30T03:46:08Z

Hey everyone. Here's part 1! Part 2 coming next week. Comment, credit, enjoy loves <3

-At Banting-

* Paige stares at the clock during a test *

Professor James: And time! Next question.

*Paige flips her page over as the girl next to her coughs and blows her nose*

Paige: Ew.

Professor James: And time. Next question.

Paige: What?

Professor James: Sh sh sh sh. And time. Next question. Time. And time.

*Everything blurs together and Paige starts panicking. She runs into the hall hyperventilating and starts to cry*

Paige: God I’m such an idiot.

-In Paige’s dorm room-

*Paige is lying on her bed while people are partying in the dorm she and calls Alex on her cell*

Paige: *On the phone* Hi Alex’s voicemail. Uh sorry I haven’t called. I wanted to, but... Okay have you ever felt like the subway is running over your lungs? Like you’re trying to breathe, but the entire train is just crushing your ribs? Okay um I’m rambling. I just, I really, really, really hope that you’re still going to Marco and Dylan’s this weekend. Bye.

-During Paige’s class-

Professor James: That’s it. Oh and I’ll have your exam marks next week. Uh Paige Mik-ale-chuk, a word please.

Paige: Um Professor James I was hoping we could talk, actually. Um I guess you thought I left the midterm. Well I mean I did, but not like-

Professor James: When someone walks out on an exam, I like to know why. I sleep better.

Paige: Well that’s part of it. Sleeping. I haven’t been.

Professor James: Ah partying.

Paige: No I swear…though the rest of my dorm has a lot. I just have so much work all the time.

Professor James: Welcome to college.

Paige: It’s stressful and who knew there’d be so much math in marketing?

Professor James: Paige you need to pass this course to stay in the program.

Paige: Help me to. Please I am seconds from losing my scholarship.

Professor James: I don’t want to discourage you, but not everyone is cut out for Banting.

Paige: Professor James, my mom was a Banting girl and I am a Banting girl. I just have to get better at doing Banting.

Professor James: Take-home midterm.

Paige: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. I know I can do better this time.

Professor James: Along with your 20-page essay on international branding and the chapter summaries you’re late on.

Paige: Thank you Professor James. Don’t worry. I won’t let you down.

Professor James: Makes no difference to me. Just don’t let yourself down. 5PM Monday. Have a great weekend!

-At Degrassi, Peter is sitting outside the cafeteria when Darcy walks by-

Peter: Hey. Heard you needed to get into the caf kitchen. I’m waiting for my mom to drive me home, so I thought I might help out a friend.

*He shows her some keys*

Darcy: Funny I don’t see one.

Peter: Ouch. Well I guess I could just go to media immersion and scroll through some of your hot pics…if you ever put them back up online.

Darcy: Dream on. I don’t have time for people who manipulate others for their own fun.

Peter: And if he sins against you seven times a day and returns to you seven times saying I repent, forgive him.

Darcy: You showed my private photos to some 40-year old pervert. You can’t make it up with a bible quote.

Peter: I repent, I repent, I repent, I repent, I repent, I repent, I repent. What do you say now?

Darcy: I say Matthew 10:42. Look it up and be here tomorrow morning at 7.

Peter: On a Saturday? Busses don’t even run that early.

Darcy: Whatever. It’s up to you.

-At Marco and Dylan’s-

*Alex opens the door for Paige who kisses Dylan on the cheek*

Paige: I cannot believe mom and dad are renovating this weekend.

Alex: And hello to you too.

Dylan: Mom and dad are renovating every weekend.

Marco: Hey! I’ve missed you. Here. Homemade genetus(?), brain food.

Paige: Mm I am starving.

*She takes a bite and makes bad face*

Paige: Are you sure that Ellie didn’t make these?

Marco: Ellie took her laundry home for the weekend. Oh and jokes, Kiko and Suki are off discovering our country’s natural wonders. Niagara falls.

Paige: So you are making the Michalchuk family dinner?

Marco: Hey I’m under enough pressure as it is with my parents coming too, okay?

Alex: You guys are having a double date with your folks?

Dylan: Date? Gosh no. Marco and I are just roommates, right darling?

Marco: Exactly darling. Come on let’s get you some non-homemade snacks.

*Alex holds up a sign that says ‘Welcome Back Turkey’*

Alex: You like? I made it myself.

Paige: Feeling hostile, are we?

Alex: It’s not hostility. It’s affection. The message you left sounded like the fabulous Banting girl needed a little bit of a cheer up.

Paige: Yeah because the fabulous Banting girl has twelve tons of work to do.

Alex: Well now I’m here and we have some serious catching up to do.

Paige: Great.

-In the living room-

Marco: Okay I’m baked. Good night ladies.

Paige: Good night. I got to be up at cockle-doodle dawn to hit the books.

Alex: Right. I should go.

Paige: No wait. Have a sleepover right here. Just friends.

Alex: Yeah I know doofus. I have a girlfriend.

Paige: You are so lying.

Alex: You might have one friend at Banting next year.

Paige: Who?

*Alex smiles*

Paige: You? Seriously?

Alex: Despite your doubts, I am kicking butt at school. Marks, not people!

Paige: Well that is fantastic hon. I am very glad that you proved me wrong.

Alex: Whatever. Let’s get our degrees and then road trip. Imagine a couple Banting babes gone wild.

*Paige lays down on Alex’s lap*

Paige: Thanks Alex. You’re so comfy.

Alex: Good night.

-At Degrassi-

*Peter shows up with flowers for Darcy*

Darcy: Hi!

Peter: Hey I brought these for you.

Darcy: Great idea. The homeless deserve beauty with their meals too, right?

Peter: Homeless what?

Darcy: Our church group’s throwing a special dinner for them. For tomorrow.

Peter: And I’m here this early because?

Darcy: Did you read Matthew 10?

Peter: Uh yeah. Something about a guy needs water, gives it to a disciple or something.

Darcy: I tell you the truth, he will certainly not lose his reward. AKA that forgiveness you want? A reward.

Peter: Right. So uh why are you here?

Darcy: We all need forgiveness for something and you can start by peeling apples. Oh and uh Peter-

*She puts a hairnet on him as he grabs a peeler*

-At Marco and Dylan’s-

*Paige wakes up and looks at all of her work*

Marco: I’m pretty sure that you screamed ‘I love turkey’ or something in the middle of your sleep last night.

Dylan: I was having a nightmare, okay? It was a nine foot turkey.

Marco: Oh good morning.

Alex: Good morning.

*They keep talking as Paige is playing solitaire on her laptop*

Paige: Hey do you think you guys could be a little louder for me?

Marco: Um how about you chill?

Dylan: Paige…

Marco: Like don’t you use like flour to make gravy?

Dylan: Well you do, yeah.

Marco: Okay well then.

Dylan: You use flour. You use like chicken broth, which is the juice from the chicken drippings and stuff.

Marco: Yeah I know, but make sure you get salt.

Dylan: Yeah okay.

Marco: It’s like the star of it.

Dylan: Okay it’s starred. Now it’s on the list.

Paige: You guys, be ridiculous. Please take this.

*She shows them a recipe online*

-At Dylan and Marco’s, Mrs. Michalchuk is bringing dishes over-

Mrs. Michalchuk: This was Gran’s so careful. Don’t put it in the micro. Here’s the walnut recipe for Dylan. Remind him just a touch of sage.

Paige: Oh mom can you come in for a sec?

Mrs. Michalchuk: I’d love to, but the contractors…

Paige: But your daughter wants to tell you something.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Can it wait? Sorry. What is it sweetheart?

Paige: Never mind. Compared to renovation hell, it’s nothing.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Unlike the contractors, you’ve never let me down.

*She kisses Paige and leaves*

Alex: Does she breathe like the rest of us or does she produce her own air internally like a blowfish?

*Paige starts hyperventilating and Alex laughs*

Alex: Exactly!

*Paige then runs into the bathroom. Alex follows her and stands outside the bathroom*

Alex: Paige you alright? Don’t make me be nice. Okay you made me. Paige Michalchuk you are the prettiest, smartest, bestest-

Paige: Why are you putting more pressure on me, Alex? Why?!

Alex: Pressure? What are you talking about?

Paige: Forget it, okay? Leave me alone. Go.

Alex: Forget what? What’s wrong?

Paige: You don’t get it Alex and you never will, so just, just go back to your stupid, pathetic little straight-A high school life with your pathetic imaginary girlfriend, okay? Go away!

*Alex tears up and leaves while Paige is crying in the washroom*

-At Marco and Dylan’s-

Marco: Dylan just move, okay? I’m much better at fridge tetris.

Dylan: Just leave the turkey out.

Marco: No my arm’s freezing. Just get out of here.

Paige: Salmonella is so not festive.

Dylan: Everything okay? Alex bolted like she was on fire.

Paige: Yeah that’s Alex being Alex. You can’t just leave poultry sitting out.

Marco: See I told you Dylan.

Dylan: Excuse me, but I’m the one-

Marco: No seriously. You try to help-

Paige: You know what? I’ll cook. Take some parent pressure off you.

Marco: Don’t you have an essay to cook up?

Paige: Yeah I can handle my own course load, thanks. Both of you out.

Dylan: Fine I’m done.

Marco: Fine. There.

*Marco hands her the turkey and leaves*

-At dinnertime-

Dylan: Try to relax. Everything will be fine.

Marco: When I’m nervous, I fidget.

*There’s a knock at the door*

Marco: Is it too late to cancel?

*They open the door*

Marco: Hey mom, dad. Here come in. Hi.

Mr. Del Rossi: Hey! Place looks great Marco.

Marco: Yeah. Yeah it’s good.

Mrs. Del Rossi: For your house.

*She hands Dylan some flowers when there’s another knock at the door*

Dylan: Oh thank you Mrs. Del Rossi. Thank you. Oh I’ll get that. Here. I’ll get that.

*He opens the door*

Dylan: Mom hey!

Mr. Michalchuk: Hi sport-o.

Dylan: Hey dad! How you doing?

Mr. Michalchuk: Still no haircut.

Dylan: Still no hair.

*Everyone sits down for dinner*

Paige: Butternut squash soup with frizzled leeks and crème fresh.

Mrs. Del Rossi: So gourmet.

Mrs. Michalchuk: She’s such a talent. She won the Brownie’s best brownie award when she was six.

Mrs. Del Rossi: I always wish I’d had a daughter.

Dylan: I’m glad you didn’t.

*Marco hits Dylan under the table*

Marco: This looks delicious.

*Alex walks in with her new girlfriend*

Alex: Are we late? We brought buns.

Paige: I made buns.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Don’t be rude. Hello Alex. Dylan?

Dylan: Oh yeah I’ve got some extra chairs in our room, my room!

Paige: What are you doing here?

Alex: Well you invited me and I wanted to make sure you were okay after your little breakdown.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Breakdown?

Paige: Alex is a pathological liar.

Carla: Alex maybe we should just…

Mr. Del Rossi: Hey no arguing over dinner. Sit. Who’s your friend?

Alex: This is Carla, my imaginary girlfriend.

*Marco’s dad spits up his water*

Carla: Hello.

-At the Degrassi cafeteria-

*A homeless man is speaking in Greek and Peter can’t understand him*

Peter: I don’t understand.

*He keeps speaking*

Peter: Slow down.

Darcy: Is there a problem?

Peter: My Greek’s a little rough. I think he wants an extra piece of pie. Is that alright?

Darcy: You speak Greek?

Peter: Yeah I learned some from my Papi, grandpa. He used to eat a lot of dessert too.

Darcy: Tell him you peeled the apples yourself.

Peter: Yeah I’ll try. Uh oro mura…peeled them myself.

-During dinner-

Mrs. Michalchuk: The pomegranate dressing, just exquisite. Paige you could have got a scholarship for chef school too.

Paige: Mom.

Mr. Michalchuk: Oh and Dylan has had offers recently to play pro hockey in Switzerland.

Dylan: Once my Visa comes through.

Marco: Yeah don’t remind me.

Alex: Did you know Carla’s an honours grad student and she’s captain of the Toronto U distance running team.

Paige: I’ll clear the salad plates.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Banting wanted Paige for their Power Squad. They called it cheerleading when I was captain, but she chose to focus on academics.

Paige: Mom please.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Once Paige gets her honours degree, the Banting MBA program.

Paige: Mom.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Sweetie tell everyone how Banting has the most prestigious program.

Paige: Why don’t we talk about something else?

Mrs. Michalchuk: Fine. Oh don’t you have some sort of announcement?

Paige: Yes. The turkey’s ready.

Mrs. Michalchuk: She’s so modest.

*Paige goes to the kitchen and tries to compose herself*

-At Degrassi-

Peter: Darcy you want a ride home?

Darcy: Sure, but I thought since the whole street racing thing you can’t…

Peter: No I can drive.

Darcy: They gave you your licence back?

Peter: Yeah. I didn’t hit the guy. I’m in the clear, but it’ll cost you.

Darcy: Will half a pie do it?

Peter: Hey I take after my Papi.

-At the dinner, Paige brings out the turkey-

Paige: Here it is! Complete with traditional Michalchuk family walnut stuffing.

Mr. Del Rossi: Looks delicious.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Paige let’s hear your news.

Paige: Really it’s more of a dessert and coffee kind of thing.

Mrs. Michalchuk: Deans list? A bursary? New boyfriend hmm?

Paige: Who wants white and who wants dark?

Mr. Del Rossi: I’ll take white.

*Paige cuts the turkey and the stuffing explodes all over her*

Dylan: I told you not to overstuff the bird.

*Paige runs upstairs while Alex laughs*

Dylan: Traditional Michalchuk walnut stuffing.

Alex: We still have Brussels sprouts. Yummy.

Dylan: And carrots!

*Paige is upstairs freaking out and Marco goes to make sure she’s okay*

Marco: Hey! Everybody is so worried about you. Except my pops who’s still you know, eating, but take that as a compliment.

Paige: I blew up a 20 pound turkey.

Marco: Yeah. Come on Paige, that’s not all that’s bothering you. What is it? What could possibly have my smart, beautiful, talented friend so down?

Paige: Don’t call me that. I am an idiot. I’ve fooled all of you.

Marco: You are too stressed. Is it school? All that work you brought home?

*Paige nods*

Marco: Paige you’re not the only one. I’ll let you in on a little secret. Last week I got a C- on my psych paper.

Paige: I should drive back tonight.

Marco: What? Tonight? It’s three hours away.

Paige: It’s fine Marco. Um I’ll tell my parents and then go.

Marco: Are you sure? Hey you call me if you need to talk, alright?

Paige: Yeah.

*She starts packing and Marco goes downstairs*

-Outside, Peter is driving Darcy home-

Peter: Yeah 250k an hour, 4 mods.

Darcy: You have never gone that fast.

*Peter starts revving his engine and two police officers pull up on bikes*

Darcy: Peter there are not enough airbags in this world!

*They knock on the window*

Police officer: License and registration.

Darcy: What’d we do?

Peter: Just relax. They hassle you if you go faster than them.

Darcy: But they’re on bikes.

Peter: Yeah especially the ones on bikes.

Police officer: *On the radio system* We got a Peter Stone here. N31 Connaught Avenue please.

Police officer: Out of the car please.

Darcy: Why? We’ve stopped.

Police officer: Well your friend Peter here’s been driving with a suspended licence.

Darcy: It’s true?

*Peter nods and Darcy smashes the pie in Peter’s face*

Darcy: I cannot believe I actually started to like you. You’ll never change.

-In Paige’s dorm room-

*Paige is spinning around in her chair and then knocks all her books into the trashcan, along with a candle that starts burning everything*

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: Paige survives the fire.

*Her fire is being put out*

Paige: I have got to do a 20-page essay. I am a flunking out failure.

Voiceover: But she still gets burned.

Professor James: I have seen this essay four times in the last two years.

Paige: You’re giving me a zero?

Voiceover: In more ways than one.

Paige: What am I going to do?

Alex: What do you want to do?

*Paige kisses Alex*

If You Leave

2007-02-17T21:03:08Z

Hey here's the newest episode. The next one will be at least a month away I'm guessing sigghhh. Anyways comment, credit, enjoy :)

-In the gymnasium-

*The Spirit Squad is practicing their routine*

Manny: Way to stick it guys.

Darcy: I love you Manny. You are a miracle worker. Well so to speak.

Manny: Miracle, schmiracle. Hard work plus Degrassi spirit equals first time ever metro finals.

Chante: With only one team in our way.

Manny: Sucks to be them. Go Degrassi!

*They all cheer and start to leave as Emma walks over to Manny*

Emma: Hey guys. Wow are all non-cheerleaders invisible?

Manny: They’re just excited. Going to finals is like scaling Everest with pom-poms. Just imagine if we actually win. It will be a Degrassi first.

Emma: If you win it’ll be without JT.

Manny: If we win we’ll make Degrassi feel better. It’s our job.

Emma: Yeah. You’re right I guess. I’m just not myself since…you know. Let’s get lattes and hang out.

Manny: I’m kind of meeting someone Em.

Emma: Let me guess, Damien your new fancy boy from the enemy school?

Mrs. Santos: Manuella?

Manny: Mom can you give me a sec?

Emma: What’s she doing here?

Manny: She’s just here to talk. Don’t be mad Em, but I think it’s time for me to go home.

*Manny walks over to her mom and they hug while Emma watches them disappointed*

-At Emma’s house, Manny is packing her stuff-

Emma: Hey that’s mine!

Manny: Really? I wore it all summer.

Emma: With my strappy sandals, I know.

Manny: And I thought you wanted me to stay.

Emma: I do. I can’t believe you’re leaving, especially now! My parents are freaked, our house is the center of a murder investigation.

Manny: Maybe that’s why my parents want me back home.

Emma: Do you miss your dad’s tirades?

Manny: Mom says he’s willing to hang up the dictator cap, try anyway.

Emma: What about the curfews and the dress codes?

Manny: Em they’re my parents. Your mom and Archie are great, but they’re not my family and this isn’t my home. I love you forever for letting me stay. It’s time.

Emma: I’m gonna miss you Manny. You’re like the sister I never had.

Manny: What are you talking about cuckoo bananas? I’ll be here constantly. It’ll be like I never left. Promise.

-At Marco and Dylan’s-

Marco: You know just when you think you’re gonna get to bed early you look over your essay and hello! All-nighter.

Dylan: Doesn’t get any easier. Trust me.

*Marco sits on the couch with Dylan*

Marco: Want some coffee? Last of Ellie’s personal stash.

Dylan: Actually I’ve got to jet. Meeting some guys from the team.

Marco: Aw you and your hockey buddies. How cute. Okay so we’ll order in later then.

Dylan: It’s wing night.

Marco: Dylan you’ve been out every night this week. When do I see you?

Dylan: We live together. We see each other plenty.

*Dylan leaves*

Marco: Bye.

-At Mia’s locker-

Manny: Hey Mia. You’ve been MIA from the squad long enough.

Mia: Okay. What do you guys want?

Darcy: Recipe for spirit squad success? Take one Mia Jones, shake and win!

Mia: Did you guys like forget my boyfriend? Your mascot, JT Yorke, was killed two weeks ago. Thanks, but I’ll pass.

Darcy: Of course Mia. We understand.

Manny: Sorry for asking.

*They leave and Emma walks over to her*

Emma: Hey. They were trying to help in their own bizarrely dysfunctional way.

Mia: Whatever. Like I’m gonna take part in anything Lakehurst is invited to.

Emma: Wait. Lakehurst is coming here? Why can’t they do it somewhere else?

Mia: No kidding. They said it was set up months ago and it’s like to late to cancel, but I don’t care. I think we should do something about it. I think we need to protest or whatever.

Emma: I can’t. Manny is my best friend. Besides maybe it’s a good thing if Lakehurst comes here. Maybe it’ll help mend fences.

Mia: A student from Lakehurst killed JT. I’m not about mending fences right now.

-Outside the school-

Manny: Damien and I are going to the mall. He’s so cute.

Sean: Wasn’t he friends with that freak that killed JT?

Manny: Drake? Uh no! He’s never even talked to Drake.

Sean: Okay whatever. Later Emma.

*He kisses her goodbye*

Manny: So if my parents call you’ll cover for me, right?

Emma: Of course. Or you can just come over tonight when you’re done with Damien. Just you, me, the couch and Dr. McDreamy.

Manny: And a bowl of popcorn with extra ketchup powder? You’re on.

*They hug goodbye*

Emma: Have fun.

-At Jimmy and Spinner’s store-

*The guys are playing video games*

Spinner: Oh I got this. I got this and yes! Dude that was way too easy. Come on.

Marco: Sorry I’m not good at these driving games. I’m done.

Jimmy: What? You haven’t even tried to get us to play Karaoke Revolution yet man. Who are you?

Marco: What are you talking about? I’m fine. I couldn’t be better.

Jimmy: Seriously man what’s the problem?

Marco: My problem. My problem is tall, broad shouldered and emotionally absent.

Jimmy: Ah Monsieur Dylan.

Spinner: Hey does he have a MyRoom page?

Marco: I don’t know. He’s just never here and when he is here, it still feels like he isn’t, you know?

Jimmy: It happens my man. The heat cools. You just got to chase the romance a little. Know what I mean?

Spinner: *Coughs* MyRoom page.

Jimmy: Spin, shut up man. Look it’s all about the 4 C’s. Candles, cooking, cologne and chill. Nobody’s immune. Don’t worry.

-At the mall-

Damien: Nice. Who knew hanging out with you at the mall meant PJ shopping?

Manny: Well I can’t mooch off Emma anymore, but don’t get too excited. You won’t be seeing me in these anytime soon.

Damien: It’s cool.

*Manny gets a text from Emma*

Manny: Yikes I got to go.

Damien: Thought we were gonna chill tonight.

Manny: I’m sorry, but I totally promised Emma.

Damien: I know, but between your spirit squad and my student council, I never get to see you. I just really want to talk to you, you know?

Manny: Wow. Most guys aren’t after me for conversation.

Damien: I’m not most guys. Come on Manny. Hang out with me tonight.

*Manny calls Emma*

Emma: *On the phone* Where are you?

Manny: *On the phone* Hi Em. I came home after seeing Damien and my dad’s totally back in tyrant mode.

Emma: *On the phone* Ugh you poor thing.

Manny: *On the phone* I’m okay. I just, I think I need to stay home and let it cool over.

Emma: *On the phone* Okay well I miss you.

Manny: *On the phone* I miss you too. Bye.

*They hang up*

-At Marco and Dylan’s-

Dylan: Sorry my seminar went long.

Marco: You could have called.

Dylan: Phone’s dead. Oh it smells great Marco. Did you make steak?

Marco: Yeah, my nonna's bistecca. You know supposedly it’s the fastest way to any man’s heart. So luckily I convinced Ellie to go to the movies with Kiko and Suki.

Dylan: A night alone. Thank you.

Marco: ‘Cause maybe next year we’ll have a place of our own, you know? Just, just me and you.

Dylan: Well who knows what could happen between now and then.

Marco: Meaning what?

Dylan: Meaning nothing. I was just talking.

*Dylan’s phone rings*

Dylan: I need to take this.

Marco: I thought your phone was dead.

Dylan: I guess it recovered power or something. Funny, huh?

*He gets up to take the call*

Dylan: *On the phone* Hello?

Marco: Yeah it’s funny.

-In Ms. Kwan’s class-

Emma: So how’d it go with your parents?

Manny: Fine.

Emma: That’s funny your dad didn’t seem fine when he called my house looking for you.

Manny: Em did you-?

Emma: Cover for you? Of course. I’m not sure why since you totally blew me off.

Manny: I’m sorry. I just really, really, really like Damien. Things are just so good between us.

Ms. Kwan: Class today we’re gonna start on King Lear. A tragic tale about sisters fighting for what they think they deserve.

*Ms. Kwan keeps talking*

Emma: How good can it be? You’ve known him for two weeks.

Manny: Come find out. I’m meeting him at the Dot after school. Bring Sean too. I want us all to be friends.

Emma: I’m not sure that’s a good idea.

Manny: Please, please, please, please, please.

Emma: Clearly resistance is futile.

Manny: Thank you. You won’t regret it!

-At Marco and Dylan’s-

*A new message pops up on Dylan’s computer and Marco opens it. He sees a bunch of messages from someone named Julien. The message says ‘Campus Pub, Thursday 4pm?’*

-At the Dot-

Manny: Emma you know Damien. Damien this is Emma’s wonderful beau, Sean.

Damien: Hey. How’s it going?

Sean: Hey.

*They shake hands*

Sean: So, how are things at Lakehurst?

Damien: Uh fine.

Sean: Seriously? ‘Cause last time I heard one of your students was in jail.

Manny: Sean!

Damien: Look man I’m really sorry about your friend JT. I mean it’s a total tragedy.

Mia: Damien. So uh tell me how’s Drake doing?

Damien: I have no idea Mia.

Mia: But he’s your friend, isn’t he?

Damien: No. That’s not true.

Mia: Excuse me, but I went to Lakehurst. So how about you save your lies for somebody who will buy them.

Sean: So Manny who are you loyal to, your dead friend or your new Lakehurst crush?

Damien: Let’s go Manny.

Manny: No wait. Em a little help here, please.

Emma: What do you want me to say? You’re sleeping with the enemy.

Manny: You know what Emma? I’m so glad I moved home because now I don’t have to see your mean, judgemental, stuck-up little face anymore.

*Damien and Manny leave*

-At Degrassi-

Darcy: *On the video announcements* For the first time ever Degrassi has made Cheerleading City finals. Come out tomorrow and support the squad. Go Degrassi!

Mr. Simpson: I sense history in the making. Good luck tomorrow Manny.

Manny: Thanks Mr. S. It’s all about Panther pride.

Emma: Which is so much more important than academics or even actual sports. Yeah if the school printed money your face would be on it.

Manny: And I’d use it to buy you a big box of shut up.

Mr. Simpson: Uh girls class has begun.

Emma: Okay I’d like to bring up a discussion topic if I may.

Mr. Simpson: Fine. What is it Em?

Emma: In the aftermath of the death of one of our classmates, what does defeating Lakehurst prove exactly?

Manny: That we’re better than them?

Emma: Manny our entire school’s in mourning. Not only that, there’s anger. They want revenge.

Manny: What does that have to do with the spirit squad competition?

Emma: I think we should cancel it. It prevents Lakehurst from showing up here, from reminding us of our loss and rubbing our noses in it.

Manny: After all the hard work that we put into it? I think not.

Toby: You can miss cheerleading one year.

Manny: You guys are ridiculous. I can’t believe what I’m hearing.

Emma: And I can’t believe you’re turning your back on your friends.

Mr. Simpson: Okay that’s enough. This is not the time or place for this debate. Let’s talk about our next unit, video podcasting.

-At Jimmy and Spinner’s store-

Marco: Hey so uh you guys got a single boy discount? Found something on his laptop guys.

Spinner: He has a MyRoom page! Man I knew it! Marco I told you that thing is an online abyss man.

Marco: Spin no. It was an e-mail. An e-mail from some creep named Julien who he’s meeting tomorrow for some secret lunch or something.

Spinner: Are you serious?

Marco: Yeah. He’s cheating on me guys. I can’t believe he’s cheating on me again.

Jimmy: Look you don’t know that for a fact.

Marco: Oh by this time tomorrow I will. They better get a table for 3.

-During the competition, Degrassi is about to perform-

Manny: Let’s do this for JT.

*The routine starts and Sean sits down next to Emma*

Announcer: Let’s hear it for the Degrassi panthers! The final score is 9.0 putting Degrassi clearly in the lead.

-At the pub-

Marco: Hey Dylan!

Dylan: Marco what, what are you doing here?

Marco: Whatever. Who is this?

Dylan: Uh Julien. This is just Julien. Julien, Marco.

Julien: Nice to meet you.

Marco: Sorry I can’t say the same Julien. Did Dylan here even bother to tell you that he’s in a committed relationship or-?

Dylan: Marco woah.

Marco: Shut up curly. Because you know he is, or at least he was before he started cheating…again!

Dylan: Marco stop! Julien is from Zurich HC. A hockey team in Switzerland. He’s been scouting me. They want me to play for them!

*Marco looks at Julien for confirmation*

Julien: Yeah.

*Marco smiles embarrassed*

-At the cheerleading competition-

Announcer: Let’s see if Lakehurst can uh come up with an answer to that routine!

*They start performing*

Danny: Lakehurst sucks!

Derek: Nobody wants you here. Leave!

Emma: Go home Lakehurst.

*They keep performing and Emma turns to Toby*

Emma: We can do this. Go home Lakehurst!

*Everyone starts chanting ‘Go home Lakehurst’ and the squad starts screwing up their routine*

Announcer: *Quietly to the other judges* That was unfortunate.

-In the foyer-

Manny: Is this what you wanted? Finally feeling self righteous enough?

Emma: Manny you won and you know what? I feel so much better. I think I can actually feel the school spirit coursing through my veins. Yeah call the media! Manny Santos has healed the entire school.

Damien: Now I know why Manny was your only friend. She’s a saint to put up with your crap.

Sean: Take a big step back Lakehurst guy.

*A fight breaks out between everyone*

Manny: Damien! Damien.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Okay that’s enough. That’s enough. Break it up. I said break it up. That’s enough. Break it up, I said. Break it up! Alright this competition’s over. I want everyone to leave and go home right now, except for the Degrassi students who are going to wait in the gym until everyone is gone. Move it! Now!

-In the media immersion room-

Mr. Simpson: You bought yourself detention for a month and I’m not sure that’s all.

Emma: So?

Mr. Simpson: So I want you to know that I’m not exactly proud of you right now.

Emma: I’m sorry.

Mr. Simpson: Emma you ruined a competition that meant a lot to a lot of people.

Emma: And I care? Lakehurst killed JT!

Mr. Simpson: Wrong. One kid killed JT. You can’t blame the entire school for that. It doesn’t make any sense.

Emma: I’m just mad, okay? JT is gone and people like Manny want to pretend like it didn’t happen, but it did happen and I’m pissed.

Mr. Simpson: We all are, okay? Including Manny, but you can’t blame Manny. She’s not the enemy. Emma she’s your best friend and maybe it’s time that you remember that.

-At Marco and Dylan’s-

*Dylan is packing up his hockey gear*

Marco: As far as smells go, that’s uh, that’s just above road kill, but I’m gonna miss it.

Dylan: I’m not going anywhere, okay? Not yet. I’m just, just thinking about it.

Marco: Well as long as you’re thinking about it, you just let me know when you’ve decided.

Dylan: See that’s exactly why I didn’t tell you because I knew you’d freak out.

Marco: How could I not, Dylan? What, what is it that you want me to say right now?

Dylan: Maybe that you’re proud of me!

Marco: I am proud of you. You know that.

Dylan: No I don’t. You never told me. To you hockey’s my dumb hobby. To me it’s life.

Marco: Dylan if this is what you want to do, then you got to do it.

Dylan: I want to be with you.

Marco: This is an opportunity knocking. Forget knocking, it’s breaking the door down. You’ve got to do it, okay? So then uh how long…’til you go?

Dylan: There’s work visas and stuff to figure out. Maybe a few weeks.

Marco: Well then we better make the most of it, huh?

*They lean in together*

-Outside Emma’s house-

Manny: So got your text. What do you want to show me?

Emma: This. This curb right here. This is where it happened. JT died here.

Manny: Em you don’t have to show me this.

Emma: No I think I do because this whole thing between us, it isn’t about Lakehurst or Damien. It’s about what happened right here two weeks ago.

Manny: I know.

Emma: Manny I am really, really sorry for everything.

Manny: I know you are, but Emma you turned me into the bad guy. You tried to hate me.

Emma: Well it didn’t work.

Manny: Anything we’ve ever gotten through has been together. Don’t go and change the formula, okay?

Emma: Thanks for the reminder.

*They hug*

The Bitterest Pill

2007-01-10T21:20:32Z

Hey everyone! Here's the second episode from last night. Sorry it took so long to get it up. Anyways here you go! I don't know when the next new episode will air and whether it will be on the N or CTV, but whenever it does I'll be writing it up :P

-At the funeral-

Grandma Yorke: It was a beautiful service. Thank you. JT was just the sweetest boy. I can’t understand why anyone would want to hurt him.

Sean: Tell you what I keep thinking about, getting in a room with the guy who did this and making him pay.

Emma: He’s in jail Sean.

Sean: I know. I’m pissed. I mean killing JT for no…the guy’s a psycho.

Manny: How are you feeling sweetie?

Emma: Yeah we’re worried about you Lib. You haven’t said a thing.

Liberty: I have nothing to say Emma. Excuse me.

*Liberty starts to leave and Toby follows her*

Liberty: Please leave me alone Toby.

Toby: Look I understand if you don’t want to talk. I’ll just stand here.

Liberty: Everyone expects me to be like Mia. Crying my eyes out. I can’t.

Toby: JT wouldn’t want you to. You know this is, this is all wrong. All these flowers and organ music and people bawling. JT would hate this.

Liberty: You’re right. JT would probably put whoopee cushions on every seat if he could.

Toby: We need to do like a memorial or something at school. You’ll help me right?

Liberty: You can find loads of volunteers.

Toby: Yeah, but I’m asking you ‘cause I don’t know if I can do it without you.

-Outside Ms. Sauvé’s office, Toby finishes up a session-

Ms. Sauvé: Grief is a long process. Just give it time. Uh Emma? You ready to see the psychologist?

Mia: Toby I heard that you were the last one to speak to JT before he died. What did he say?

Toby: It was just talk. Nothing important.

Mia: No just tell me please.

Toby: Honestly we talked about oatmeal and how he really wanted a bowl.

Mia: So he didn’t say anything about me at all?

Toby: I’m sorry Mia, it was just oatmeal.

Manny: Toby. Is that really what JT talked about?

Toby: Well no. I mean yeah, but by oatmeal he meant uh…

*They look at Liberty*

Toby: He told me he was still in love with her.

Manny: Oh my gosh. Poor Liberty.

Toby: He was on his way to tell her when…you know.

Manny: So Liberty doesn’t know. You haven’t told her?

Toby: I was just about to.

Manny: She’s in shock. Maybe in a few weeks she can handle it, but not now.

-In the foyer, Ellie is interviewing Ashley-

Ashley: I feel so bad for Mia losing her boyfriend like that. I mean what if it were Jimmy. I just, I just love him so much I just couldn’t deal with losing him. Is that okay? Are my answers lame?

Ellie: No. No they’re great. I just have a lot on my mind right now. You know JT, the article, Jesse.

Ashley: So I’m guessing it didn’t go well telling him about the uh Craig incident?

Ellie: It went fine ‘cause I didn’t.

Ashley: El.

Ellie: I can’t do it Ash. I can’t tell him that I kissed Craig. It’ll be over.

Ashley: Maybe.

Ellie: Not maybe. Will be.

Ashley: You don’t know that El. Just have a little faith. He might surprise you.

-Outside the Dot-

Toby: You’re gonna be okay Liberty.

Liberty: I’m not. I can’t feel a thing. I mean one minute JT’s at my birthday and the next he’s gone forever.

Toby: You know we’re gonna get through this together. I promise.

Liberty: Toby why are you being so nice to me?

Toby: Because I know how hard this is for you. I know that you still had feelings or whatever for JT.

Liberty: Feelings that were not returned. Appears Mia was the owner of JT’s heart. For the best, I suppose.

Toby: Yeah. For the best.

-At JT’s locker-

Toby: JT’s locker. Are you ready for this?

*He opens it up*

Liberty: Wow. It’s just like he left it.

Toby: This is kind of freaky.

Mia: Oh my god the taping. We have to show this tape at the memorial. JT playing with Isabella. Everyone will really love it.

Liberty: You know it just sounds rather private. Something for you and Isabella.

Mia: That’s your opinion. Toby what do you think?

Toby: Mr. Simpson’s making a tribute video. Let’s just get this done.

Mia: Fine.

*She starts taking everything out and putting it in her bag*

Toby: Mia what are you doing? I thought we were going to go through this stuff together.

Mia: Yeah and I thought that you wanted to get the job done.

Liberty: But you’re taking everything.

Mia: So? I was his girlfriend.

Liberty: Mia you’re not being reasonable.

Mia: JT died Friday night and I didn’t get a chance to say goodbye to him. You have no idea how difficult this is.

Liberty: Excuse me? I think I do. I’m just as sad as you are.

Mia: Really? You could have fooled me. I haven’t seen you shed a single tear.

Toby: Mia stop it.

Mia: You’re a robot Liberty. A walking, talking computer.

*Liberty pushes past her and Toby grabs everything Mia took and starts putting it back in the locker*

Mia: What are you doing?

Toby: Not doing this Mia. Not until we’re ready.

Mia: Whatever Toby. Who made you boss?

Toby: This sucks!

*He kicks a garbage can over*

-Outside the school-

Toby: Hey! Mia wanted me to tell you that she’s sorry and she didn’t mean it.

Liberty: She did mean it and she’s right. I’m a talking computer.

Toby: No you’re not. She’s just upset. We all are. Tell you what, why don’t we get away from this for a couple hours?

Liberty: Certainly, but how?

Toby: Road trip.

Liberty: Excuse me?

Toby: You heard me. Come on.

-In the journalism office-

*Jesse tosses down a little paper booklet on her desk*

Ellie: What’s this? Free study partner for one hour. One free neck rub. Free mixed CD. One free meal of my choosing.

Jesse: Anywhere you want frosh, just as long as it’s Pizza Pizza.

Ellie: Jesse Stefanovic the last of the big spenders.

Jesse: Hey it’s just how I roll.

*She looks at the last page and it says “I love you”*

Ellie: Wow. I mean…wow.

Jesse: Very articulate. Can I quote you? Got anything else to say? There’s kind of an expected response here. Three words. Begins with I?

Ellie: I kissed Craig.

Jesse: You what?

Ellie: I’m sorry Jesse. I had to tell you. Please don’t be mad. When I saw him all these feelings came rushing back, but it’s totally completely over between us.

Jesse: I get it. Craig meant a lot to you. I’m not mad.

Ellie: Shouldn’t you be? I mean even just a little?

Jesse: Those who live in glass houses. Look I haven’t seen you in weeks Ellie. I didn’t know which way was up. The other night I was at a bar and there was this girl…let’s just say I made a mistake.

Ellie: What, what kind of mistake? How bad?

Jesse: Not the worst, but bad. Look you were honest with me. I felt I owed it to you.

Ellie: I don’t need your guilt prize.

*She tosses it in the garbage*

-Outside, Toby’s driving-

Liberty: You sure about this? You know cutting class?

Toby: Liberty come on. It’ll be like a mini vacation, just me and you.

*The car stalls at a stoplight*

Toby: Damn you Bubbe’s car! You stupid piece of junk.

*Toby gets out and starts kicking the car and yelling at it*

Toby: Every single time I drive you break down. Damn you. This is funny to you?

Liberty: Actually it really is.

Toby: Look I just thought that we could get away, maybe you’d feel better.

Liberty: Well it worked. Maybe not for the reasons you intended. Yeah your Bubbe’s gonna be really mad at you for this.

Toby: See you’re laughing. That’s good. At least I didn’t totally fail.

Liberty: No you didn’t fail. You’re amazing, truly.

*They lean in and kiss each other*

-In the auditorium-

*Danny, Derek and Toby are setting up chairs for the memorial*

Danny: Thank you dude for looking after Liberty. Last night she kept going on about your little road trip.

Toby: Oh it was no big thing.

Danny: It was to her.

Liberty: Morning Toby.

Toby: Morning.

Danny: If I didn’t know any better I’d think something was going down between you and my sister.

Toby: What? What? No. Come on that’s crazy talk.

Danny: Good because if not Danny would have to choke a dude. Does Danny have to choke a dude Toby?

Toby: Relax man. We’re just friends.

*Danny walks away and Manny walks over to Toby*

Manny: Tell me he’s being a paranoid freak.

Toby: Freak, yes. Paranoid, not so much. I kissed Liberty.

*Manny hits him*

Toby: Ow!

Manny: Are you cuckoo bananas?

Toby: No! Well yeah. I don’t know, am I?

Manny: Yes!

*Manny grabs him and pulls him into the locker room*

Toby: What? What are you doing?

Manny: Why on earth would you do something so ridiculously stupid?

Toby: Because I like her Manny. Because she’s cute and she’s sweet and sad and she needs me.

Manny: And you want to be her knight and shining armour? Well it’s wrong. Both of you are a mess right now. This is the worst possible time.

*Toby starts to walk away, but Manny stops him*

Manny: Toby you just buried your friend. A friend who still had feelings for the girl you just kissed.

Toby: I know Manny. I know and I couldn’t feel guiltier believe me, but what now? What can I do?

Manny: Take the kiss back.

Toby: What? How? Get in a time machine?

Manny: Tell her you didn’t mean it. Tell her you were on crack. Whatever. Just take it back.

Toby: Fine. Fine I will. I’ll, I’ll issue an official kiss retraction. Happy?

*She walks away upset*

-In the journalism-

*Ellie walks in with all of Jesse’s stuff in a box*

Jesse: What’s that?

Ellie: Guess.

Jesse: Ellie wait!

*She leaves and he goes after her*

Jesse: Hey! Hey hold on. Don’t just throw this away, okay? We both made a mistake.

Ellie: Really? I kissed someone. You, you had a random hook-up with some bar skank.

Jesse: I didn’t have sex with her, okay?

Ellie: I don’t care. It was still more than a kiss. Way more.

Jesse: You kissed some guy that you’ve been crushing on since forever. You think that doesn’t hurt?

Ellie: I’m sorry.

Jesse: I’m sorry too, okay? So can we just get past this? K, just move on?

Ellie: No it’s not that simple Jesse. It can’t be that simple.

Jesse: Says who? Look do you love me?

Ellie: I…what kind of question is that?

Jesse: An important one. Maybe the only one that matters right now.

Ellie: I have to get to the memorial.

-In the auditorium-

Toby: Liberty I need to talk to you. Uh what happened yesterday was nice and everything, but wrong and I was wondering if I could take it back. The kiss I mean.

Liberty: It’s not a library book Toby. You can’t just return it.

Toby: Yeah I know. I was just hoping that in this case we could make a special exception.

Liberty: Toby do you like me?

Toby: Yeah. A lot actually.

Liberty: Well I like you too. Problem solved.

*She kisses him on the cheek and leaves*

-Outside the auditorium, Ellie is interviewing Jimmy-

Ellie: So I’ve heard there was a war between Lakehurst and Degrassi. Do you think JT was a victim of that?

Jimmy: No. I think that psycho Drake was a ticking time bomb and if it wasn’t JT, it would have been somebody else.

Ellie: It’s just so impossibly random.

Jimmy: The thing is life is random and sometimes it’s tragic and totally messed up, but there is one thing that makes all the drama and tears worthwhile. If you’re lucky enough to find someone you love who loves you back, it’s a gift. You know what I’m saying?

Ellie: You’re a wise man Jimmy Brooks.

Jimmy: Don’t forget good looking.

Ms. Hatzilakos: *On the PA System* Attention students please make your way to the gymnasium. The JT Yorke memorial is about to begin.

-At the memorial-

Mr. Simpson: Everyone may I have your attention. Welcome to the JT Yorke memorial. Uh there’s a lot of us that are affected by this, but uh we’re not here to mourn JT, we’re here to celebrate him and I’d like to uh start with a slideshow that I put together with the help of Peter Stone and Gavin Mason.

*The video starts and it shows a recent picture of JT, JT in a clown wig, JT as a little kid, JT with a birthday cake and JT standing with Liberty and Danny*

Mia: Toby. I want to show my video, but Liberty says we don’t have time.

Toby: She’s right. I’m sorry Mia.

Mia: God why are you always taking her side?

Toby: It’s not about sides, okay? Why are you getting so upset about this?

Mia: Because it’s the principal. Why does Liberty get a say in anything to do with JT? He couldn’t stand her.

Toby: That’s not true.

Mia: Oh really? You want to know what he used to call her behind her back? The Liberty 3000. He told me he hated her.

Toby: Funny because I seem to remember him telling me the exact opposite.

Mia: What? When? When did he say this?

Toby: Just forget I said anything please.

Mia: No I can’t just forget about it. I need to know Toby. When?

Toby: It was right before he died. The thing about oatmeal. He meant Liberty. I’m sorry Mia, but he still liked her.

Mia: You suck Isaacs. You suck so bad.

*Mia leaves and runs into Liberty*

Liberty: Give me the tape.

Mia: You’re gonna play it?

*She nods and Mia leaves*

Toby: Liberty what’d you hear?

Liberty: Everything. I can’t believe you.

*She runs out into the hall and he follows her*

Toby: Liberty! Liberty!

Liberty: Just tell me why. Why would you want to hurt me like this?

Toby: I didn’t want to hurt you. I wanted to help you.

Liberty: Toby you knew how I felt about JT and you knew how much it would mean to me to know he felt the same way.

Toby: Liberty I was trying to protect you.

Liberty: And that involves kissing me?! That’s idiotic.

Toby: I know and I know it’s totally wrong, but over the last few days I’ve developed feelings. But I know now it’ll never happen.

Liberty: Yeah well I wish I had JT, but that’ll never happen either.

*Liberty goes into the auditorium with the tape*

Liberty: Play this.

*JT is shown on the screen playing with Mia at a playground. Liberty watches the screen and finally starts to break down and cry*

-In the journalism office-

Jesse: Article’s good frosh.

Ellie: Really?

Jesse: Really. Best thing you’ve written.

*Ellie pulls out Jesse’s booklet from her pocket*

Jesse: Fished that out from the trash, huh?

*She rips out the free meal coupon*

Ellie: You know me. Always been a sucker for the Hawaiian slice. Ham and pineapple should not work together, but somehow they do.

-At JT’s locker-

Toby: Glad you came Mia.

Mia: No problem. I think you’re right. I think we’re ready to deal with this. Look what you said about JT.

Toby: Forget what I said about JT.

Mia: No ‘cause deep down I think I always knew about Liberty. I just didn’t want to believe it.

*Liberty walks over*

Toby: Liberty how you doing?

Liberty: Let’s just do this, shall we?

*They open JT’s locker*

Rock This Town

2007-01-10T03:52:48Z

Because Vancouver can't seem to keep their power on during these stupid wind storms my taping got screwed up, which means the timing for my scripts is screwed up as well. I'll def. get the first episode up tonight, but I don't know when. Figures this happens during the most important episodes EVAARR. Sorry y'all :(

ETA: Thanks for the kind words you guys! I really expected to get both done tonight when I woke up this morning :(
But here's the first episode for now and I'll have the other one up sometime tomorrow morning. Hopefully most people have found the downloads already because they're definitely tear-jerker's. Please comment and credit! :)

-At Manny’s locker-

*Manny opens her locker and starts ripping up a picture of Craig*

Emma: Locker renovation time?

Manny: Times change. Things get outdated. Like hairstyles, outfits and stupid cokehead boyfriends.

JT: Hey I heard about you and Craig. Sorry.

Manny: Don't be. I dumped him and I couldn't be happier. Happy, happy, happy!

Emma: This is happy?

Manny: I guess I am a little cuckoo bananas.

Emma: Which is totally normal right now. Dr. Emma's prescription is to chill. And as of this af, the house is ours for the entire weekend. We can do whatever.

Manny: We should have a party.

Emma: Or we could rent a DVD. Just you, me and Sean, cozy and quiet…

Manny: Or we could have a party!

Emma: Okay let’s just say we go against my mom’s specific orders not to have a party. We don’t have a reason or an occasion to celebrate…at all.

JT: You know what? It is Liberty’s birthday. She could really use some cheering up.

Manny: And as her oldest friends that’s our solemn duty, isn’t it? We just have to have a party. Thanks JT. You are so thoughtful.

JT: Well that’s me, Mr. Thoughtful.

*He leaves and Manny cheers excitedly*

-In the media immersion lab-

*Liberty watches JT and Mia talking outside the classroom*

Manny: Liberty! Just the person I wanted to talk to. Um what are you up to?

Liberty: Oh just sending a reminder e-mail for the Increase The Peace summit.

Manny: I meant tonight ‘cause we are going to party like it’s your birthday because it actually is.

Liberty: Pass.

Manny: Excuse me? I’m holding a birthday party for you Lib, my oldest and dearest friend in the entire school.

Liberty: We’ve barely talked all year.

Manny: We’ll fix that tonight. Mucho combo while we party your brains out.

Liberty: I don’t have a thing to wear. My hair’s a mess…

Manny: Who are you talking to here? Come over early and I’ll hot you up.

Liberty: Uh I suppose this student council president could use a little romance.

Manny: That’s the spirit. We are gonna party tonight, girlfriend.

Liberty: Party we will girlfriend, but it comes at a price. Come to my peace summit with Lakehurst at lunch?

Manny: Me? Why me?

Liberty: Experience shows that Manny Santos doubles the male attendance.

Manny: Whatever. I just hope someone cute is coming because you need a date for tonight.

Liberty: Let us pray.

-At the peace summit-

Damian: Hi I’m Damian. I’m Lakehurst’s student council president. This is our VP, Nora.

Nora: Hey guys nice to be here.

Manny: *Whispers to Liberty* Someone’s prayers were answered.

Damian: So we’re here today to figure out how to solve the problem of violence between our schools. What do we do?

Danny: I’ll tell you what the problem is. Your school is full of psychos.

Liberty: People, if peace is to be achieved we need to get together. Any ideas?

Manny: How about a spirit squad rally?

Toby: And how does cheering prevent my other arm from getting sprained?

Manny: Okay well we can follow it with an Increase The Peace dance. Kind of like the UN, except with human pyramids and dancing.

Damian: So sounds like fun.

Liberty: All in favour?

*Everyone raises their hands*

Liberty: Excellent. We’ll take Manny’s idea to our principals. Meeting adjourned.

Damian: Great idea Kofi Annan.

Manny: Actually learned something in history class I guess.

Damian: Cheerleader and a diplomat. Brains and beauty.

Manny: Speaking of brains and beauty, it’s Liberty’s birthday. Big bash tonight. Close friends, fellow peace. Gotta increase the peace, right?

Damian: Right. Count me in. Until then, have a good one Liberty.

Liberty: I’ll do my darndest.

-Outside the school, JT is driving by Liberty-

JT: Liberty! Hey.

Liberty: You missed the peace summit.

JT: I’m staying out of it. I’ve caused enough problems. I just wanted to congratulate you. Your BBPE is well deserved.

Liberty: Translation?

JT: Big birthday party extravaganza.

Liberty: Yeah I appreciate Manny’s effort, but you know how I feel about birthdays.

JT: Ah yes. As I recall your exact words last year were ‘why celebrate the passage of time’?

Liberty: Yeah a lot has changed since then. We’ve moved on, grown up, both matured…even you JT.

JT: Ha ha. Very funny.

Liberty: Mia’s a lucky girl.

JT: Alas she’s gonzo this weekend.

Liberty: Well there’s my birthday party. Your presence wouldn’t be objected to.

JT: Wow what a warm invitation considering that I’m the one who suggested it.

Liberty: You told Manny to hold the party?

JT: No big. You’ve just been in a funk so I thought that a birthday party would give you something to smile about. See you later.

-Outside the school, Spike is picking up Mr. Simpson-

Manny: Your love chariot’s here to whisk you off to a land of romance.

Mr. Simpson: It’s a nature retreat Manny.

Spike: Remember the rules: keep the house clean and no parties.

Emma: Don’t worry. It’ll be like you’ve never left.

Manny: Say hi to nature for me.

*They leave and Toby walks over*

Toby: Party, party, party. Party, party, party.

Emma: What’s with the corny samba?

Toby: Is it wrong to be excited about a rocking bash at Casa Emma/Manny?

Emma: Yes! Because it’s not a rocking bash. It’s a teeny tiny birthday party ending at 9 sharp.

Toby: That’s not what Manny told me.

Emma: Manny!

Manny: Come on Em I really need this.

Emma: I know, but Sean and I sort of had plans later…of a romantic nature.

Manny: No way! Really?

Emma: Really. Tonight is the night, or at least it was.

Manny: Well abort, abort! I’ll send bulk e-mails, I’ll carpet bomb the school with flyers, anything!

Emma: It’s too late. Word’s out, but I guess Sean and I could still you know…just promise it won’t get too crazy.

Manny: I promise!

-At the bus stop-

*Toby walks over to Nora*

Toby: Party at Emma Nelson’s house. Here’s the address.

Nora: Will you be there?

Derek: Party at Emma’s?

Toby: Don’t tell anyone please!

Danny: Dude we’d never!

Derek and Danny: Check it! Party tonight, Emma’s house!

*Spinner sends Marco a text message and a bunch of other people are shown calling/e-mailing about it*

-In Emma’s basement-

Manny: Gold eye shadow will really make your eyes pop and we’ll finish it off with a bronze gloss.

Liberty: Do guys actually notice these things?

Manny: I bet Damian will.

Liberty: But what happens when he meets the person behind the lipstick?

Manny: He’ll love you! You’re cute, smart and very unique.

Liberty: Tell that to JT.

Manny: Liberty you need to forget about him. Put him out of your mind.

Liberty: Easier said than done.

Manny: I know. Talk to me about Craig, but sista we gotta move on. Out with the old and in with the new. Speaking of new, say hello to Liberty version 2.0.

*Liberty looks at herself in the mirror*

Manny: Why Ms. Van Zandt, I reckon you can steal any man’s heart.

*She puts her glasses back on*

-Before the party really gets going-

Emma: Are you up for some of my trademark sweet berry slushy?

Sean: I’m up for some trademark sweet berry you. I’m counting the minutes.

Emma: Me too. Tick tock, tick tock.

Sean: Emma you sure about this?

Emma: I am the very definition of sure.

*Emma pours some alcohol into her drink before they light the cake for Liberty*

Everyone: Surprise!

Liberty: My favourite kind, unsurprising.

JT: Well speaking about surprises, you look beautiful Liberty.

Liberty: Thanks JT, I think.

*There’s a knock at the door*

Manny: Wait. Don’t move.

*She opens the door*

Manny: Marco! Spinner and Ellie…

*More people walk in after them*

Marco: We brought snacks.

*Manny tries to close the door, but Derek, Danny and even more people push their way in*

Derek and Danny: Hello ladies!

*Manny tries to shut it again when Jay, Alex and a bunch of other people walk in*

Jay: Lock up the family jewels. Let’s rock this joint.

Emma: Jay what are you doing here? Who even told you about this party?

Jay: Word’s out on the street polka dots.

Toby: Oh great. It’s them.

*The Lakehurst thugs walk in and Emma tries to stop them*

Emma: Okay anybody who isn’t Liberty’s closest and personal friends, ciao, adios, sayonara.

Drake: Such a cold greeting from such a hot-

Sean: Shut it.

Spinner: Hey uh if you idiots are here to start something, don’t even think about it.

Manny: Okay. Okay let’s take the testosterone down a notch. Come in, have fun, but please increase the peace.

*Damian walks in*

Johnny: Consider us Lakehurst ambassadors.

*Emma is shown with Sean looking very apprehensive*

-In the kitchen-

*Manny pushes Damian towards Liberty*

Manny: Look who’s here.

Damian: Hey happy birthday. It’s not much, but-

*He gives her a mug as a present*

Liberty: Thanks. It’s nice.

Manny: Well I’ll let you two get better acquainted.

Liberty: So.

Damian: So it’s your birthday.

Liberty: Happens this day every year.

*They don’t have anything to say. Everyone is dancing and Toby is kissing Nora. Danny and Derek are laughing and things are getting broken*

Manny: That is not a toy. It’s a fertility symbol. Em can I have a little help? This is your house!

Emma: But it’s alright. My therapist says I’ve got to learn to chill.

*Manny smells Emma’s drink*

Manny: Does Mexico know you’ve taken all their tequila? Drink this.

*She hands her a bottle of water and Emma sits down completely drunk*

-In Jack’s room, Manny is hiding the valuables-

*Damian opens the door*

Manny: Baby’s room is off limits.

Damian: Sorry.

Manny: Oh sorry I thought you were one of the crazies downstairs.

Damian: Oh what like Johnny and Drake? Man I have no idea how they even heard about this party.

Manny: The whole world heard about this party.

Damian: Well I thought it was real cool the way you handled it.

Manny: Well you know I thought it was better to have happy Lakehurst guys inside than pissed off ones outside.

Damian: Oh yeah totally. Smart thinking.

Manny: Thank you. So you and Liberty.

Damian: Eh she’s cool, but we’re not right. I mean you can’t just fake this stuff. You either feel it or you don’t and when you do feel it, it’s like time stops.

Manny: And your skin gets all goose-bumpy.

*Damian leans in to kiss her, but she pulls away*

Manny: Damian I barely know you and you barely know me.

Damian: Let’s fix that.

-Back at the rest of the party-

Derek: How about we go for a drive sometime?

Alex: Yeah do you even have a licence?

Derek: Yeah! Idiot licence oohhh!

JT: Hey birthday girl where’s your hot date?

Liberty: He found someone else to not talk to.

JT: Well like the song says it’s your party, you can cry if you want to.

Liberty: No need. Damian and I are no love match. Disappointing, but par for the course on my birthday.

JT: Well luckily there are 364 non-birthdays. Good days. Days worth remembering.

Liberty: Like when you taught me how to drive.

JT: Yeah that was classic.

Liberty: Or when we went to the drive-in and your roof leaked on us.

JT: Not so classic.

Liberty: Well it was to me. Like every day with you.

JT: Liberty are you drunk?

Liberty: No. I just want to tell the truth. I don’t want to lie anymore. I still love you.

JT: I uh…wow. Um wow…I-

*She walks away when he can’t think of anything to say and he runs after her*

JT: Can we just talk about this please!

Liberty: What is there to talk about? You already gave me your answer.

JT: Look I have a girlfriend. Mia who I really, really like.

Liberty: Do you love her?

JT: Yes. Of course I do!

Liberty: Then why are you standing here talking to me?

JT: I, I don’t know.

Liberty: I think you do. You’re just too much of a coward to admit it.

*Emma and Sean sneak off from the group and Manny is shown dancing close with Damian and they start to kiss*

Manny: I’m sorry! I need water.

-In the basement-

Sean: You look gorgeous tonight. How you feeling?

Emma: I’ve never been better sexy man.

*She climbs on top of him*

Sean: Emma are you wasted?

Emma: The question is, am I wasted enough?

*She starts throwing up*

Sean: Oh okay, alright. Margarita meet wastebasket, wastebasket meet margarita.

-In the kitchen, Manny is grabbing a bunch of chocolate bars from the fridge-

Ellie: Somebody’s hungry.

Manny: My best friend’s loaded, I just kissed a stranger and the house is covered in boozy film. When I’m stressed, I eat.

Ellie: Glad I’m not the source.

Manny: My world doesn’t revolve around you Ellie.

Ellie: Good, but that…that little voice inside my head, it, it wants me to apologize for what happened with Craig.

Manny: He fooled both of us and thankfully he’s far, far away now.

Ellie: It’s funny though. I’m so incredibly pissed at Craig, but I still think about him. Worry a little.

Manny: Me too.

Ellie: He really messed with us.

*Some party guest bumps into Ellie and she walks away awkwardly*

Johnny: Hey. Peace offering.

*Derek opens the beer and it sprays all over him and Jay*

Jay: You know what that means? Buh bye!

Johnny: Hey relax slim shady. It’s a party!

Spinner: And now it’s time to go.

*Spinner and Jay throw them out*

Johnny: Man get your hands off me. Bad move Degrassi.

*Toby and Nora are still making out when JT walks over to them*

Nora: Pee break.

Toby: You know what rocks JT? Making out, with a chick.

JT: Well at least someone’s having a good time.

Toby: Oh am I ever! Dude I can’t feel my lips.

JT: Tobes I got a situation here.

Toby: Alright shoot.

JT: Okay so I have this meatball sub, right? Zesty sauce, ooey gooey cheese and I like the sub a lot, but somehow I find myself craving oatmeal.

Toby: Is this a, a Mia-ball sub?

*JT nods*

Toby: Alright well it’s very tasty, but you get tired of it. Oatmeal, it’s always been there for you. You can depend on it.

JT: I miss her Tobes. I know I shouldn’t, but I do and it’s so stupid!

Toby: No look it’s not stupid. You can’t fight how you feel. Go out there and find her.

JT: You know what? You’re right. You’re always right Tobes. I’m gonna go out there and I’m gonna get myself a big bowl of Liberty…oatmeal!

-Outside the party-

JT: Liberty!

*JT sees Johnny peeing on his car*

JT: Couldn’t find a toilet?

Drake: He did.

JT: Oh I get it. My car sucks. Ha ha you guys slay me with your humour.

Drake: Yeah mascot boy? Laugh at this!

*Drake runs over and stabs JT in the back*

Johnny: Man what the hell did you do?

*JT sits down in shock and the guys run off as Liberty walks over and sees JT. She rushes over next to him*

Liberty: Somebody help! Please! Somebody!

-At the hospital-

Damian: Drake Lemke and Johnny DiMarco are both Lakehurst guys.

Police officer: And you didn’t see which one committed the offence?

Manny: This is all my fault. This party was my idea. This is my fault.

Sean: Manny it’s not, okay?

*Sean hugs her*

Emma: *On the phone* JT’s hurt. It’s serious. Mom I am so sorry. Okay I’ll see you soon.

Doctor: I need to speak to a family member.

Emma: His grandma’s coming, but she’ll be a few hours.

Toby: Wait. You can talk to me. I’m his brother.

Doctor: His aorta was punctured. It’s a main artery and we couldn’t repair the damage. He didn’t make it.

Toby: What? You’re joking.

Doctor: I’m sorry. Your brother’s gone.

Toby: He’s gone?

Sean: I’m gonna kill him! I’m gonna-

*Sean punches the wall as Manny starts to cry and Liberty walks over to them*

Liberty: What happened? Is he okay? What did the doctor say? Toby!

*Toby doesn’t say anything and he hugs Liberty. Manny, Emma, and Sean all step around them for a final montage of them all hugging*

What's It Feel Like To Be A Ghost? Pt. 2

2007-01-03T07:17:56Z

Here's part 2! Oh gosh I know I'm going to be bawling my eyes out next week :(

-In the journalism office-

*Ellie’s writing her article on Craig when Jesse walks in*

Jesse: A day in the life of Craig Manning. Ouch. That’s your title?

Ellie: Encouraging as always, boss-man.

*He kisses her forehead*

Jesse: Would have thought writing about Craig would have came easy to you.

Ellie: Not this morning. Not after I found a baggie of coke on his bedroom floor.

Jesse: Colour me not surprised. I had a feeling he was doing some rounds.

Ellie: What? Hold on. Those drugs weren’t Craig’s. They belong to his girlfriend, Tweedle Dum.

Jesse: Oh well me thinks Tweedle Dum has been sharing her stash with Tweedle Dee, I.E. Craig.

Ellie: I.E. shut up. Craig does not do coke.

Jesse: You know this for a fact?

Ellie: No I don’t, but what I do know is that I have to keep him away from Manny. Long enough to make him realize that she’s a toxic influence.

Jesse: I have a new job for you and for this one, you owe me. Taking Back Sunday are in town and guess who’s interviewing them today?

Ellie: Jesse you’re the best!

*She kisses him when Craig walks in*

Ellie: Hey Mr. Manning uh you’re right on time. Ready for your big interview?

Craig: Actually I don’t know if I can right now. I got to go clean out Joey’s garage.

Ellie: Oh I’ll come with. I can help.

Jesse: Uh frosh you do have the Taking Back Sunday interview today and it’s way more important than this whole Craig thing.

Ellie: Both are important. Both will get done. Will not disappoint, promise.

*She kisses Jesse and her and Craig leave*

-In Joey’s garage, Ellie is interviewing Craig-

Ellie: So I’ve been listening to your demo. There’s a recurring theme of home. Something you’re preoccupied with?

Craig: Nah when you’re a musician, home is wherever your guitar is.

Ellie: Okay, but that’s funny ‘cause you left your guitar here.

Craig: I left a lot of things here. A lot of people. I always thought when I come back they’ll all be waiting, you know? With big open arms and a smile.

Ellie: And are they?

Craig: Nope. Joey’s selling this place and moving to Calgary. All my old friends have moved on and you-

Ellie: Oh I’m here.

Craig: No not really. You’re busy. You’ve got uh you know university, journalism, Jesse.

Ellie: Yeah, but I’m still here Craig and I always will be.

*Ellie gets a text message saying “Taking Back Sunday r waiting”*

Ellie: Ugh I have to go.

Craig: Interview’s over?

Ellie: No. Um come with me. You can meet the band. It’ll be fun.

*Ellie grabs his hand and they leave*

-Outside-

Danny: So I’m thinking of changing my name. What do you think of LL Cool D? It stands for Ladies Love Cool Danny.

Derek: If anyone deserves that name, it’s me.

Toby: Based on what, your fantasy life?

Derek: Hey I dated Emma Nelson.

Danny: Dude that was a blind date.

Thug #1: What’s that stench? The losers from Degrassi.

Nic: Listen up dorks. Lakehurst has declared war on your school.

Derek: Why?

Nic: Ask your friend, the mascot. JT Yorke.

Toby: You know his name?

Thug #1: Friend of yours?

Nic: Well you tell JT we’re gonna stomp his ass.

Garbage man: Hey! What’s going on?

Nic: Let’s go.

*They all leave*

-At the club-

Ellie: So sorry I’m late, hi, hi. Hi, Ellie Nash, friendly neighbourhood music critic.

Adam: Hi I’m Adam, your friendly neighbourhood singer. And I don’t know, the band, we got let’s see Fred, Mark, Ed and Matt.

Ellie: Hey guys. Nice to meet you.

Adam: So your editor’s been raving about you. He said you’re his best writer.

Jesse: I said you weren’t my worst writer. Say Craig why don’t you go get a coffee, let Ellie do her interview, okay?

Craig: Sure. I’m gonna get going now. I’ll go see what Manny’s up to.

Ellie: Um wait Craig I, I want you to meet the band. Guys this is Craig Manning, local singer/songwriter extraordinaire.

Adam: Hey, Adam.

Craig: Hey it’s great to meet you guys. MakeDamnSure is one of my favs. Actually I even uh do it in my set. Real different version, stripped down, acoustic.

Adam: Oh I wouldn’t mind hearing that.

Craig: Right now?

Adam: Yeah um you wanna grab a guitar?

Jesse: Sorry to interrupt guys, but uh Ellie we do have a deadline so…

Ellie: There’s always time for a song though, right? Come on.

*Jesse gives her a disapproving look*

-In the cafeteria-

*JT is tickling Mia and they’re laughing*

Toby: Hope you’re enjoying that burrito JT. It’s gonna be your last.

JT: What, are they taking these bad boys off the menu?

Toby: No, but Lakehurst is gonna take you off the menu. The menu of life.

Danny: We kind of got beat up this morning by Nic and the Lakehurst crew.

Derek: Nic’s declared war on Degrassi.

Toby: Specifically on you.

JT: Why? Why me? Was it because of that stupid basketball brawl? That was nothing.

Mia: It’s not because of the brawl. It’s because you’re dating me. Let’s just say Nic’s the jealous type.

JT: That psycho is your ex?

Toby: Oh so now it makes sense. This is about you, Mia. You’re gonna get us all killed.

JT: Oh yeah Toby, way to make her feel good.

Toby: I’m sorry I just have this neurotic aversion to being murdered!

JT: Lakehurst is not gonna hurt anybody. I’m gonna handle it.

Toby: Oh yeah and what are you going to do? Tickle them to death?

-At the club-

Ellie: So how’s the tour going?

Matt: Great. Great except for when Adam hit me in the head with a microphone, but that’s another story.

Manager: Alright guys we got to go record station ID.

Jesse: Woah, woah, woah. She hasn’t interviewed Adam yet.

Manager: Oh sorry we’re out of time.

Jesse: See you back at the office frosh.

*Jesse leaves and Craig walks over to her*

Craig: So get this, the band has a break in their set tomorrow night. Guess who Adam invited to sing for the crowd?

Ellie: Craig that’s amazing.

Craig: This could be huge for my career Ellie and it’s all thanks to you. You’re, you’re awesome. I got to go.

Ellie: Woah, woah, woah, woah, woah. Wait, what about our interview?

Craig: Come on I got to go see Manny. I got to tell her the good news.

-At Lakehurst, outside of detention-

Thug #1: Bout time.

Nic: Let’s go.

*They start to leave when JT shows up*

Nic: You got a lot of nerve showing up at our school.

JT: Whatever. Is this stupid war about me dating your ex?

Nic: I don’t care about Mia. She’s just a dumb slut.

*JT takes a step forward angrily*

Nic: Easy mascot boy.

JT: You want a war, you got it. Meet me in the tunnel tomorrow at 5.

Nic: Mind if I bring my friends?

JT: No because I’ll bring mine.

Nic: Oh the chess club? I’m scared.

-At the university-

Ellie: Sorry…about bringing Craig to the interview. It was unprofessional.

Jesse: That’s okay. Where is Craig anyway? Thought you’d be interviewing him.

Ellie: He bailed on me. Went off to party with little miss Manny.

Jesse: Probably jonesing for coke.

Ellie: Nice.

Jesse: Look my best friend used to be an addict, okay? I can see the signs pretty clearly.

Ellie: You can’t see anything clearly. Not when it comes to Craig. Jealous much?

Jesse: I’m not jealous of some failed singer/songwriter loser that you’re still crushing on. It’s pathetic.

Ellie: That is wrong on so many levels.

Jesse: You know what’s really wrong? The fact that Craig keeps crapping on you and you keep going back for more.

-At Marco and Ellie’s-

*Craig and Manny are making out when Manny pulls away*

Manny: Hey why don’t we go out tonight? See a movie, grab a bite?

Craig: Or we could stay in ‘cause I happen to have some party favours.

Manny: You know after we did that last night, I felt sick. Horrible. I never want to do it again.

Craig: Cool. That’s your choice.

Manny: Baby.

Craig: Look this has been one of the best one or two days of my life. Don’t ruin it.

*Manny gets up to leave*

Craig: What are you doing?

Manny: I’m about to ruin one of the best one or two days of your life. I’m dumping your ass Craig. Bye.

*She leaves and Craig keeps preparing a line of coke*

-Downstairs at Marco and Ellie’s-

Manny: Ellie just the girl I wanted to see. I have a present for you. Me and Craig just broke up.

Ellie: What?

Manny: Yeah he has a little bit of a drug problem if you haven’t noticed.

Ellie: I think you have that the wrong way around. I found your loot bag and I know the coke was yours. Craig told me.

Manny: Craig lied. That’s what drug addicts do Ellie. Good luck with him.

*She leaves and Ellie goes upstairs*

Ellie: Question of the evening: Who’s more pathetic, you for lying to me about the drugs or me for believing you?

Craig: Is that a trick question?

Ellie: This is funny?

*She starts to leave*

Craig: Don’t be mad, please.

Ellie: Just tell me the truth for once.

Craig: Okay. I, I started in Vancouver, but I’m not an addict.

Ellie: Drug cliché number 1.

Craig: I can stop Ellie. Anytime I want.

Ellie: Drug cliché number 2.

Craig: Look what do you want me to say? That I’ve got a problem? Yeah I have a problem. Great I said it. What now?

Ellie: You used to come to group therapy with me, remember? Dr. Kenrick is great. He can help you, so just come tomorrow, okay?

Craig: If you promise to stop being mad at me.

-In the foyer-

*Danny and Derek are handing out flyers about the fight*

Danny: Rumble today at 5. Don’t miss out on the Lakehurst ass-kicking action.

JT: What are you guys crazy? Don’t advertise it.

Danny: You said we had to form a posse.

Derek: Yeah I got a couple guys on the basketball team. They’ll probably back us up.

JT: Oh good.

Jimmy: Hey I heard you guys are organizing some battle against Lakehurst?

JT: Uh yeah. You in?

Jimmy: Sure. I’ll roll over their feet with my chair. No I’m not in.

Spinner: Yeah, me neither ‘cause this is a seriously bad idea.

Jimmy: Look violence is a vicious cycle. You guys are gonna make a situation go from bad to worse.

Danny: Whatever Buddha-licious. Go pick a flower. We’re gonna kick some ass.

*They all leave except for Toby*

Toby: This isn’t like you JT. I thought you’d be smarter than this.

JT: Well I thought that you’d offer to join me.

Toby: I’m not gonna fight Lakehurst. You’re being an idiot.

JT: You’re being a coward. Some best friend.

-At Ellie’s group meeting-

Ellie: Can we wait just a little longer?

Dr. Kenrick: I’m sorry Ellie. Let’s get started. The door please.

*The meeting is going on and Craig arrives, but stops and leaves before anyone sees him*

-At the tunnel-

Mia: JT.

JT: Mia. What are you doing here?

*She holds up a flyer*

Mia: Not only is this really stupid, it’s incredibly immature.

JT: No it’s not. I’m being a man Mia. This is, this is how men handle things.

Mia: I broke up with Nic for a reason, JT. If you do this, it makes you no different than him.

JT: Okay. Everybody let’s go home.

-Outside Degrassi-

Nic: Hey Degrassi nerd.

Toby: What are you guys doing here?

Nic: Your friends didn’t show.

*Toby tries to leave and Nic grabs him*

Nic: Where are you going?!

*They all start beating him up*

-At the concert, Taking Back Sunday is performing-

*Ellie shows up looking for Craig and goes backstage*

Craig: Ellie hi. About group therapy, listen uh something came up.

*She starts going through all of Craig’s stuff*

Craig: Hey! Hey what are you doing?

*She pulls out the coke*

Ellie: Either you stop now or I call Joey and tell him about this and this, this will all end. The touring, the music career, finished.

Craig: Come on. Why would you do that to me? Just leave me alone, alright?

Ellie: I can’t.

Craig: Why not?

Ellie: Because.

Craig: Because why?

Ellie: You know why Craig. Um you know, so don’t make me say it.

*Craig and Ellie start kissing*

Craig: I love you Ellie.

Ellie: I love you too.

Craig: So don’t make me stop. Please. I need it. Don’t call Joey.

Ellie: You bastard. How could, how could you play with me like that?

Craig: Ellie I’m, I’m sorry. What do you want me to say?

Ellie: Nothing. It’s all gonna be lies. You’ll say whatever it takes to get your hands on this, won’t you?! God!

*She leaves and Craig starts preparing a line*

Announcer: We’ll be back up in a minute to finish, but before that stick around and I think you’re gonna like it. So ladies and gentlemen please welcome Craig Manning.

Craig: Hey. Uh here’s a song I wrote a while back when I first left Toronto for Vancouver. It’s called Drowning.

Craig: *Singing* I fly too close to the sun. I chase the whale on the run, but I am…I’m jumping from mountains and I’m jumping from skies. I try to realize my size.

*His nose starts to bleed and the crowd all notices*

Craig: *Singing* What you say when you’re me. What you feel when you see.

*He realizes his nose is bleeding and stops singing*

-In the hallway, Toby has a neck and an arm brace-

Emma: How could they do this to you?

Manny: If there’s anything you need, let us know, okay Toby-Tobes?

Toby: I think you girls have done enough.

*Manny kisses Toby on the cheek and Emma hands him his bag*

Toby: Thanks.

JT: Hey Tobes, here.

*JT takes his bag from him*

Toby: Thanks.

JT: Look I’m so sorry.

Toby: It’s okay JT.

JT: No it’s not.

Toby: Well you know, look at the bright side. Maybe, maybe it’s over. Maybe beating someone up is all they ever wanted.

JT: Well maybe, but you know what, I don’t care. They’re gonna pay for what they did to you.

Toby: Look violence for violence only leads to the deepening of the darkness in the deepest dark...wait that didn’t come out right. Look just promise me you’ll let this go. Promise me JT.

JT: Okay. Promise.

*JT pats Toby on the shoulder who is in pain*

JT: Oh sorry.

-At the airport-

Ellie: You’re on the 11AM to Calgary. Joey’s waiting for you at the airport.

Craig: I guess you’re here to make sure I get on the plane, right?

Ellie: No um Mr. Simpson is. I’m leaving.

*Ellie starts to leave, but Craig stops her and she starts to cry*

Craig: Ellie I know I messed up, badly, but I am glad for one thing. I was finally able to be honest with you. I meant what I said and I felt that way for a long time.

Ellie: No just don’t. Don’t, just…it’s beside the point. You need help.

Craig: I know. I know. I’m going to the rehab or whatever, but when I get out maybe we could-

Ellie: Goodbye Craig.

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: School rivals-

Nic: Lakehurst has declared war on your school.

Voiceover: -come to a head.

JT: You want a war, you got it!

Emma: The house is ours for the entire weekend. We can do whatever.

Manny: We should have a party!

Danny and Derek: Party tonight!

Emma: Promise it won’t get too crazy.

Manny: I promise.

Voiceover: But things get out of hand.

Toby: Oh great. It’s them.

Voiceover: Degrassi loses one of its own.

*Liberty is crying and holding JT covered in blood*

Lakehurst thug: What the hell did you do?

*Manny is shown crying*

What's It Feel Like To Be A Ghost? Pt. 1

2007-01-03T04:01:14Z

Hey everyone! So CTV is ahead with the episodes now, but again it makes no difference to me. Though I'm guessing some more people will be reading these now :P Remember to credit if you're using them on your sites and enjoy! The second part will be up in a bit.

-At the airport-

Craig: Waiting for someone?

Manny: Nobody in particular.

Craig: Oh.

Manny: Just this guy. Tall, curly hair, pretty cute.

Craig: Mm hmm. Yeah. He’s like your boyfriend?

Manny: Boyfriend? I don’t know. I haven’t seen him for months and he hardly ever calls.

Craig: Wow. Guy sounds like a real jackass. Sure you want to keep seeing him?

Manny: Like I said, he’s pretty cute.

*They kiss*

Manny: I missed you, you jerk.

Craig: I know. I missed you too. It’s so good to see you again. I just wish I could stay longer.

Manny: Well I’m sure we can pack a lot into the next few days together.

Craig: Sure. Totally. Let’s go by uh Marco and Ellie’s. They’ve got this welcome home party or something.

-At the party, Craig finishes playing a song-

Marco: That was awesome.

Spinner: Did you write that?

Craig: That one I wrote on a ferry to Vancouver Island. It’s a long story.

Ellie: I love the illusions to Melville.

*Manny is shown glaring at them*

Craig: Wow you picked up on that?

Ellie: The night’s young. Let’s hear another.

Marco: Yeah man for sure.

*Manny points to her watch, but Craig starts singing and Ellie bops her head*

Craig: *singing* I know you say you been a-passing by, but I just saw you drowning on a ship tonight-

-Outside the school-

Craig: We were supposed to run lines last night. I forgot.

Manny: Well you were pretty busy. Everyone needs some Craig.

Craig: Well I don’t care about everybody. I care about you. So can I help?

Manny: I don’t know.

Craig: Too late.

*He grabs the script and they start rehearsing*

Craig: *reading* I just don’t want you to get hurt.

Manny: *acting* I already got hurt, remember? He left and he hasn’t come back.

Craig: Okay what if you tried angrier?

Manny: Well that was my instinct, but I thought I couldn’t pull it off.

Craig: Of course you can. Just try it.

Manny: *acting* He left and he hasn’t come back!

Craig: Don’t ever doubt your instincts Manny. You’re good.

Manny: I got to go.

Craig: I’ll come with you.

Manny: I’m sure you have more important music stuff you need to do.

Craig: Well I got a sound check for a show tonight, but this is more important. Come on let’s grab a cab.

Manny: Across town? It’ll cost a fortune.

Craig: It’s on me. Don’t worry about it.

-In the hallway-

Mia: JT! Isabella’s sick. They sent her home from daycare. I spent all night writing this “Waiting for Godot” presentation and now the period’s half over.

JT: It’s too bad the daycare’s so far, but I mean Kwan will give you an extension.

Mia: Yeah she might if she hadn’t have already given me two already.

JT: Listen um leave Isabella with me. I have a spare this morning.

Mia: JT are you sure? I wouldn’t usually do this, but it’s not like there’s any daycares near here I could bring her to. Man I wish there was one here, but might as well keep dreaming.

JT: Seriously Mia. Go bend it like Beckett. We’ll be great.

Mia: You’re not like any boy I know.

JT: Well then you can make up to me. Hot date tonight at the Dot?

*She nods yes*

JT: Good. Hey there. You know the best part about being sick? Popsicles!

*Isabella smiles and Mia kisses her on the cheek while Liberty watches them*

Mia: Bye.

JT: Alright! You like popsicles?

-At Marco and Ellie’s-

Craig: Guys you are looking at a future acting legend. Manny just nailed her audition.

Manny: Thanks to my acting guru Craig.

Craig: Hey if you land that part, that’s a big deal. West Drive is huge.

Ellie: If you like earnest teen melodramas filled with woefully bad writing.

Marco: Well hey no Saved By The Bell, huh? And speaking of which El, I think it’s time we went to get our Screech on.

Ellie: Yeah.

*Marco and Ellie leave*

Craig: I wish I could have seen that audition. I bet you killed it.

Manny: I just wish I could do it again so I can get more of this buzz.

Craig: Man I live for that buzz. Sometimes when I’m on stage, I think it’s my job to make them remember just one chord, one moment.

Manny: That’s exactly how I feel.

Craig: That’s why you’re my girl.

*They kiss*

-At the Dot-

*Mia sits down and Liberty walks over to her*

Liberty: Mia you look pretty.

Mia: Oh thanks. Do you want to sit down? JT hasn’t come yet.

Liberty: So where’s Isabella?

Mia: Uh she’s at home with my mom.

Liberty: She sure is cute. Charms everyone.

Mia: Well except for when she’s being a nightmare. Anyway how are you? You seem a little bit tense.

Liberty: Oh uh just in a quiet mood, you know?

Mia: Sure. It’s not usually quiet enough in my head.

Liberty: Yeah it’s far too quiet in my life, although a child would change that.

Mia: Like when you’re a parent someday?

Liberty: Oh uh no. I already am. Gave him up for adoption last year.

Mia: Oh I…wow. I didn’t know.

Liberty: Yeah I don’t usually talk about it much. After JT sold drugs to support us and almost committed suicide, I really had no choice, but to give him up.

Mia: What?!

Liberty: Oh he didn’t tell you? Typical.

*She goes back over to Toby and Mia leaves angry*

Toby: Ouch.

-Outside Mia’s house-

*Mia walks out onto the balcony*

JT: Are you okay? How’s Bella? I was so worried and then your cell wasn’t on.

Mia: Solution? Don’t call.

JT: Mia at least tell me what’s wrong!

Mia: You couldn’t tell me the truth about your life? About your baby?!

JT: Liberty talked to you?

Mia: And you didn’t. You stole drugs?

JT: Look uh you don’t know the whole story.

Mia: I trusted you with my daughter.

JT: And you still should. Okay Liberty and her parents gave up the baby and it still drives me crazy!

Mia: Is the drug stuff true?

JT: Prescription, but Liberty didn’t want to stay at home so we had to get some extra cash.

Mia: Liberty’s not the problem here, JT. You are.

*She goes inside angry*

-At Craig’s show-

Manny: He must be so excited. I bet he’s going to be so great tonight.

Emma: He’s music personified, ya di da. I know.

Manny: But Em we so completely get each other. It’s so good.

Sean: A couple days ago you were pretty down on the guy. What changed?

Manny: We just reconnected. I can‘t explain it Sean. It’s magic.

*Manny sees that Ellie’s there*

Manny: Oh great. She’s here. Craig’s shadow.

Emma: You worry too much about her.

Manny: Well not tonight. Tonight no one can bring me down. Not even smelly mcsnooty pants.

-Backstage, Manny opens the door-

Manny: Special delivery. I have that Manuela Santos for you.

*She sees Craig snorting cocaine*

Craig: Hey! I’m so happy to see you.

Some guy: Alright man you’re up.

Craig: Aren’t you going to say anything?

Manny: Break a leg…I guess.

*He leaves and Manny stares at the drugs on the table*

-On stage, Craig is performing-

Craig: *Singing* I fly too close to the sun. I chase the whale on the run, but I am…I’m jumping from mountains and I’m jumping from skies. Trying to realize my size.

Emma: Are you okay? You were a bouncing love bunny ten minutes ago. What’s going on?

Manny: I can’t see. I’m gonna move up.

Craig: *Singing* What you say when we…what you feel when you see. Drowning in the sea. Drowning close to me.

*He finishes and everyone claps for him*

Craig: Thank you.

Marco: Hey Craig. Hey! that was awesome man. Congratulations.

Craig: Yeah? Thanks man.

Ellie: You’re a genius.

Craig: Stop it.

Ellie: Is that why you were asking about drowning allegories last month?

*He hugs Ellie*

Craig: You caught it! Again. Man I can’t get anything past you Ellie. You’re so, you’re so keyed into what I’m doing.

Ellie: Well it was perfect, especially that melancholy key. Listen I’m gonna do a profile on you for the Core.

*Manny starts to leave, but Craig goes after her*

Craig: Hang on El. Manny are you okay? We didn’t get a chance to talk and it was so great that you came backstage and not for a second did I want you to think that I do that.

Manny: It’s fine. I just have spirit squad at the crack of dawn.

Craig: I couldn’t stand it if you were upset. I could see your eyes shining the whole time I played.

Manny: You were incredible. Go get congratulated.

Craig: Okay.

*He leaves and Emma and Sean walk over to Manny*

-Outside the school-

JT: Hey we need to talk.

Mia: You should have thought about that weeks ago.

JT: Mia I’m sorry. I should have told you the whole truth, but I just was scared you’d bail on me.

Mia: You know I’m not judgemental.

JT” I know. That’s one of the things that I love about you. You just, you need to forgive me. Please?

Mia: Look I can’t do this right now. I’m tired and I’m stressed. Isabella’s sick again. I had to leave her with my aunt.

JT: I’ve been thinking. I think that there should be a daycare at Degrassi.

Mia: And I should be Lindsay Lohan.

JT: No I’m serious. You said yourself it was a good idea. I really think that’s what the school needs.

Mia: And this isn’t about you trying to suck up to me?

JT: No. It’s about me doing the right thing and I’m gonna do it.

-In the hallway-

Emma: The pout is officially out of fashion, so speak. What’s up?

Manny: West Drive went in another direction, which probably means they cast some tall blonde with long legs.

Emma: West Drive, Smest Drive. That show is so issue of the week.

Manny: I have my own issue of the week. Craig, he’s not the same.

Emma: Seems like the same old rock star to me, just more sure of himself.

Manny: Yeah that’s the problem.

Emma: Ego? Groupies? Is this an Ellie thing?

Manny: No it’s definitely Craig.

Emma: Well I’ll tell you what I’ve learned. If you want the guy, you take the flaws. See Cameron, Sean.

Manny: This is a different problem than you had with Sean. Way.

Emma: Well Craig is crazy about you and your shining eyes, remember?

Manny: Maybe I need to remind him.

Emma: True love is worth fighting for.

-At Marco and Ellie’s-

Craig: Hey.

Manny: I need to say some stuff.

Craig: Say away.

Manny: Last night with the-

*She makes a motion around her nose*

Craig: You said it didn’t bother you.

Manny: I lied. Craig it does. Why? Why do you do it?

Craig: When I get nervous, it’s like my synapses have a party. I need a little confidence boost sometimes.

Manny: How often is sometimes?

Craig: Please I’ve done it like twice. It’s no big deal, believe me.

*He kisses her*

Manny: I didn’t get the part on West Drive.

Craig: Oh man. Their loss. You’re a star. Listen uh Ellie’s having a dinner party tonight and I want you to come.

Manny: If Ellie sees me here, she’ll probably poison the food.

Craig: Manny you’ve got to get over her.

Manny: She makes me feel dumb when I speak. I’m not smart like she is.

Craig: Yeah you are. You’re just not book smart. Who cares? Seriously you’re, you’re brilliant in every other way.

Manny: So comforted right now.

Craig: Manny I’m crazy about you. That should be all the comfort you need.

-At a student council meeting-

Liberty: Fine. A donation will be made in Degrassi’s name and uh council will now hear new business.

JT: I propose that Degrassi should have an onsite daycare. Benefits will be plentiful for both staff and students with children, as well-

Liberty: That’s preposterous. Next.

JT: Wait a minute. I haven’t even finished my pitch.

Liberty: You don’t have to. I already know it’s foolish and ill-conceived. What about buildings codes JT? What about child height counters, facilities, a playground?!

JT: Come on. Toby? Help me out.

Toby: Um maybe you should let him finish his pitch.

*Liberty glares at him*

Toby: Or not.

Liberty: Next! Moving on.

JT: Wait just hear me out. Our community can benefit from this.

Liberty: You mean your girlfriend can.

JT: Yeah and?

Liberty: And so this isn’t practical for Degrassi. Especially since the daycare wouldn’t even open for two years. Look this is personal, not serious. Next!

JT: Is this Earth? You’re the one making it personal. It’s a good idea.

Liberty: We don’t take pitches from irresponsible slackers with ill-researched schemes.

JT: I guess not since judgemental robots make the decisions. A Degrassi daycare could make life easier for students.

Liberty: For one student!

Mia: Liberty you of all people know I’m not alone. It could help eventually.

JT: So just to clarify here, the reason you won’t support a Degrassi daycare is purely selfish. Is that right Ms. President?

*Liberty storms away angry*

-At Ellie, Marco and Dylan’s-

Jesse: Well Rousseau did say man’s choices are limited. Man is born free, but everywhere he’s in chains.

Ellie: Only true if he’s part of society.

Craig: Yeah well you can’t not be though. It’s not exactly optional.

Manny: So true. So true.

Ellie: Manny you studied Rousseau?

Manny: Um not exactly.

Craig: He was, uh he was a big 18th century thinker. Ellie sent me one of his books when I was on the road.

Manny: How nice.

Marco: Well uh Ellie and I have been taking intro to psych and uh Jung says that we all have like massive complexes.

Jesse: No kidding. Neuroses rule!

Craig: Manny what do you think?

Manny: Um someone told me that Woody Allen was a perfect onscreen neurotic.

Dylan: Uh huh.

Ellie: Well I don’t have any neuroses, of course.

Manny: Really? Because I thought being constantly rejected by guys would mess you up Ellie.

Ellie: Yeah. Yeah I feel bad that I take time to meet guys who actually like me.

Dylan: Oh dear.

Ellie: In fact I don’t know how I made it through high school without having my breasts shown online.

*Manny leaves the table and Craig follows as Jesse tries not to laugh*

Craig: Where are you going?

Manny: Did you hear what she said?

Craig: Yeah, but you started it. I mean why can’t you just get over her?

Manny: Because she’s smarter than me. She’s funnier than me. She’s everything that I’m not.

Craig: Keep believing it Manny. It’s real attractive.

Manny: They won’t let me into their little club.

Craig: Manny you’re spontaneous, you’re bright and you’re my girl. Why can’t you just be yourself?

Manny: Maybe I just need a little boost. Where is it?

Craig: What are you talking about?

*She searches for the coke and pulls it out of his pocket*

Craig: Woah.

Manny: Show me.

Craig: What? No. Why?

Manny: ‘Cause then I can talk with all your smart friends. These are people you want to spend time with, right?

Craig: Come on.

Manny: This is your club. I want in.

*They go upstairs to do the coke*

-At the table, Manny and Craig are high-

Manny: *Talking incredibly fast* Anyways it doesn’t really matter if I get the part because it, all that matters is how I present myself in the long term. That’s what my agent says.

Marco: Yeah. Yeah no. I mean you have to get them to remember you?

Manny: Yeah because who wants to be yet another dumb, boring actress? Right Ellie? Anyways I told her just cast me as the funny girl, you know? I said that to her!

Craig: It’s smart. You have to get noticed, right?

Manny: I love you so much Craig!

*Manny hugs Craig and spills her drink all over the floor*

Manny: Oh my god. Get it-

*Her and Craig are laughing hysterically while Marco tries to clean the mess up*

Marco: Manny it’s really fine.

Manny: I am so sorry. I am so sorry.

*They keep laughing as Ellie rolls her eyes*

-Outside the school-

JT: Liberty what the hell was that yesterday? You dismissed everything I said. Very professional and then you bailed.

Liberty: You don’t even know what words like that mean, man-child.

JT: What was irresponsible? Supporting you? Begging you to go to the doctors? Backing you when you gave him up, even though he was my son too?

Liberty: You don’t know what you’re saying.

JT: What I’m saying is that I’m happy and that makes you burn. Why?

Liberty: You’re ridiculous.

JT: No I’m right. Okay I have a right to be happy so stop trying to make me as miserable as you are.

-At Marco, Ellie and Dylan’s-

*Manny rushes down the stairs*

Ellie: Good morning.

Manny: I’m late!

Ellie: And so much less chatty than you were last night. Shocking.

*Ellie goes upstairs to give Craig a cup of coffee*

Ellie: Coffee? It was a late night.

Craig: Yeah thanks.

*Ellie starts to leave when she sees the coke*

Ellie: Is…what is this?

*She picks up the coke*

Craig: El I don’t know how this happened.

Ellie: What happened? What’s going on?

Craig: I never thought it would get bad so fast.

Ellie: Craig are you doing coke?

Craig: Manny is.

Crazy Little Thing Called Love

2006-11-18T18:36:50Z

Hey guys. I guess this is the last script until January! See you then for some crazy intense episodes :D

-Outside the jail-

Sean: Hey sight for sore eyes.

*Sean walks out and hugs Emma*

Sean: Ah yeah.

*They kiss*

Sean: I’m free all thanks to you.

Emma: All I did was help you get a lawyer.

Sean: You got me a hearing. You got my sentence reduced.

Emma: And two years of probation.

Sean: Whatever. I’m out. Now we can be together. The perfect girl and the guy who doesn’t deserve her. Man I missed you.

*Emma kisses him*

Emma: I missed you too. A lot.

Sean: Yeah? I also missed bacon double cheeseburgers with the works.

Emma: I see jail hasn’t turned you vegetarian.

Sean: Sorry. Been dreaming about it for months.

Emma: I guess I could put my carnivorous objections aside just this once, but first it’s present time.

*She hands him the picture that Spike took of them on their first date*

Sean: Is that really us?

Emma: Six uber long years ago.

Sean: Sometimes I wish I could stop time. Go back.

Emma: To bad hair, braces and general pubescent awkwardness? No thanks.

Sean: Back to a time when you were proud of me.

*Emma runs her hand through his hair and touches his face*

-At Emma’s house-

Mr. Simpson: So how was the sofa? Not too lumpy?

Sean: No it was great. Thanks. I really appreciate you guys letting me crash here until I get back on my feet.

Spike: What are your plans now that you’re out?

Emma: Already with the grilling?

Spike: I know you two are more than just friends Em. A mother gets to ask.

Sean: That’s cool. Jay is hooking me up with his boss. Apparently they need a new mechanic.

Mr. Simpson: What about school? Have you given any thought about coming back to Degrassi?

Sean: I got expelled.

Mr. Simpson: Well maybe I could talk to her.

Sean: No. I mean no thank you. I really don’t want to set foot in that place again.

Emma: Tell them about Cameron’s Custom Cars.

Sean: Someday I want to open up my own shop.

Mr. Simpson: That sounds like a fine plan if you can find a bank manager who’s willing to lend money to a high school dropout.

Spike: Couple that with your record.

Emma: Mom it’s his first day out of jail. Can you go easy, please?

Spike: Sorry. We’re really glad you’re here Sean.

Mr. Simpson: And we’re sure you’re gonna figure it all out. Your life I mean. You’ve got lots of time for that.

-In the hallway-

*Danny and Derek are running in the halls and they run right into Mr. Perino, spilling his drink and breaking his mug*

Mr. Perino: Hey! How many times have I told you guys no running in the halls?!

Danny and Derek: Sorry Mr. Perino.

Mr. Perino: Sorry? Look at me! Look at my shoes. They’re ruined.

Derek: *under his breath* So buy some new ones.

Mr. Perino: Are you sure you want to use that tone with your teacher? Believe me you don’t want me to make your lives difficult.

Mr. Simpson: Guys go get the mop from the janitor. Clean this mess up, capiche? Go.

Mr. Perino: Smart asses, you know? They drive me crazy.

Mr. Simpson: Just uh try to remember they’re just kids. Right Dom?

*He walks away without saying anything*

Mr. Simpson: Dom!

-At the garage-

Tony: Engine runs out.

Sean: It’s loose timing chain.

Tony: Shimmy in the steering. You know how to fix it?

Sean: Yeah. You machine the front rotors.

Tony: Jay was right. You know cars.

Sean: Cars are my life. You know, if you know how they work, they never let you down.

Tony: Spoken like a true mechanic. Tell you what, we got a Lexus with a faulty AC. Go to work.

Sean: You, you mean I got it? I got the job?

Tony: Yeah not for long if you don’t get to work.

Sean: Yes sir. Woo! I got it man.

Jay: What’d I tell you?

-In Mr. Perino’s class-

Danny: After years of fighting, the second world war came to an end with the bombing of Hiroshima. Once the Third Rake finally surrendered, the iron curtain divided Europe-

Mr. Perino: I think it’s time this presentation surrendered and by the way it’s Reich, not Rake. You’re done.

Danny: But you cut me off.

Mr. Perino: The assignment was to summarize an event in your own words. Not bore everyone by copying the damn thing from your textbook.

Danny: It’s not my fault history’s so boring.

Mr. Perino: Well it might be to you, but I’ll assure you history’s a fascinating discipline.

*Danny sits down behind Derek*

Derek: He was a teacher.

Mr. Perino: Who said that? Mr. Higg you got something to say? Don’t be a clown. Be a man and say it.

Derek: Okay I will. Can’t you give Danny a break? I mean he’s trying his best.

Mr. Perino: Tell you what instead of giving Daniel a zero for plagiarism, detention both of you and tomorrow I’ll let you help him redo his presentation.

-At the garage-

*Emma tries to sneak up on Sean*

Sean: Hey gorgeous.

Emma: How did you do that?

Sean: You’re a lousy sneaker and every car has at least three mirrors.

*He kisses her*

Sean: Mwah!

Emma: Based on the fact that your freshly pressed white shirt is now forgotten on the tool bench, you got the job?

Sean: Your little pep talk helped. Thanks and a big shout out to Jay! He totally went to the mat for his bud, huh? My best friend and my girlfriend. The only two people I can count on.

Jay: Girlfriend? Well I guess not even jail time can keep you two lovebirds apart, huh?

Sean: We should all hang out, huh? Catch up on old times?

Jay: Yeah Sean’s not caught up on old times.

Emma: Old times are overrated.

Sean: Alright well uh, well I’m all done here. I’m gonna take my girl out for dinner.

Jay: Go have fun. I’ll lock up.

-Outside the school-

Danny: Detention rocks. I’d take it over history class any day.

Derek: Plus we got Perino off our backs for now. Hey later.

Danny: Later.

*Danny leaves and Derek sees Mr. Perino standing by the bus stop*

Derek: Hey Mr. Perino.

Mr. Perino: Derek.

Derek: Something wrong with your car?

Mr. Perino: Why? Did you do something to it?

Derek: No. I just thought…bus stop.

Mr. Perino: What, no funny jokes? You’re not much of a comedian outside of class, are you?

Derek: I’m sorry.

Mr. Perino: Don’t pull that innocent act with me.

Derek: Uh I think I’m gonna walk home.

*Derek starts to leave when Mr. Perino steps in front of him*

Mr. Perino: Let me make myself clear. Show me some respect or we’ve got a serious problem, understood?

*Derek walks away*

-At Emma’s house-

Emma: Where is my lucky bra? The one that gives me Manny boobs.

Manny: What’s the big deal? You’re just going on a date with Sean.

Emma: It’s not a date. It’s the date. The “he’s finally back in my life and everything has to be perfect” date.

Manny: And you’re just trying to live up to the pedestal that he’s putting you on.

Emma: There’s nothing wrong with having a boyfriend who thinks you’re amazing.

Manny: Unlike those shoes, nobody’s perfect.

Emma: Least of all me. I went by the garage today and Jay was there.

Manny: Three’s definitely not company.

Emma: Jay is Sean’s best friend. How do I even begin to tell him what I did with Jay in the ravine?

Manny: You were single. It was a crazy time. What were you supposed to do, sit home and knit?

Emma: I’m not sure that Sean’s gonna see it that way.

Manny: If he really loves you then he should.

-After hours at the Dot-

Spinner: Okay I will be back in an hour to lock up. Don’t break anything.

Sean: We won’t. Thanks man.

*Spinner leaves Sean and Emma alone*

Sean: It’s not much, but jail does a number on a guy’s savings.

Emma: The place, the candles, the tofurkey…everything is perfect.

Sean: It is perfect. You’re perfect.

Emma: I’ve still made mistakes.

Sean: You’re talking to the master of mistakes.

Emma: So you won’t hold them against me?

Sean: Of course not. Why? Is there something you need to tell me about?

Emma: No. It’s just…stupid.

Sean: Nothing you say is stupid Em. You’re the smartest person I know.

-At the garage-

Sean: Hey last night I thought Emma was dropping hints. Did something happen?

Jay: No. It was probably nothing.

Sean: If there was something, you’d tell me, right?

Jay: Forget it. You’re not hearing it from me.

Sean: Jay come on. After everything I’ve been through, I can handle it.

Jay: Fine, but I warned you. Alright while you were gone, Emma and I kind of fooled around.

Sean: You had sex.

Jay: No. No, no, no. I mean not really. It depends how you look at it. I had more than she did.

Sean: I can’t believe this. You and Emma?

Jay: Dude don’t overreact. Look you’d just broken up with Ellie. You and Emma hadn’t been a thing for like years. It just kind of happened. Once. You said you could take it.

Sean: Just shut up, okay? Shut up.

Jay: Man I’m sorry.

Sean: I said shut up.

*Sean walks away angry*

-At Degrassi-

Emma: Sean? What are you doing here? Shouldn’t you be at work?

Sean: Never mind. Did…did you and Jay have a thing last year?

Emma: Who told you that?

Sean: Wrong answer.

*Sean tries to walk away, but Emma stops him*

Emma: Sean! It was two years ago. Right after I had a gun pointed at my face. To say I was super duper messed up would be an understatement.

Sean: How could you do that? And with Jay?! The thought of you two together makes me want to-

Emma: What happened to “I won’t hold it against you”?

*Sean leaves and Peter walks by Emma*

Peter: Lover’s quarrel?

-At the garage-

*Sean walks by Jay without saying anything*

Jay: Take it we’re not cool?

Sean: Don’t talk to me.

Tony: Jay get on the Lexus. Mr. Lane is my best customer.

Jay: Uh you wanna hand me that ratchet?

Sean: Get it yourself.

Jay: Look it was over a year ago man. Just let it go.

Sean: I’m not gonna let it go, alright? You took something that was good and you ruined it. Just like you always do.

Jay: Right, right make me the bad guy. Alright whatever helps you sleep at night.

Sean: You didn’t care about Emma. You used her! You took advantage of her.

Jay: I didn’t take advantage of anybody. The truth is she chased me dude. She damn near begged me to let her do it.

*Sean pushes Jay, he pushes him back and Sean tries to punch him, but misses and hits the wall*

-In science class-

Science teacher: So each group is now holding a different part of the human body. I want you to explain in essay form the function of your part.

Manny: Well this should be easy.

*Emma stabs her pencil into the heart*

Manny: Em! You’re killing Johnny Carcass-man! His heart’s not gonna work with a pencil in it.

Emma: I’m sorry. I was imagining it belongs to Sean, who found out about me and Jay from Jay.

Manny: Ouch. Hope you had a soft landing when you fell off that pedestal.

*Emma starts stabbing the pencil over and over again into the heart*

Manny: Easy cuckoo bananas! This is one of the few classes that I’m not failing.

Emma: What is it with guys and their ridiculous double standards? They can do whatever they want, but a girl makes one mistake and her rep is tarnished for life!

Manny: Look I know your little visit with Jay in the ravine may not have been on the Emma Nelson highlight rail, but no guy has the right to judge you. Especially Sean.

-In Mr. Perino’s class-

*Danny and Derek walk into the room*

Mr. Perino: Derek can I uh talk to you a minute?

*They go into the hall*

Mr. Perino: Look I just want to make sure there’s no misunderstanding about last night.

Derek: Well what you said Mr. Perino…was kind of threatening.

Mr. Perino: Derek you’re a smart kid. I hate seeing you waste your potential. I was just trying to motivate you.

Derek: More like you freaked me out.

Mr. Perino: Look what do you say we just forget it even happened?

Derek: Yeah. Yeah I guess.

Mr. Perino: Good. Look go in there and knock that presentation out of the park, okay?

-At the garage-

Mr. Lane: You remembered to change the oil?

Sean: There’s an oil change charge on the bill, isn’t there?

Mr. Lane: I’ve noticed a bit of pulling lately. Um how is the tire pressure?

*Sean kicks the tire*

Sean: Seems fine to me.

Mr. Lane: Maybe I should talk to your boss.

Sean: You have a problem with my work, then you take it up with me. So do we have a problem?

Mr. Lane: I have a mechanic with an attitude.

*Sean steps up to him threateningly and he takes a step back scared*

Jay: Hey Sean back off! Look I’m sorry sir. His problem, it’s with me.

Sean: Tell Tony I quit.

*Sean leaves and kicks the tool bench over*

-In Mr. Perino’s class-

Derek: And in late October 1945 the United Nations was formed.

Danny: To promote human rights and prevent future world wars.

Mr. Perino: Nice job you two. Okay, who’s my next victim? Jackson? You ready?

*He doesn’t say anything*

Mr. Perino: Blank stare. Figures. Did anybody not stay up all night playing video games and looking at nudie pictures on the Internet? Take the zero.

Derek: Why do you have to be like that sir?

Mr. Perino: Do you have a problem Mr. Higg?

*Derek doesn’t say anything*

Mr. Perino: I didn’t think so. Alright who’s gonna butcher another presentation or do I have to keep handing out zeros? Hmm?

*Derek takes his bag and walks out of the classroom*

Mr. Perino: Hey! Where are you going?!

*Derek starts talking to Mr. Simpson in the hallway*

-At Emma’s, Sean is packing-

Emma: Classic Sean. When the going gets tough, the Sean gets going.

Sean: Not much to stick around for.

Emma: So the minute you find out I’m not perfect you run away?

Sean: Not perfect? I’d say!

Emma: Well what do you expect Sean? I’m a real person! In three months I’ll be old enough to vote, to legally drink in Quebec. I’m not the girl you knew in grade seven anymore.

Sean: What happened to you?

Emma: I grew up! Maybe you should try it.

Sean: My parents kicked me out when I was twelve, alright? I grew up in a hurry. I needed to, to survive.

Emma: All you did was build a wall between yourself and the world, to hide behind!

Sean: You let me down. My parents let me down. The school system let me down. I’m just saving myself from more.

Emma: So all your problems are someone else’s fault, right?

Sean: It’s not my fault you did that to Jay.

Emma: And you’ll never let me forget it, will you?

*Sean starts walking away*

Emma: Okay little boy, I give up.

-At the bus station-

*Sean’s ticket falls out of his pocket along with the picture Emma gave him and he watches a couple with their arms around each other*

-Outside Ms. Hatzilakos’ office-

*Mr. Perino leaves angrily and Mr. Simpson walks over to Derek*

Derek: Did he get fired?

Mr. Simpson: No, but uh Ms. Hatzilakos is launching an investigation.

Derek: I should have kept my mouth shut.

Mr. Simpson: No you did the right thing Derek. Ready to give your side of the story?

Derek: Is it okay if I’m a little scared?

Mr. Simpson: Don’t be. Okay I’ll be in there with you. Come on.

*They go inside and Mr. Simpson looks back at Mr. Perino*

-At Emma’s house-

Sean: This isn’t supposed to happen.

Emma: Didn’t have to, but you made it.

Sean: When I came back here from Wasaga, Emma…it wasn’t for school or to open a garage. It was none of that.

Emma: Funny thing is you got what you came for. Then you blew it.

Sean: Don’t give up on me. Please.

Emma: I can’t be perfect Sean. I can’t be everything you need all the time.

Sean: Good! I want you to challenge me. I want you to call me on my crap.

Emma: Sure, but if we’re gonna have a real relationship you need to save yourself from yourself sometimes.

Sean: I’ll ask Tony for my job back, okay? I’ll get my high school equivalency. I’ll start looking for my own place.

Emma: And what about us?

*He kisses her*

Sean: I want to get to know you again Em.

Voiceover: In 2007, the series that pushes the limits is going there again.

*A group of guys are shown walking outside. Ellie is shown with Jesse. Marco and Dylan are sitting together*

Dylan: Oh dear.

Mia: I trusted you with my daughter!

*Manny is crying at a hospital and Sean is hugging her*

Manny: This is my fault.

Sean: It’s not.

Voiceover: Someone will return.

*Craig and Ellie are kissing and Ellie pushes him away*

Ellie: You bastard. It’s all gonna be lies!

Voiceover: Someone will fall.

*Derek looks upset*

Nic: Lakehurst has declared war on your school.

JT: You want a war? You got it.

*Emma and Sean look at each other, Manny is dancing with some guy, a party is going on, Toby is kissing Mia, Ellie is covering her mouth shocked, Toby is getting punched in the stomach, Jay is getting a drink splashed in his face, Emma is at the party, Nic is kicking someone, Craig is singing with a bloody nose, Emma looks shocked, someone is holding a knife*

Voiceover: And someone will die.

Liberty: Somebody help!

Working For The Weekend

2006-11-12T20:16:42Z

-At Spinner’s locker-

Darcy: Spinner?

Spinner: Hey Darce.

Darcy: You know what happened between me and you, the break up…I’m really sorry.

Spinner: Me too. More than anything in the world.

Darcy: It, it was the right thing to do. There was something missing. I’m sorry. I hope we can be friends.

*The bell rings and Spinner goes to class*

Mr. Simpson: Oh Spinner Mason. Just under the wire. Oh and here is our very special guidance counsellor, Ms. Sauvé. Why don’t you all open up your career aptitude tests.

Ms. Sauvé: If nothing else, the results may help to inform what universities you apply to and what majors you choose.

*Jimmy opens up his results online*

Jimmy: Criminal lawyer, right!

Ashley: Family law for me. NYU here we come.

Jimmy: I know. I think we’re gonna have to open a practice together. Downtown Manhattan, family and criminal law.

*Spinner sees that his top result says clown*

Spinner: Clown. I’m supposed to be a clown?

Ms. Sauvé: Well remember this is just a guide, okay? It’s important that you find something that you’re passionate about.

*Spinner looks at his second choice*

Spinner: Like being a cop. Oh yeah. Get right on that.

-In the hallway-

Jimmy: Ah pull it together man. I can’t have a basket case thwarting my year.

*Spinner pulls out a poem he wrote*

Spinner: She said there would always be an us and she crushed my heart with a bus. I pledged abstinence and faith ‘cause she said t’was forever. Now it’s just me.

Jimmy: T’was. Are you sure uh poet wasn’t in your test results?

Spinner: Didn’t see artist in yours. What happened to the whole art dream?

Jimmy: I woke up. Art isn’t a career. Law is.

Spinner: Yeah so is being a clown I guess.

Ashley: You know Spin, Paige is in town. Marco and Ellie are having some people over. You should come.

Spinner: Nah I don’t know.

Jimmy: Wrong. You’re not sitting home another night writing these sad-ass, wah wah, I’m gonna kill myself poems. I forbid you. Time to get on a positive tip, alright?

Spinner: Alright.

Jimmy: Great. Thank you.

-Outside the school, a bunch of girls are laughing and being loud-

Some girl: And the face that he was making?!

*They keep laughing and Alex glares at them*

Alex: Zip it. I’m trying to study.

Sirina: Trying to graduate before you turn 30? Good luck.

Alex: A, I already graduated and B, do I even know you?

*Sirina throws a carrot at Alex*

Alex: Unless you want these carrots to become part of your anatomy I suggest you stop.

*She throws another one and Alex walks over, then turns around and leaves*

Alex: I’m officially too old for this.

-At Ellie, Marco, and Dylan’s place-

Marco: Okay all we have left here is rice crackers. I spent all my snack money on textbooks and I’m thinking those are kinda dry, so here.

Paige: Oh well one of the many perks at Banting, amazing meal plan. Hey that is a spiffy top Spin. Since when are you so oh current?

Spinner: Jimmy Brooks original.

Ellie: You don’t know how many people have asked me where they can get one of these designs.

Jimmy: No really?

Jesse: Really. Been thinking about selling them? Lot of money in it.

Marco: Yeah Jesse don’t even bother. I keep telling Jim to start his own line of t-shirts, but he never listens.

Jimmy: It’s ‘cause it’s crazy Marco. I’m not gonna start selling t-shirts.

Spinner: Why not? There’s nothing stopping you.

Jimmy: There’s a lot stopping me, actually.

Ashley: What, like your dad?

Jimmy: Like reality. Didn’t somebody say something about playing poker?

Paige: Oh I’m in. Thanks to too many all night poker sessions, I am a Texas Holdem whiz. Alright let’s buy in.

-In the cafeteria-

Spinner: Check it out! Check it out. Spimmy Designs, huh? Or The Jimner Clothing Company. Squatch Wear. I like that one.

Jimmy: Okay stop. Rewind. Losing the plot. What is this?

Spinner: This is the future baby. I’m turning you into the next John John.

Ashley: It’s Sean John.

Spinner: Potato, potato. Okay look, Jimmy people love your t-shirts man. Start a business!

Jimmy: With what money?

Spinner: I got some saved. Plus Marco’s dad could give us some shirts on spec. We make a bunch, go to campus, branch your uncle(?).

Jimmy: Do you know how much work that would take?

Spinner: Ah we could do it. You and me together. Plus when it takes off, becomes a huge money maker, I can forget all about clown academy. Jimmy you’re, you’re gonna need money for your fancy New York university, right? Let’s make some.

Jimmy: I’ve got an academic fund. I’m totally taken care of.

Spinner: Sorry.

*Spinner gets up and leaves*

Ashley: Jimmy.

Jimmy: Then again I guess it would be cool to see more people wearing my stuff.

Spinner: Yeah?

Jimmy: Yeah. Let’s give it a shot.

-In a classroom-

*Alex finishes her exam and walks out smiling*

Ms. Hatzilakos: Alex Nunez. Smiling after a test?

Alex: Just happy. Kinda aced it.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Congratulations. I’m proud of you. It shows a real maturity that you came back to upgrade your marks, especially after your friends moved on.

Alex: You can’t become a physiotherapist without a degree, which means I gotta up my marks if I want to get accepted anywhere. So gotta run.

Ms. Hatzilakos: You know what would really help with your university application?

Alex: Extracurriculars?

Ms. Hatzilakos: Which you don’t have.

Alex: I knew this was going somewhere.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Look I need girls for lacrosse. I mean I’m so low on players I might even have to cancel the team.

Alex: A tragedy of global proportions.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Alex you love lacrosse. I remember from gym class you’re a natural.

Alex: I am fond of bashing people with a large stick.

Ms. Hatzilakos: So you’ll think about it?

Alex: Me and team sports, sorry not a whole lot to think about Ms. H.

-At Ellie, Marco and Dylan’s place-

*A montage begins with Jimmy printing out the design, Spinner starts pressing the design onto the shirts, Ellie shows them a picture in the newspaper with someone wearing their shirt, Jimmy and Spinner start selling the shirts on campus until they’re sold out*

Spinner: We can’t run this operation out of a cardboard box, eh? I’m thinking mail order pyramid scheme.

Jimmy: Or we can set up shop outside like Raptors games and concerts…

*They see a ‘for lease’ sign outside a store*

Spinner: Or, or we let the market come to us.

Jimmy: What about rent?

Spinner: Dude I saved a cool grand working at the Dot and it’s not like I’m gonna need it for clown academy.

Jimmy: Are you serious?

Spinner: I’ve never been seriouser. What about your academic fund? Say you skim a little off the top-

Jimmy: No. My dad has been putting money into that fund since I was two years old. If I even think about touching it, I’m dead.

Spinner: Come on give your dad a little credit. He might just go for it, especially when he hears about how good we’re doing.

-At the Dot-

Alex: So here you are back from the magical university land of Banting, which I assume is going…

Paige: Better than perf, but what about you? Are you seeing anyone? Is she cute? Do I know her? I want all the juicy details.

Alex: Sorry can’t help you. I’m the queen of boring single, lame land. Degrassi’s all I got going on.

Paige: Well I bet you must be running that place. Are all the kiddies running scared?

Alex: Actually they’re shaking at my terrifyingly good study habits. Apparently I’m also a natural lacrosse player. Ms. H wants me to join the team.

Paige: My oh my. You on a sports team.

Alex: Ain’t gonna happen. Lacrosse is for losers.

Paige: Yeah there’s the bitter girl I know.

Alex: The bitter loner you used to know is trying to be a little sweeter these days.

Paige: Well sweetie a tiger can’t change its stripes over night.

-At Ellie, Marco and Dylan’s place-

*Spinner turns on some really loud music*

Ellie: Spinner I have to read an entire novel, a Russian one.

Marco: Yeah can you guys find another place to set up shop?

Spinner: Good idea Marco. That’s funny. We just passed one on the street.

*Mr. Brooks walks into the room*

Mr. Brooks: All set Jim?

Jimmy: Yeah.

Spinner: Dude ask him.

*Spinner turns off the music*

Jimmy: Dad we have this little business. It’s uh these t-shirts with my designs and people are really digging the art.

Mr. Brooks: Good for you son. Not crazy about the colour, but uh put me down for one.

Jimmy: We also thought we could take it to the next level and open up a shop. Make it legit, you know?

*His dad doesn’t say anything*

Jimmy: So I was wondering if you’d mind if I uh dipped into my academic fund?

Mr. Brooks: Son you can’t afford to chase these little dreams. The answer is no. I’ll be in the car.

Jimmy: I don’t even need my dad’s permission to access my fund. We’re gonna do this Spin. We’re gonna open this shop. Does that sound good?

Spinner: Dude that’s like, that’s like my ten favourite songs playing at the same time. Turn up to 11!

-Outside the store, Spinner is passing out flyers-

Spinner: Hi what’s up? Yo check out our store. It’s right behind you. Hey check it out. Guys here you go.

-Inside the store-

Marco: Jimmy man this is incredible.

Ashley: Well it ain’t pretty, but the customers don’t seem to mind.

Jimmy: I just cannot believe we’re making money. I mean if this thing takes off I could probably pay my own way to art school.

Ashley: Art school? What happened to pre-law, NYU?

Jimmy: I don’t know. I, I just think maybe this art thing could work out, you know? How cool would that be?

Ashley: Very cool. As long as we’re together and you’re happy. It’s all good.

*They kiss*

Spinner: Man we are going to be famous fashion designers. Just like Ducce & Gabbana.

Marco: Yeah that’s uh Dolce & Gabbana, Spin. You know the gay fashion designers?

Spinner: Yeah, except not so gay.

Customer: You guys take debit?

Spinner: Cash only my friend.

*Spinner opens the cash box and the guy eyes it suspiciously before walking away*

Spinner: They’ll be back.

-In the gym-

Ms. Hatzilakos: Okay guys that was good focus and good passing. Ah here’s our ringer. So you ready to help out the team?

Alex: Nothing I love more than giving up my weekend for the team.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Most of you probably know Alex. She graduated last year, so we are very lucky to have her back.

Alex: I can’t get enough of this place.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Okay let’s continue loosening up a little bit. Let’s do some passing drills, okay? Stay focussed guys!

Alex: Hey baby carrots. Looks like we’re team-mates.

Sirina: Doesn’t mean I have to talk to you.

-At Marco, Ellie and Dylan’s place-

Marco: We sold a truckload! I can’t believe this day.

Ashley: When these guys are famous, they better remember their friends.

Jimmy: Okay this should improve the snacks around here.

*Jimmy gives Marco some money*

Marco: You didn’t have to Jimmy.

Ellie: Speak for yourself.

Jimmy: After Marco’s dad’s cut for the t-shirts, the rest is pure gravy.

Dylan: Ah not to be a killjoy, but I’ve taken some business classes. You’ve got taxes, book-keeping, insurance, overhead and hydro.

Spinner: Dude our gravy.

Jimmy: I guess we have a problem.

-In the gym during a lacrosse game-

Alex: Shoot it I’m open

*Sirina passes the ball to someone else*

Sirina: Over here!

Alex: Over here!

*As it’s being passed to Alex, Sirina runs in front of her to receive the pass and knocks Alex down. Alex stands up, gets the ball and scores while everyone cheers for her*

-At the store-

*Spinner picks up the phone pretending he’s on a call*

Spinner: Ring. Squatch Designs, what can I put you down for? A hundred? Super.

Jimmy: You been busy.

Spinner: Oh you know just saving the store.

Jimmy: You doubled the prices?

Spinner: Yeah to re-coup our cost twice as fast.

Jimmy: Spin look around. You’re driving business away.

Spinner: At least I’m trying.

Jimmy: Yeah too hard. Spin look, I’ve been thinking maybe this is a bad idea. Maybe my dad was right.

Spinner: No he was wrong and we’ll see just how wrong and laugh in ten years when we are sipping cognac on our fly company yacht.

Jimmy: Spinner wake up. There’s no yacht, okay? In tens years I will be practicing law in New York and you will be twisting balloon animals in North York.

*Spinner gives him a hurt look*

Jimmy: Look let’s just fix these tags please and, and sell everything we have on the shelves and we’ll be done.

Spinner: No, you know what? You do it. I’m on break.

-In the hallway after the game-

Alex: Sirina!

Sirina: So finally remembered my name.

Alex: Ms. Hatzilakos told me. She also told me that you and I have to get along.

*She doesn’t say anything*

Alex: So, go team go?

*Sirina starts to walk away*

Alex: I’m trying to be nice here.

Sirina: Please. You know you’re not fooling anyone. You’re a hateful bitch Alex. That’s all you’re ever gonna be.

*Alex pushes her and Ms. Hatzilakos sees*

Ms. Hatzilakos: Alex! My office now!

-At the store-

*The guys that were eying the money box come back*

Jimmy: Hey what’s up? Feel free to look around. We’ve got some cool tees here so just ignore the prices. I’m still fixing them.

Guy: It’s not the tees that I’m interested in.

*Spinner is shown walking outside when he hears Jimmy inside the store*

Jimmy: Hey!

*Spinner rushes inside*

Jimmy: Spinner help!

*Spinner runs over to the guy fighting with Jimmy while the other guy runs away with the cash box*

Spinner: You move and I break it in half.

Jimmy: I owe you one.

*Spinner holds him against the wall while Jimmy calls the police*

-Outside the school-

*Alex holds a bag of baby carrots out to Sirina*

Alex: They’re not poisoned and they make great projectiles.

*Sirina ignores her*

Alex: I got a week’s worth detention. That should make you happy.

Sirina: You really don’t remember, do you?

Alex: Am I in the twilight zone? No, I don’t know you Sirina.

Sirina: Two years ago you almost blinded me with a laser pointer during my first and last debate or how about when you tripped me on the way to the caf? I sprained my ankle and I had to quit the team.

Alex: It wasn’t personal. You could have been anybody.

Sirina: But it was me. A real person. You made my life hell and the worst part, you don’t even remember doing it.

*She walks away while Alex looks upset*

-Outside the store-

Police officer: Heck of a takedown there chief. You guys will get that vendor’s licence before you open up again?

Jimmy: Actually we uh, we won’t need it. We’re gonna close shop permanently.

Police officer: We’ll be in touch.

Spinner: You know you have no idea how lucky you are.

Jimmy: You’re right. That guy could have killed me.

Spinner: I’m not talking about that. I’m talking about this. Look at that design. It’s awesome. People love it. I would give anything to have what you have, Jimmy. Talent!

Jimmy: Who says you don’t? I just watched you take down some dude like Jack Bauer in there, man. That was sick. If that ain’t talent, dude…

Spinner: Yeah I guess I am a crime-fighting super stud. You’re right about that.

*Jimmy’s dad walks over to the cop*

Mr. Brooks: Officer what’s, what’s, what’s the problem?

Police officer: Well it seems to me there was a robbery here at this location.

Jimmy: He looks pissed. Just wait ‘til I tell him where I got the money for this place. Man I am a dead man rolling.

Spinner: Dude I just faced down a robber. I think you can face down your dad.

Mr. Brooks: Thanks.

*Jimmy’s dad walks over to them*

Mr. Brooks: Jim I’m so relieved you’re alright. Let’s get you home now, okay?

Jimmy: Okay. Dad uh just wait. We got to talk.

*Spinner smiles as he walks away*

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: On a new episode of Degrassi, the happy couple is finally reunited.

*Sean is released from jail and him and Emma are shown hugging*

Sean: I missed you.

Emma: I missed you too.

*Emma and Sean are having dinner together*

Emma: Everything is perfect.

Sean: You’re perfect.

*Sean kisses Emma*

Voiceover: But will the honeymoon last?

Emma: How do I even begin to tell him what I did with Jay in the ravine?

Sean: Did you and Jay have a thing last year?

Emma: I’m not the girl you knew in grade 7 anymore.

Jay: She damn near begged me to let her do it.

*Sean tries to hit Jay*

Eyes Without A Face Pt. 2

2006-11-05T00:56:33Z

Well now that LJ is finally up and running again, here's the script :P

-In Mr. Simpson’s class-

Mr. Simpson: I want to discuss the different ways in which media layers itself. Now we’ve talked about cross promotion and conglomerates, but lets talk about the way that print and broadcasting form one another, okay?

*He keeps talking while watching what Darcy is doing online*

Darcy’s IM: it was sweet of u to send $

Adams’ IM: 4 a good cause.

Adams’ IM: hey it’s been 3 whole minutes since i told you how beautiful you are

Darcy’s IM: :)

Darcy’s IM: blushing

*The bell rings*

Mr. Simpson: Darcy can you see me please?

*The rest of the class leaves and Darcy goes over to Mr. Simpson’s computer*

Mr. Simpson: MyRoom page and chat functions.

Darcy: I know we’re not supposed to use them in school.

Mr. Simpson: Then why were you? Darcy all your activity is logged. I can see it here on my monitor.

Darcy: You can? But it’s private. You shouldn’t read it. That’s wrong.

Mr. Simpson: It’s not wrong. It’s school policy and besides we’ve spoken about the dangers out there in cyber-land.

Darcy: Please I’m not a little kid.

Mr. Simpson: Well you’re kind of acting like one and quite frankly your marks are starting to slip. This isn’t like you.

Darcy: Fine. I’ll try harder, okay? Can I go?

-In Mr. Armstrong’s class-

Mr. Armstrong: Graphing trig functions. Now you football players will have an advantage ‘cause you know the shapes we’re looking for.

*The bell rings*

Mr. Armstrong: Next class!

Peter: Bet Adams knows the shape he’s looking for, yours!

Darcy: Why are you always so gross?

Peter: Joke? Humour? Heard of it? Look come over tonight. My mom’s next door with her friends. We’ll have another photo shoot.

Darcy: Without Manny? Mm-mm.

Peter: Come on we don’t need her.

Darcy: Yeah we do. Without Manny it’s just me and you and a camera. Ick.

Peter: Thanks. So nice to hear. Look you got something people want to pay for. Don’t you want to make some cash?

Darcy: You’re not my pimp, okay?

Peter: I just meant we could still use some money for Spirit Squad. Some cool uniforms for the boys?

Darcy: I’ll think about it.

*She walks away and Manny is shown giving them a disapproving look*

-In the girls locker room-

Manny: You need to watch out for Peter. He sure has his creepy eye on you.

Darcy: I’m with Spinner, remember? I don’t think of Peter that way at all.

Manny: It doesn’t matter what you think of him. It matters what he thinks of you. You need to watch out for him.

Darcy: What I need is to change out of these stinky gym clothes so I can go out with my boyfriend, whose name isn’t Peter.

-At Ellie’s university, in the newspaper room-

Nina: That’s it for me. See ya.

*She leaves Ellie and Jesse alone*

Jesse: Hmm 3, 2…

*He closes and locks the door*

Jesse: 1.

*They start making out on the desk*

Ellie: Why Mr. Boss-man this is so, so inappropriate for the workplace.

Jesse: Which is why we wait for the doors to shut for us to be alone. The sexiest kind of alone there is.

*Jesse starts reaching up the back of her shirt and Ellie pushes him away*

Ellie: Not too sexy Mr. Boss-man. I need to make this deadline or you might have to fire me.

Jesse: Deadline’s extended.

*He starts kissing her again and Ellie stops him*

Ellie: But what if um Nina comes back? Or Eric or one of the other writers.

Jesse: Well then why don’t we take this act on the road. Say like my place?

Ellie: Really am worried about my work. Maybe I’ll just um…I’ll buckle down here and write the rockingest review ever.

Jesse: That’s cool. Later Frosh.

-At Ellie’s place, Ellie and Ashley are eating sushi-

Ashley: So what’s he like?

Ellie: Cute, funny, um sexy, smart, intimidatingly so. I don’t know what he sees in me.

Ashley: Oh come on El.

Ellie: Ash he’s 22 with tons of experience. I’ve only had two boyfriends. One was Marco…gay and the other was Sean. We never…you know.

Ashley: You think he wants to?

Ellie: Um he’s a guy.

Ashley: Yeah good point. So have you know, talked about uh doing it?

Ellie: Can we not say doing it? And no. No we haven’t talked about it. Not yet. I mean I find it a little embarrassing and by a little, I mean hugely.

Ashley: Well if you can’t talk about it, you should at least be prepared in case, you know, it just happens.

Ellie: I hate when you’re right.

Ashley: Lucky for you there’s a health clinic at the university.

-Outside Darcy’s, Darcy and Spinner are kissing passionately-

Spinner: Woah, woah, woah, woah, woah. Easy there tiger. Darce these days it’s like you’re gonna jump out of your own skin. Do you want to talk and tell me what’s going on?

Darcy: I don’t want to talk. I want to show you something.

*They go inside her house*

Darcy: Hi Claire. Bye Claire.

Claire: Mom said no boys in our room when she’s not here.

Darcy: Don’t be a goody-goody. Go downstairs.

*Claire leaves and Darcy goes to her computer*

Darcy: Come look. Come look.

Spinner: You bring me up here to help you study? Do you want to fail?

*Darcy shows him the pictures of herself and Manny*

Spinner: Woah these are hot.

Darcy: Tell me which ones you like. I think that one’s good. I look tall and my legs look tan. I took those myself last night.

Spinner: Darce why does it say “MyRoom Page” in the corner?

Darcy: Well they’re linked to my page, but it’s private. Password protected.

Spinner: Well whatever these photos are still online. What? Who else has seen these?

Darcy: I thought you’d think they’re sexy and I thought you’d think I was sexy.

Spinner: Will you answer the question? Have other guys seen these pictures?

Darcy: No. Yeah, but not many. It’s a really private webpage.

Spinner: There’s no such thing as privacy on the web Darcy. Guys are looking at you!

Darcy: Yeah, but they’re just looking! That’s all they’re doing.

Spinner: That’s not all they’re doing Darcy.

Darcy: Spin. Spin don’t. I just, I wanted to feel beautiful and sexy and like free. Just I thought if I showed it to you then you would understand.

Spinner: Well I don’t. You have to take this down.

Darcy: I don’t want to.

Spinner: I, I can’t even deal with this right now. I got to go.

*He leaves*

-At the health clinic-

*Ellie walks out and bumps into Jesse, dropping all of the birth control on the floor*

Jesse: Wow that’s a lot of birth control in so many forms and colours.

*They start picking it all up*

Ellie: Yeah well um I told the woman I don’t actually want any birth control. Just, just the information please and she looked at me like I had four noses and insisted I take all this when I was like please I, I just want the information. That is all. You know I like to read. I’m a researchy-type.

*Nina overhears and starts laughing before walking away*

Jesse: I’ll uh catch you later.

-At Darcy’s house-

Darcy’s IM: but then he just left

Adams’ IM: you don’t need that

Darcy’s IM: you don’t think i’m weird?

Adams’ IM: i think yr perfect

-At Peter’s house-

Peter: So how naked are we getting here?

Darcy: Naked? I don’t do that, thanks.

Peter: Joking. So you got in a fight with Spinner. Uh was it a fight or the fight? Did you guys break up?

Darcy: I don’t know yet.

Peter: Yet. That’s not sounding good. I couldn’t believe when Emma dumped me. Hurt like hell. Still does, which is why this has been so great. Someone to hang with and to talk to. Someone cool, like you.

Darcy: Let’s get on with it. I want to get these pictures online by tonight.

*Darcy changes into a school girl outfit and starts posing*

Peter: Nice. Wow. That one’s gorgeous.

*Darcy keeps posing and it gets more provocative*

Peter: Wow Darcy. That’s good. Can you sit up just a little bit more? That’s perfect.

-In the hallway-

Danny: We saw.

Darcy: The Ring, a shooting star, your future lives as lonely old dorks?

Derek: Your MyRoom page. Hot stuff. Oh and we don’t mean the blog.

Danny: We mean the private page, sexy!

Darcy: What?! Are you serious? It’s password protected.

Derek: What can I say? Years of computer camp paid off.

Danny: My man is like the Obi-Won of password hacks. Dude is like scary.

Darcy: You hacked in? Why? Why were you even on my page to begin with?

Danny and Derek: ‘Cause you’re hot.

Darcy: Just tell me you pervs didn’t show the pictures to anyone.

Danny: Not yet.

Derek: Oh we want $20.

*Darcy tries to grab the pictures from them*

Derek: Woah. I forgot my lunch money today.

Danny: And we also want a shot of your bazoongas by Friday.

Darcy: Bazoongas are off the table. You two little weirdoes forget you ever saw that page because it is coming down in oh about 5.7 seconds.

*She trades the money for the pictures before storming off*

Derek: Bazoongas? Dude you’re so lame.

-In the media immersion room-

Adams’ IM: what’s up cheergrl?

*Darcy opens up the link to cancel her account*

Adams’ IM: i can see yr online

*Darcy hesitates before confirming the cancellation*

Adams’ IM: aren’t you gonna say hi?

*Darcy cancels her account and smiles*

-At a Friendship Club meeting-

Darcy: Let’s join hands.

*Everyone joins hands and Spinner hesitates before holding Darcy’s hand*

Darcy: Lord there are those among us who have benefited from your lessons of forgiveness in the past and it is our hope that they will extend further forgiveness to those who really badly need it. Amen.

*The group finishes and Spinner rushes out*

Darcy: Spinner! Spinner stop please. I took the page down. It’s all over.

Spinner: You’re right Darcy. It is all over.

*He holds up all of the pictures*

Darcy: Spin I know you’re furious, but you have to know that these pictures mean nothing.

Spinner: They mean everything Darcy! You put me through the ringer on re-virginizing and that whole thing with Paige, you-

Darcy: That was cheating. You slept with her.

Spinner: And this is so much better? You’re posing for random guys on the internet.

Darcy: It wasn’t random. I mean I know the guy. He’s a friend.

Spinner: So you were cheating, which makes you the biggest hypocrite that ever lived.

Darcy: Just tell me who sent you those pictures! Was it Danny, Derek?

Spinner: Who? It was Peter.

*They both leave in opposite directions and a creepy older guy wanders into the hallway*

Ms. Hatzilakos: Excuse me sir? Hi can I help you?

Adams: I’m just looking for somebody.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Oh okay, can you tell me who? Sir this is a school. We can’t just let strangers walk off the street.

Adams: Right. I understand. I’ll go.

*He fumbles his way out the doors*

-In another hallway-

Darcy: Why? Just tell me why? Why would you do something so horrible?

Peter: I didn’t think it was so horrible. You two were gonna break up anyway.

Darcy: I never said that!

Peter: You didn’t have to. Come on Darcy, you and Spinner were never going to last.

Darcy: Excuse me?

Peter: Why would you want to be with a boring Christian guy when inside you there’s a sexy chick trying to bust out?

*He starts to grab her, she pushes him away and slaps him*

Peter: I was trying to help you Darcy. Spinner just doesn’t get you.

Darcy: And you do? You’re nothing to me Peter. Never have been.

Peter: Yeah not like Adams. Did you really buy that crap I told you about him? I met Adams in a chat room. He’s just some bored, lonely loser with money.

Darcy: But I thought…he said!

Peter: Lies. A lot of lies. He played you Darcy, just like you played me.

-Outside, Darcy and Claire are walking home-

Claire: You’re quiet today. Is it about the pictures?

Darcy: Claire! You didn’t look at them.

Claire: They were on our computer. If you didn’t want me to see them-

Darcy: Just promise don’t ever do something like that., okay?

Claire: What do you think I am, 5?

Adams: Darcy. Hi.

*Adams waves at Darcy*

Claire: Who’s he?

Adams: It’s me, Adams!

Darcy: Go inside.

Claire: I don’t like this.

Darcy: Go inside.

*Adams walks over to Darcy and tries to give her a hug as she backs away from him*

Darcy: What are you doing here? How’d you find where I live?

Adams: I did a little detective work. Your cheerleading photo had the Degrassi logo so I, I kind of followed you home. I just wanted to meet. Thought we could get to know each other just one on one.

*Claire watches them from on the balcony*

Adams: That’s a nice bracelet.

Darcy: Thanks. My boyfriend made it.

*Darcy mouths “9-1-1” to Claire who runs inside*

Adams: Oh Spinner?

Darcy: I uh took down my page.

Adams: I was so sad. What happened? Why did you do that?

Claire: *On the phone* Hello 911?

-In the newspaper office-

Jesse: Uh next pitch, Ellie?

Ellie: Uh okay. Um as most of you know and love to bug me about, I’m a first year and I’m a little fascinated by that office down the hall.

Nina: The sexual health office?

Ellie: Um so following in the great, though fictional steps of Carrie Bradshaw I’d like to pitch a series on sexual health on campus.

*Everyone starts smirking and laughing*

Jesse: Pass. Next?

Ellie: Hang on. I’ve done research.

Jesse: It’s okay. We get it. Next.

Ellie: I, I just um I think it’s important that, that we’re all informed about sex.

Jesse: Our readers are informed Frosh.

Ellie: But-

Jesse: It’s dead, okay? Stop pitching it. Freddy what do you got?

-Outside Darcy’s house-

Darcy: I um, I should really go.

Adams: We haven’t even talked. How was school? Do you like it? You must have so many friends.

Darcy: I guess so.

Adams: I know you would. Pretty girl like you, everyone wants to be around you.

*A police car drives over and Darcy runs to her front steps*

Adams: Wait Darcy come back.

Police officer: Show me your hands sir.

Adams: We were just talking.

Police officer: Show me your hands.

Adams: Darcy I thought you liked me.

Police officer: I’m investigating a report of a trespasser in the area. I’m gonna need to see some ID.

Adams: Darcy!

Police officer: Sir you need to stay here.

Adams: No, no I don’t. She’s my friend. Tell them that you know me.

Police officer: You know what-

Adams: Darcy tell them I’m your friend!

Police officer: You’re coming with me.

Adams: Darcy!

*Adams gets put into the cop car, while Darcy stands by crying*

-Outside the newspaper office-

Ellie: I want to resign from the paper and us, so goodbye.

Jesse: Woah, woah, woah. Can’t we discuss this?

Ellie: Jesse I just made a complete ass of myself and you sat there with Nina and watched.

Jesse: No I did not. I was trying to help you. Why do you think I was trying to stop you? You just keep going and going and going.

Ellie: I do have that tendency.

Jesse: What were you doing with all that stuff anyway? I mean how much birth control do you need?

Ellie: Jesse don’t. It’s not funny at all.

Jesse: You know you’re uh cute when you’re mortified.

Ellie: Well remind me to mortify myself more often.

Jesse: Remind me we need to have a talk about us, where we’re going. That is, if there still is an us.

Ellie: Resignation cancelled.

Jesse: Good ‘cause I wasn’t going to accept it anyway. You’re stuck with me Frosh for a long time I hope.

*They kiss*

-At Darcy’s house-

Darcy: So um they’re gonna take our computer away for evidence so if you have anything on there then-

Claire: It’s okay. Uh do you have anything? Emails from Spinner or something?

Darcy: I don’t want to remember.

Claire: It’s okay Darce.

Darcy: No. No everyone’s gonna know at school about how I’m a hypocrite.

Claire: Nobody’s gonna find out. I’ll punch them.

Darcy: You’re good Claire. You’re really good.

Claire: You are too Darce. You just got a little turned around, is all.

Darcy: I think it’s a teensy bit more complicated than that. I’m pretty mixed up.

Claire: A person can be good and mixed up all at the same time.

Darcy: Yeah okay. I hope you’re right.

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: On a new episode of Degrassi, Alex tries to play nice.

*Alex is sitting outside Degrassi and a group of girls laughing loudly*

Alex: Zip it. I’m trying to study.

*Alex is shown talking with Paige*

Alex: The bitter loner you used to know is trying to be a little sweeter these days.

Paige: Well sweetie a tiger can’t change its stripes overnight.

Voiceover: But her past may be too hard to shed.

Alex: I’m trying to be nice here.

Some girl: Please. You’re a hateful bitch Alex and that’s all you’re ever gonna be.

*Alex starts to fight her*

Paige: Yeah there’s the bitter girl I know.

Eyes Without A Face Pt. 1

2006-10-21T22:10:32Z

-Outside Darcy’s house, Spinner and Darcy are sitting in his car-

Darcy: You call that a kiss?

Spinner: I can feel your mom’s eyes watching us from inside the house.

Darcy: Yeah and Claire’s probably hiding in the bushes videotaping for evidence.

Spinner: No. No, no, no. That would be wrong and you and your sis never do anything wrong. You’re like regular saints.

Darcy: Claire is a saint. I’m not. I can be bad sometimes too.

*She kisses Spinner again*

Darcy: Don’t judge a book by its cover.

-Inside Darcy’s house-

Claire: Why are you so addicted to writing a dumb blog no one reads?

Darcy: I’m not addicted and people do read it. There’s a whole online community of people who are one hundred zillion times less annoying than you are.

Claire: It’s good you have friends somewhere, even if they are invisible.

*Darcy throws something at her sister and looks at a picture of herself wearing shorts online*

-Outside the school-

Chante: The new uniform will be a darker blue than the panther blue we have now.

Darcy: That’s okay. I hate panther blue.

Manny: Us too and they come in ultra fashionable, modern, athletic crop top style.

Darcy: Crop tops? Come on we’re not flashing our abs to the entire school.

Manny: Okay forget about the crop tops. How about at least getting us some new short shorts?

Darcy: Those short shorts are a little too short. Way too much leg.

Chante: The Lakers squad wear them.

Manny: And Darcy they’d be so much easier to move around in.

Chante: Which we’ll need for the athletic routines that Manny worked out to get us to the regionals.

Darcy: Then change the routines. Look we can’t even afford to get new uniforms so can we just drop it. Besides I have my own answer to getting us into regionals. Boys!

Manny: Not that I have anything against that answer generally, but pardon?

Darcy: More lifts. More throws. I thought of it yesterday when I was watching some pro style on TV.

Manny: So you just decided without talking to the choreographer?

Darcy: That’s why I love being captain.

*Darcy stands up and walks away*

Manny: Is it possible that I’m actually missing Paige Michalchuk?

*Darcy turns around and glares at them*

-In the school’s foyer-

Peter: Good morning Emma.

Emma: Nothing about you is good and don’t talk to me.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Off to class Peter Michael. Please focus on your studies instead of girls.

Peter: Emma’s more than just a girl.

Ms. Hatzilakos: I said off to class.

-In a classroom-

Toby: *On the announcements* Hi this is Toby Isaacs with your morning announcements. Uh we want to remind all the-

*Toby keeps talking*

JT: Hey Liberty. Guess how many pieces of gum I have in my mouth?

Liberty: Okay I’m trying to watch the announcements?

Toby: *On the TV* The local TV station CTJH is looking for a PJ to host their kids program. Auditions to be held today at noon. Successful candidates are-

JT: Me! Successful candidates are me! I’m gonna get my old job back. Yeah!

*He starts doing a dorky little dance*

JT: The children need me Liberty.

Liberty: Immature JT. Really immature.

Toby: *On the TV* And now an announcement from Darcy Edwards, captain of your Spirit Squad.

Darcy: *On the TV* Did you know George W. Bush used to be a cheerleader? So why not you too? Your squad needs new shoulders to lean on, broad shoulders. That’s right guys. It’s your turn to show some school spirit.

-In the media immersion room-

Chante: Good announcement.

Darcy: Thanks.

Chante: What do you have against short shorts?

Darcy: Don’t you think Spirit Squad has an image to maintain? A ‘we’re not dirty’ kind of image?

Chante: Shorts aren’t dirty.

Peter: Correct me if I’m wrong, but aren’t you wearing shorts in your MyRoom page?

Darcy: They show like this much more thigh.

Chante: So? You have good thighs.

Peter: Everyone who goes to your MyRoom page would know.

Darcy: Can you stay out of this?

Peter: I’m just saying. Your blog is good. Those quizzes you do are fun.

Mr. Simpson: It’s hard drive maintenance day. Can you stand the excitement? I can’t.

*The bell rings*

-In the hallway-

JT: And then? Then she gave me that Liberty look. That look that says you’re so immature and pathetic that I can’t even find the words to describe it.

Toby: You mean that look that says my passion for you burns bright JT of the eternal flame of much loveness.

JT: Tobes stop it. You’re making me ill.

Toby: Look it’s not just you JT. It’s, it’s her. You never stop talking about her. You’re like obsessed.

JT: Tobes, obsessing over Liberty would be like obsessing over lint or oatmeal.

*Mia walks over to them*

Mia: Oh my god that’s it. You’re PJ JT. My kid loves you.

JT: You have a kid?

Mia: Her name’s Isabella. She’s your biggest fan and she won’t even let me turn off the TV when they’re rerunning you.

JT: Yeah?

Mia: Yeah remind me to get your autograph for her. I think you’re her first crush.

Toby: That is not oatmeal.

JT: That is a homemade meatball sub with extra cheese and spicy sauce. Tell Mr. Prenal that uh, that I caught bird flu. I got an audition to go to.

-In the gym, a bunch of guys are trying out horribly for the team-

Chante: So that’s your great idea? Turning Spirit Squad into dorkwad central?

Darcy: Somehow it looked a bit different in my head.

Peter: Sorry I’m late.

Manny: This whole boy idea is officially dead. You’re all going home. Home. Go!

*Peter does a handstand with Derek and Danny*

Darcy: W-w-wait. Peter might actually be okay at this.

Manny: Okay is not a Peter word. Try um psycho, serial killer-y, uh satanic in your language.

Peter: I’m right here Manny. I do have ears you know.

Manny: So it’s just a soul you’re missing?

Danny: Um where’s the part where I get to grab Manny’s inner thighs?

Manny: As if I’m letting you pick me up? I’ve seen more graceful camels.

Danny: Maybe, but I got twice the hump.

Derek: Yeah!

Darcy: Okay guys lets get these tryouts started. Um I want to start with some lifts because wimps lift weights and cheerleaders lift people.

Derek: Amen sister. Testify!

Darcy: Yeah amen. Uh Peter you can help me demonstrate. Uh do you mind spotting?

Random girl: Sure.

Darcy: Stand behind me here. I’ll stand here. Grab my waist, I’ll hold your wrists. I’m gonna count. Ready? 1, 2, down, up!

*Peter puts her up in a wobbly chair*

Darcy: Perfect, right Manny? I feel regionals!

-In the hallway-

Peter: Darcy hey.

Darcy: I have a boyfriend you know.

Peter: Oh it’s not like that. I just wanted to thank you for in there.

Darcy: Whatever. I just believe that sometimes people deserve forgiveness. You really want to be a cheerleader?

Ms. Hatzilakos: Peter Michael two minutes, okay?

Peter: Great mom.

*She walks away*

Peter: Stuck in this house arrest thing, but if I join a club-

Darcy: You get an excuse to stay out longer. I get it. I’ve been warned about you.

Peter: I’m bored, okay? I’m getting A’s in everything. I’ve read the blog of every boring kid in this entire boring school.

Darcy: Including my boring blog?

Peter: No I actually liked yours. You’re not who I thought you were.

Darcy: What does that mean?

Peter: You’re cooler than I thought. You’re smart, funny…you look pretty cute in shorts.

Darcy: Good night Ms. Hatzilakos. I think Peter’s ready to go home now.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Thanks Darcy. Good night.

Peter: I’m gonna link you up to my blog, alright? I know a lot of people.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Come on. Time to go home.

-At the TV studio during JT’s audition-

JT: And that’s it for today. So remember imagine all week long and don’t eat the glue. Bye bye.

*He finishes his audition and only one person claps lightly for him*

JT: So am I uh, am I fired for cutting my finger with the safety scissors or what?

Producer: You covered well. Now can you tell us why you want your old job back?

JT: Well it’s for the chicks.

Producer: Very funny JT, but seriously.

JT: Well respect I guess. Yeah I know it sounds whacko, but making arts and crafts and wearing dress up costumes, it helps me gain it. Feel respected-like.

*The crew all nods*

Producer: Well then prepare for respect.

-Outside Darcy’s house, Spinner gives her a kiss goodbye-

Spinner: See you tomorrow babe.

Darcy: That’s it?

Spinner: Okay what did I forget? Um enjoy your dinner. Remember to pray. What?

Darcy: You don’t want to kiss me more?

Spinner: I make out with you too much, I’m a horn dog. I don’t make out with you and I’m in trouble. How can I win?

Darcy: It’s not about winning. It’s about respecting each other’s needs.

Spinner: I do respect you Darce. That’s what all this is about. Respect, abstinence, chastity, being good.

Darcy: Don’t you get tired of being good?

Spinner: What are you saying Darcy? What do you want me to do? Just tell me.

Darcy: I can’t ‘cause I don’t know. I just I need more something. Forget it, okay? Can we just forget it?

Spinner: Fine it’s forgotten.

*She kisses his cheek before going inside*

-Inside Darcy’s house-

Claire: Is your bra still done up?

Darcy: It’s exactly where it should be.

Claire: Your email sound keeps going.

*She clicks on a message that’s titled ‘YOU ARE BEAUTIFUL’*

Mrs. Edwards: Claire come and set the table!

Darcy: Mom said she needs help with dinner. Go.

Claire: But-

Darcy: Go. Go.

*The message says ‘You are BEAUTIFUL. Can I get more?’ so Darcy goes through her photo album and scans a picture of her in a bikini*

-In the hallway-

*Darcy runs up to Spinner and covers his eyes*

Spinner: Hey. What’s the story morning glory?

Darcy: The story is you’re cute.

*She kisses him*

Spinner: Hey I have something for you.

*He gives her a bracelet*

Darcy: Thank you.

Spinner: I made it out of this leather jacket I used to wear when I was a kid, so…

Darcy: I’m so lucky I have you.

*They kiss and hug*

-In the media immersion room-

*Darcy shows Chante her bracelet before going online and checking out her messages*

Peter: Looks like I made you pretty popular, the online world anyway. I linked your blog up to my website. Sent a lot of my friends your way.

Darcy: Who’s that Adams guy? Is he a friend of yours?

Peter: Yeah we’re tight.

Darcy: Really? So what’s he like?

Peter: You mean what does he look like? I know where this is going.

Darcy: No you don’t and don’t be a creep.

Peter: Adams is cool. Uh he’s an old bud from private school. His dad’s super rich, plays soccer, uh girls say he’s cute. He’s definitely a big fan of yours right now.

Mr. Simpson: Alright folks. Pop quiz on motherboards ‘cause let’s face it, who doesn’t love a good motherboard?

-In the gymnasium during Spirit Squad practice-

Danny: Hands on hips, alright? 1, 2, 3.

*Danny tries to lift Derek, but they fall down right away and Manny pretends to shoot herself in the head*

Manny: Okay um try the lift again spaghetti arms and don’t tickle him this time.

Danny: I want to lift a lady.

Manny: Well none of them want to come near you, which I don’t think is in your favour for the whole make the team thing.

Darcy: Have you seen this?

*They watch Peter as he smoothly lifts a girl into chair*

Manny: Holy gamoly.

Darcy: He did research. He practiced.

Manny: Yeah better than half the girls on the team. You’re right. The guy might me twisted up spawn of Satan, but he also might be our ticket to the regionals.

Darcy: Yeah he’s full of surprises.

*Manny turns to Derek and Danny*

Manny: Well, see look at that! Look at that!

-In the hallway-

*JT sits next to Mia and pretends not to notice her*

Mia: PJ JT!

JT: Oh hi!

Mia: Has anyone ever told you that’s a lot of letters for one little guy?

JT: Little? What did you hear? You know what, forget it.

*He looks through the window and sees Liberty*

JT: I uh, I got my job back!

Mia: Congrats!

*Mia gives him a hug and Liberty stares at them*

JT: Thanks. Uh…um yeah. Uh you should come to the show.

Mia: Oh I wouldn’t want to get in the way.

JT: Oh no it’s impossible. Just come to a taping with your daughter.

Mia: Are you serious? She’d love that.

JT: Yeah come tonight. It’s the premiere. It’s gonna be like 10 times the excitement. The caterers heat the coffee on lukewarm instead of tepid. It’s really-

Mia: Isabella would definitely love that. We’ll be there for sure.

*Liberty is shown watching them while they keep talking*

-In the gymnasium after practice-

Darcy: That was great today Peter.

Peter: Yeah guess I was born for Spirit Squad, right Manny?

Manny: Just because you help with equipment and you cheer circles around those other losers, doesn’t mean I suddenly think you’re Mother Theresa.

Peter: I’m not Mother Theresa. Darcy is.

Darcy: I am nobody’s mama thank you.

Peter: Adams says you’re a hot mama.

Manny: Mm, who’s Adams?

Peter: This guy who got her to post some sexy shots online.

Manny: Yeah right. Darcy’s idea of a sexy pose is like ahh!

*Manny jokingly gets into a prayer position*

Peter: Hey some guys like a hot nun.

Darcy: That is not funny. I wear a rosary thong under my habit.

*Peter takes out his camera and tries to take pictures of them*

Manny: Ew. Cameras? I don’t think so. There is a big policy against you and photos.

Peter: Come on. Just for posterity.

Manny: Hey I want revenge. Give it to me.

*Manny takes the camera and starts taking picture of Peter and Darcy*

Manny: Oh yeah. Oh yeah. Yeah just like that. Oh.

*Peter grabs a Panthers banner and Darcy starts posing by herself*

Manny: Yes, yes. That’s so good. Degrassi Panthers! Yes. Okay. Me, me.

*Manny goes over to Darcy and starts posing with her while Peter takes the pictures*

Peter: Alright girls. Cowgirl style.

Manny: You wanna see a cowgirl do you? I can bring it.

*They start swinging their shirts around*

Manny: Hey you.

*Manny smacks Darcy’s ass and Darcy gives a jokingly shocked look. Peter tries to take some more pictures and Darcy snatches it from his hand*

Darcy: Okay yeah about that.

Peter: What?

*She takes the memory card with the pictures on it*

Darcy: You are never gonna get your hands on these. Never! No.

*Peter tries to grab it back*

Darcy: Not a chance.

Manny: Okay!

*Darcy and Manny hug as they all leave the gym*

Peter: At least print some off for me!

-In the media immersion room at night-

*Darcy is uploading all the pictures onto her site with writing on them that says they need new uniforms*

-Outside the school, Darcy realizes Spinner’s been waiting for her-

Darcy: Oh sugar.

Spinner: You know Manny left like an hour ago?

*Darcy kisses Spinner passionately*

Spinner: Okay well if you end up in that kind of mood.

Darcy: There’s more where that came from, but I can’t stay out long. I’ve got a lot of emails waiting for me.

-At the TV station-

JT: And that’s all for today. So remember be bigger than you are and don’t eat orange pie.

*The little girl on the set smashes an orange pie all over JT’s face*

JT: Brianna! I’m gonna get you.

*The segment ends and a worker brings a towel over for JT’s face*

JT: Oh thank you. Good job. High 5 on that one. Alright.

*JT walks over to Mia and Isabella*

JT: Hey. So how’d I look?

Mia: She thinks you’re a comic genius.

JT: Well somebody has to.

Mia: So do you want to get something to eat?

JT: Who me?

Mia: Yeah you. Maybe um Cheezies, taco chips, orange pop.

JT: Uh…well…

Mia: Oh. It’s okay. Um never mind. It’s past Bella’s bedtime anyway. Bye.

*Mia and Isabella leave before JT can stop them*

JT: No, no. That’s not…Wait!

-Outside the school-

Manny: I laughed so hard Emma came down to see what I was doing.

Darcy: Did she see?

Manny: No, but thanks for making the page password protected. Page better stay private.

Darcy: Um yeah about that.

Manny: Who’d you share the password with? Tell me it’s not someone I know.

Darcy: No, no, no. It’s an online friend. Someone who happens to have a lot of money.

Peter: His name’s Adams and he loves him some Darcy. He sent me a thank you gift last night. 200 bucks by email.

Darcy: 200? I thought we’d get 20 at most.

Manny: An online admirer paying for photos, that’s not creepy at all.

-In the hallway-

Liberty: So how was the big premiere?

JT: Uh it was okay.

Liberty: JT um I was thinking. The other day-

*Mia walks over to them*

Mia: Hi. Sorry to interrupt. Could I uh speak to JT?

Liberty: Of course. Speak away.

Mia: Look I have a kid and I know it freaks guys out and I just want to let you know, I get it.

JT: No you don’t get it. I love kids.

Mia: Yeah guys always say that.

JT: No I mean it. You got to trust me on this one Mia, okay? I do love kids.

Mia: So it’s just me you don’t like? You kind of blew me off.

JT: I know. Sorry. I don’t know what’s wrong with me. I guess orange pie impairs your thinking. Um well listen uh how about I take you and Bella out for ice cream? Maybe tonight?

Mia: We’d love that. I’d love that.

JT: Okay.

*Liberty watches them upset before walking away*

-In the gym, the guys are attempting a pyramid and failing-

Manny: Okay you guys can go have a soda or a nice, cold glass of talent.

Darcy: New uniforms! Give me an S. Give me an H. Give me an O, R, T.

Chante: Manny look at these!

Manny: Holy hot-tastic! This is exactly what we wanted.

Chante: Paige always promised us new uniforms, but never came through.

*Derek jokingly puts on a pair of the shorts*

Derek: Uh these are way too short.

Danny: Problem’s with his bikini line. I keep telling him to get a Brazilian.

Darcy: They’re for girls, losers.

Chante: These must have cost a fortune.

Darcy: Yeah well I’ve been selling chocolate bars door to door. Amazing support from the community.

Manny: So by selling chocolate bars do you mean posting sexy photos on the web for cash?

Darcy: Sexy? They were just silly.

Manny: Whatever. What happens if Principal H. sees them? Or Simpson or Toby or the janitor?

Peter: They won’t. Nobody will. Photos are on a secret page.

Manny: Oh so comforting.

Darcy: Manny you should be happy. You wanted new uniforms and now we’ve got them.

Peter: Think what else we could get. I say we do another photo shoot today. Papa needs a new pair of shoes.

Manny: No papa needs a life and I need to go home. This is over guys. Over. Over.

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: On a new episode of Degrassi-

Peter: You got something people want to pay for. Don’t you need some cash?

Voiceover: Darcy is spiralling out of control.

Darcy: Tell me you pervs didn’t show the pictures to anyone.

*Darcy and Spinner are kissing and he pulls away*

Voiceover: And driving Spinner away.

Spinner: You’re posing for random guys on the Internet!

Darcy: It wasn’t random. I mean I know the guy. He’s a friend.

Spinner: So you were cheating.

Darcy: I took the page down. It’s all over.

Spinner: You’re right Darcy. It is all over.

Can't Hardly Wait

2006-10-15T22:23:25Z

Sorry this is a little late. This weekend has been kind of hectic. Comment, credit, enjoy :) And it looks like there was some weird editing in this one. Once CTV starts airing the episodes I'll double check to see if there's any differences and I'll edit them into my scripts!

-Outside Degrassi, Ashley puts her hands over Jimmy’s eyes-

Ashley: Guess who?

Jimmy: Uh Heather Sinclaire.

Ashley: Very funny. Close your eyes. I have a surprise. Now open your mouth.

Jimmy: Oh man here we go.

*Ashley puts a whistle in his mouth*

Ashley: Now blow.

Jimmy: That’s very cool. You got me a new one. Thank you.

Ashley: Well coach can’t keep the junior girls basketball team in line with a broken whistle.

Jimmy: That’s true.

*Ashley sees what Jimmy is drawing*

Ashley: That’s the logo on your shirt.

Jimmy: Yeah. Yeah Marco saw it and thought it would be a good design, so…

Ashley: And an old picture of Hazel. How cute.

Jimmy: Just a class assignment.

Ashley: So um where’s the sketch of your current girlfriend?

Jimmy: It’s all up here baby girl. I just gotta capture it on paper. Believe me Ash, when I draw you, it will be my masterpiece.

Ashley: So um when can I schedule a sit-in with my master painter?

Jimmy: Well good things come to those who wait.

Ashley: It’s just that your model’s starting to wonder if maybe she’s doing something wrong.

Jimmy: Ash when the time is right, my canvas will be ready.

Ashley: Okay, but um just so you know-

Jimmy: Mm hmm?

Ashley: -the model is ready and willing.

*She teases him by almost kissing him and then pulling away*

-In the gym-

Spinner: So Darce and I are at the movies last night.

Jimmy: Clown Academy 4 out already?

Spinner: Dude how would I know? Darce and I rocked the back row, if you catch my flow.

Jimmy: You and Darcy, for real?

Spinner: No. No um only in my dreams, which is why I’m just a little bit jealous of you and Ash.

Jimmy: Jealous?

Spinner: Come on dude I don’t see an abstinence ring on your finger.

Jimmy: Me and you are friends, but we’re also guys. Ergo we do not talk about our sex lives, okay?

Spinner: Hergro at least you have something to not talk about.

Jimmy: Look this stays here, alright? The mind is willing, but the body…

Spinner: Dude?

Jimmy: Since the shooting it just hasn’t been the same. Physio helps. Doc says it might happen one day, but the question is when.

Spinner: Dude.

Jimmy: Can you think of anything else to say right now?

Spinner: I don’t know what else to say man. It’s hard. Not for you. I didn’t-

*He stops and Jimmy throws the ball at him*

Spinner: Sorry, sorry. Look maybe you’re just too wound up. I mean you are tense 24/7. Take it from Coach Spinner, just relax. Let the game come to you. Don’t force anything.

*Jimmy shoots a basket into the hoop*

-In the hallway-

Darcy: Manny! The brilliant future Spirit Squad choreographer. Just the girl I’m looking for.

Manny: Keep looking. I already said no.

Darcy: But you never gave me a reason.

Manny: You know exactly why Darcy.

Darcy: If you sister sins, rebuke her. If she repents, forgive her. Luke, chapter 7?

Manny: Thank you Sister Cuckoo Banana.

Darcy: I’m trying to say I know we didn’t see eye to eye last year.

Manny: This year has been a regular staring contest.

Darcy: I’m trying to apologize okay, for last year. I was a jerk to you. I may be the captain, but the squad is nothing without you. Forgive me? Please, please, please.

Manny: Okay. Okay everyone makes mistakes I guess.

Darcy: Ah the team is going to be so brilliant this year.

Manny: Yeah. We should put a lot more focus on our aerials.

Darcy: Really? ‘Cause I was thinking we should focus more on our cheers.

-At Jimmy’s physiotherapist session-

Physiotherapist: Oh impressive transfer. You’ve been working out without me.

Jimmy: Uh honestly not so much. Just been on the court a lot, playing pickup, coaching.

Physiotherapist: Busy guy.

Jimmy: Yeah.

Physiotherapist: Well it sure has helped your core abdominal strength.

*Jimmy looks up and sees that he has a boner*

Physiotherapist: Okay let’s stretch those hip flexors.

*She walks over to him and he puts a newspaper over his crotch*

Jimmy: That’s good.

Physiotherapist: Okay Jimmy. Other leg.

Jimmy: Um I think I’m gonna keep stretching this one. I’m just feeling a little stiff.

-In the hallway at school-

*Jimmy is rolling around giving high five’s to everyone he sees, he does a little pump fist action with Mr. Simpson and then rolls over to Spinner*

Jimmy: I owe you a huge solid.

Spinner: Okay, what’s up?

Jimmy: Something’s up alright.

Spinner: What the team’s free throw percentage?

Jimmy: I had my lunch time physio. Took your advice.

Spinner: What advice?

Jimmy: It was very relaxing.

Spinner: Uh huh?

Jimmy: Dude!

Spinner: What?

Jimmy: Wow.

*Jimmy whispers what happened in Spinner’s ear*

Spinner: Oh no! No way. Ah and here comes just the person you can share it with. Catch you later.

Jimmy: Yeah.

*Ashley walks over*

Jimmy: Hey.

*He kisses her hand*

Ashley: Someone’s happy.

Jimmy: More than you know. What do you say we get our sushi on tonight? Just us.

Ashley: A date? Yeah sure. So what’s the occasion?

Jimmy: I just have a good feeling about tonight. That’s all.

-At Spirit Squad tryouts-

*Every girl that tries out is horrible*

Manny: If I see another mangled turkey-

Darcy: Just one more corpse, then the final thanks, but no thanks.

Manny: Who’s Mia Jones?

Mia: Mia. I uh just transferred here.

Darcy: Okay Mia. Break a leg.

*She starts her routine and Manny and Darcy are very impressed*

Mia: We’re mad. We’re bad. We’re gonna kick your ass. We’ll beat you. Defeat you. Might even try to eat you. We’re nasty. We’re sassy. ‘Cause baby we’re Degrassi. Go Degrassi!

*She finishes her routine*

Mia: So how about that call-back?

Manny: Well obviously!

Darcy: For the rest of you show’s over. Me and Manny are talking Spirit Squad tonight.

Manny: Now that we’ve met you, we have serious world domination to plan. Get your butt to the Dot at 8.

Mia: My butt’ll be there.

-At the sushi restaurant, Jimmy shows Ashley the picture he drew of her-

Ashley: It’s beautiful Jimmy.

Jimmy: Your eyes and your lips and the way the light hits your cheek, it’s all burned into my memory.

Ashley: Thank you.

Jimmy: No Ash thank you. You’re my number 1, before everything. It’s all you.

Ashley: You know I was um hoping to pose for you someday, but like you said good things come to those who wait.

Jimmy: I think that wait is about to end. My parents are going out later and I was thinking you could come over tonight.

Ashley: You sure? I mean why now?

Jimmy: Let’s just say I think I’m finally ready and able.

-At the Dot-

Darcy: What is the one trophy missing from the Degrassi wall of glory?

Manny: Metro Cheerleading Competition.

Darcy: And with you, me and our new secret weapon, I think we’re ready to take this squad to a whole new level.

*Mia walks in with her daughter*

Mia: Hey guys. Um this is my daughter Isabella. Isabella, meet Manny and Darcy.

Manny: Oh my god she’s adorable.

Darcy: That’s your baby?

Manny: Sit, sit, sit, sit, sit. Spirit Squad, schmirit squad. I have to hear all about this little angel. Hi my name’s Manny and you are just so cute.

*Darcy sits there silently with a disapproving look on her face*

-At Jimmy’s house, Ashley walks downstairs in her lingerie-

Jimmy: Wow. You look wow.

*They start making out and it cuts to Jimmy with his shirt off*

Ashley: Everything okay?

Jimmy: Yeah. Yeah I’m fine. Don’t stop.

*It cuts again to them still making out when Jimmy pulls back*

Jimmy: You know what? There’s nothing you can do. You should probably just go.

-At Ashley’s locker-

Jimmy: Ashley.

*Ashley walks away from him*

Jimmy: Ash I’m sorry about what happened last night or in my case what didn’t happen.

Ashley: You know what? You should apologize, not for that. Jimmy when a girl throws herself at you, you don’t kick her out.

Jimmy: I’m sorry. I just, I couldn’t deal.

Ashley: Look so it was a bad idea. Jimmy it doesn’t matter. We could totally live without ever…you know.

Jimmy: Okay we cannot live without you know. I’m going to make this work.

*Ashley sits down and takes his hands*

Ashley: There are methods. I’ve done some research. Medical options.

Jimmy: I know. That’s why I made a doctor’s appointment.

*Ashley kisses him*

-At Spirit Squad auditions-

Manny: 5, 6, 7, 8. Hey are you ready? Are you ready to shout it out? Blue and gold, we are Degrassi.

*They finish the cheer*

Manny: That was great. You are not making this decision easy.

Darcy: Uh Mia up front. Drop the poms. Let’s see a heal stretch.

Mia: Sure.

*Mia does a heal stretch*

Darcy: How about a back walkover?

*Mia does a walkover*

Darcy: Toe touch?

*Mia does a toe touch*

Darcy: Needs work and would it kill you to smile?

Manny: What’s your problem? She’s our girl Darcy.

Darcy: Fine. Go back to your cheers.

Manny: Okay uh we’re gonna try something a little different.

-At Jimmy’s doctor’s appointment-

Jimmy: I was into it, she was into it, we were in the moment and uh nothing.

Doctor: And the other time you had an erection, were you in the moment then?

Jimmy: I’m not attracted to my physiotherapist. It just, it just happened.

Doctor: I understand. Jimmy it’s good that you have some activity. It just seems a little involuntary. You know not there when you need it, there when you don’t.

Jimmy: Like uh waiting for a bus.

Doctor: Look there are options for erectile dysfunction. Implants, pumps-

Jimmy: Is that, is that all there is though? I have to turn into some sex robot? Wind me up and watch me go?

Doctor: Well implants and pumps, those are down the road. First things first. We’re gonna get you on some medication.

Jimmy: Ah as in the pill that gets the middle aged people dancing in the streets.

Doctor: Well it can be effective in some cases, yeah.

Jimmy: What if it’s not though? I mean…I just don’t want to be a virgin for the rest of my life.

Doctor: If this doesn’t work we explore the other options. You take one, give it an hour and remember to relax, okay?

-At Jimmy’s house-

Ashley: Should I put some music on?

Jimmy: No. I like the quiet.

Ashley: Let’s see here.

*She picks up a pamphlet*

Ashley: It says side effects may include increased tension, muscle spasms, upset stomach, diarrhoea.

Jimmy: Great. Now I’m in the mood.

Ashley: Well it says it could take over an hour.

Jimmy: It’s been almost two.

Ashley: Well did you have a big lunch or anything?

Jimmy: No I’m starving myself. I just want to make sure this will work.

Ashley: Maybe you just need to relax.

*She starts giving him a massage*

Ashley: See isn’t that nice?

Jimmy: Yeah.

*Jimmy gives up when nothing happens and turns on the TV*

Ashley: What’s wrong?

Jimmy: Just forget it. Strike two.

-In the hallway-

Manny: I say forget about cheers. If we want to win the Metro Competition it needs to be more about dance, gymnastics, stunts, pyramids.

Mia: Yeah that’s assuming I’m even on the squad. Captain Darcy’s been giving me the freeze-a-chills.

Manny: She’s a bit uptight, but she wants to win as bad as I do.

*Mia nods towards Darcy who is putting up the members list*

Manny: No. No. Darcy someone’s missing from this list!

Darcy: Everyone who deserves to be on the team is there.

Manny: Yeah right. Nobody deserves to be on the team more than Mia does.

Darcy: Sorry Manny. My decision’s final.

-In the gym before the girls basketball game starts-

Nic: You’re going down Degrassi.

*JT looks at the opposing team’s members*

JT: Woah. They’re big.

Toby: Size isn’t everything JT.

*JT gives Toby a dirty look and Mia walks over to Darcy in a uniform*

Darcy: What is this?

Manny: You can’t keep her off the team.

Mia: You know I deserve this or is there some sort of no single moms policy?

Darcy: Mia your baby is a huge responsibility and well, so is Spirit Squad. I’m sorry.

Manny: When my new manicure meets your face, then you’ll be sorry.

Mia: Darcy, Isabella has daycare. She can be taken care of whenever I’m at practice. I can do both.

Darcy: How can I believe someone who’s made such enormous life mistakes.

Mia: Mistakes?

Darcy: Unless you got knocked up on purpose, in which case you’ve got even bigger issues.

*Mia pushes Darcy and Darcy falls into Nic*

Nic: Degrassi chicks can’t stop throwing themselves at me.

*He sees Mia*

Nic: Mia Jones. So Degrassi’s picking up all the other school’s trash now. Hey did you ever figure out who the father is?

*Mia slaps Nic and it starts a huge fight between everyone. Toby’s glasses break and JT falls down*

JT: What’s your problem?!

*Nic pushes JT and he hits Nic with the mascot head*

-Outside the school-

JT: Man two weeks detention.

Toby: I know. Now I’ve got to find a new panther mascot.

JT: What can I say? When the school needed me I pounced.

Toby: Yeah well that’s great, but now who’s going to entertain the fans?

*JT looks at Toby and shrugs*

Toby: Don’t even think about it.

Nic: Hey Degrassi nerds. If I were you, I’d sleep with one eye open. This isn’t over.

*He shakes the fence and Toby flinches*

JT: Detention never sounded so good.

-In the foyer-

Ashley: Forfeiting, not the same as losing.

Jimmy: Sure. Whatever.

Ashley: You going home? ‘Cause we still have that media immersion assignment. We could just hang out. Do some homework. No lingerie, no pills, no pressure.

Jimmy: You know what? Come over tonight and get your stuff. I can’t do this.

-At Darcy’s locker-

Manny: Mia’s in with Ms. H getting lectured. I hope you’re happy.

Darcy: She’s a teenage mother Manny, with a violent streak.

Manny: And somehow you have the right to punish her?

Darcy: She has better things to do than wave pom poms.

Manny: And you’re just so concerned for her daughter. Spare me.

*Darcy walks away as Mia walks over*

Mia: I’m off the squad. Problem solved.

Manny: Well then I quit.

Mia: And let mean girl take over? Don’t be stupid. They need you.

-At Jimmy’s house-

*Ashley walks in and hands Jimmy a CD player*

Ashley: This is yours.

Jimmy: You know what? You can keep it. I don’t want it.

Ashley: Thought you wanted to break up.

Jimmy: I don’t. We just may as well do it now. It’s gonna happen eventually.

Ashley: Why would you say that? What, did you get your palm read? Tarot cards?

Jimmy: Look if I can’t do this, how long you really gonna stick around? 6 months, a year?

Ashley: Why do guys always think about one thing?

Jimmy: I’m thinking about a lot of things. What if I can’t, ever?

Ashley: Then we deal with it. Who cares?

Jimmy: I care Ashley. I’m a virgin. Do you get it? Do you know what it feels like to know that your epitaph is gonna read ‘Jimmy Brooks: crippled virgin’? I mean I can’t walk. I can’t run. I can’t dance. I can’t play basketball. I can’t even…I can’t even make love to you.

Ashley: But you can Jimmy. You can.

Jimmy: No I can’t.

Ashley: Says who? Who says sex has to be just one thing? Jimmy there are a lot of ways to make love.

Jimmy: I know Ash. I know, but this isn’t just about sex. This is about whether I can do all the things that I want to do. This is about whether I can be the man that I want to be.

Ashley: You’re the man that I want you to be Jimmy. Isn’t that enough?

*They lean towards each other so their foreheads touch*

Jimmy: Yeah.

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: On a new episode of Degrassi the good girl goes bad.

Darcy: *to Spinner* Don’t you get tired of being good?

Peter: You’re not who I thought you were.

Darcy: What does that mean?

Peter: Looks like I made you pretty popular, the online world anyways.

*Pictures of Darcy on the internet are shown*

Darcy: I need more…something!

Manny: An online admirer paying for photos. That’s not creepy at all.

Darcy: I can be bad sometimes too.

Darcy: *to Spinner* Don’t judge a book by its cover.

True Colours

2006-10-07T05:27:35Z

-In the courthouse-

Mr. Stone: I really appreciate your time Chuck. I’m glad we see eye to eye on this.

Chuck: Well look I’ve known Peter since he was a boy. He’s a good kid. He just got mixed up with the wrong element.

Peter: Man did I ever. I truly regret the day that I met Sean Cameron.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Well thankfully we won’t have to worry about seeing Sean again.

Peter: Oh mom, dad do you mind if I go talk to Emma for a minute?

*They both nod yes*

Emma: What happened? I’m dying.

Peter: Well the crown attorney’s been going to my dad’s Christmas party for years. That’s what happened. I’m free Emma. I’m free. My dad just pulled some strings with his buddy Chuck.

Emma: So you got off with nothing?

Peter: Hardly. No I lost my licence. I got tons of community service. I’m under strict house arrest at my mom’s.

Emma: Ouch. That’ll be no picnic.

Peter: Yeah tell me about it. There’s good news. Sounds like Sean’s gonna be nailed to the wall for this.

Emma: I have a new zero tolerance policy when it comes to talking about Sean.

Peter: So you haven’t heard from him?

Emma: Nope. With his hit and run charges, I don’t think either of us will for a long, long time.

*Peter kisses Emma on the cheek*

-At Degrassi, Peter is on the morning announcements-

Peter: *On the TV* Illegal street racing is like playing with a loaded gun. It’s a serious crime, so my actions have had repercussions beyond my personal punishments and I hope I can explain to everyone just how sorry and ashamed I feel. My behaviour, as well as the other people involved, have had terrible consequences. I also need to say that I’m sorry for tarnishing Degrassi’s rep in our community and I hope that I can gain your trust back. Thank you.

Mr. Simpson: We’ve seen it from CEO’s, athletes and presidents. It’s a classic example of the on-air mea culpa.

*He looks at Emma who gives him a dirty look*

Mr. Simpson: But in this case I’m sure it’s coming from a very genuine place. Uh-

-In the hallway-

Manny: So Peter got out of jail because he said he was sorry?

Emma: And because he agreed to a zillion conditions. Peter’s taking this seriously, Manny. It’s no joke.

Manny: You’re right. No one’s laughing. Least of all Sean.

Emma: What does that mean?

Manny: Nothing. I just feel a little bad. I mean I know this was Sean’s fault, but still. He’s in jail.

Emma: Sean can take care of himself. He always does. Peter is the one I’m worried about.

*Peter walks over and puts his arms around Emma and Manny*

Peter: Heard my name! Hope you’re saying good things.

Emma: Only.

Manny: To one disturbed visiting hour.

*Manny pushes Peter’s arm off her shoulder and walks away*

Emma: So how’s life under house arrest?

Peter: The warden’s not cutting me any slack. She’s not even gonna let me take you to the dance.

Emma: What? You’re kidding. That is so unfair.

*Ms. Hatzilakos gives him a dirty look and he sighs*

Peter: Yeah I’m coming. I’ll talk to you later.

-In the student council meeting-

Liberty: So we’ll hire a mariachi band.

*Nobody says anything*

Liberty: What? You said we needed a theme for the dance.

Emma: A good theme.

Toby: Look as the new treasurer, I’ve done the math. No band. The most we can afford right now is Jimmy and Spinner jamming in sombreros.

Emma: Even in disguises that would be lame. Wait. That’s it. That’ll be our theme. A masquerade. Like everyone will come in costume, all incognito.

Liberty: Cucaracha! Speaking of cockroaches, what’s he doing here?

*Jay is shown talking to Mr. Simpson*

Emma: If he’s back at Degrassi, I’m dropping out.

-In Ellie’s newspaper office, Ellie is flipping through the newest edition-

Ellie: It’s not here.

Jesse: Okay Nina, you’re on the essay plagiarism ring. Eric, you’re on the chancellor’s record spending and you’re in my way Frosh.

Ellie: What happened to my article on the tuition rally?

Jesse: Oh you mean the one filled with rookie reporter mistakes? Hmm guess I forgot to publish it. Wonder why?

Ellie: Well don’t I even get a chance to fix it?

Jesse: No and if you need talking down Frosh, there’s a counsellor in the clinic.

Ellie: I gave up food and sleep. I did research in a beer bong puddle.

Nina: Welcome to the Core.

-In the hallway-

Jay: Thanks Mr. S. I appreciate your concern. I’ll pass it on to Sean.

*Mr. Simpson walks away and Emma walks over*

Emma: Whatever you’re here for, we’re not interested.

Jay: I was just talking to your step dad about Sean. Remember him?

Emma: I’m trying to forget.

Jay: Oh someone’s changed their tune. Seems to me someone was pretty damn interested in Sean for a while.

Emma: Excuse me? What did he tell you?

Jay: Nothing. He didn’t have to. Look it was obvious there was something going on. Something that you didn’t want your boyfriend to know about.

Emma: This conversation is over Jay.

*Emma starts to walk away, but Jay stops her*

Jay: Speaking about your boyfriend. I heard that he got off with a slap on the wrist.

Emma: Please. He’s under major Hatzilakos lockdown, plus community service!

Jay: Poor baby. I really hope the leaf blower doesn’t strain his back.

Emma: I’m really beginning to remember why I don’t like you.

Jay: This isn’t about me. It’s about Sean, okay? He is in hell. Yesterday he was sent to the infirmary. Some dude jumped him in the chow line.

Emma: Jumped him? Why?

Jay: ‘Cause he didn’t like Sean’s face! It’s jail Emma. It ain’t your boyfriend’s country club. Just maybe you could go to Sean’s court hearing tomorrow. I have to work, but he could use a friend.

*Jay leaves and Emma gets a text message saying ‘Meet me at the bus stop at 7. XO Peter’*

-In the newspaper office-

Ellie: Look I’m sorry I blew it, but being a journalist is my life. If you give me another chance I promise, I…I will not screw it up.

Jesse: See that’s what your last article needed. Passion. Conviction.

Ellie: My article was good. Good enough to get me an A in journalism class.

Jesse: Well the Core’s the fifth largest paper in Toronto. We don’t have time for school projects Frosh.

Ellie: Maybe you’d be fourth if you printed stuff people cared about.

Jesse: Oh, so you know my job better than I do, huh? Makes you pretty damn arrogant.

Ellie: I’m arrogant? I’ve never met such a, a pompous, full-of-himself jerk!

Jesse: Kind of makes you hate my guts, huh?

Ellie: No I’d have to care to hate you.

Jesse: Hey Frosh, care enough to get a beer? Talk it over?

-At the bus stop, Peter drives up in his car and Emma gets in-

Emma: You drove? Can’t you get in trouble for this?

Peter: It’s called taking a risk. Besides you’re more than worth it.

*Peter kisses her and pulls away*

Peter: Oh you’re wearing that vanilla stuff?

Emma: Honey vanilla shampoo. Sorry. I forgot you don’t like it. Promise not to use it before Friday’s dance.

Peter: What, suddenly you’ve become governor and issued me a stay?

Emma: Better. I suggested a costume party. A masquerade, so you can be my incognito date.

Peter: Sneaky and gorgeous. Nice.

Emma: Okay time’s up Romeo. You need to go home. I don’t want you to get into any more trouble.

Peter: I won’t. My mom’s at a PTA meeting.

Emma: So how did you get the car?

Peter: Found out where she hid the keys. What can I say? I’m good.

*They kiss again*

Emma: This is weird. Being in this car and everything.

Peter: What? I didn’t hit that guy. Sean did. That’s why he’s in jail.

Emma: But you don’t feel badly?

Peter: Oh of course I do. It’s terrible. Innocent guy getting hurt.

Emma: It’s a good thing he’s okay, huh?

Peter: Yeah tell me about it. Imagine if he’d died? No way I would have gotten off with a little slap on the wrist.

Emma: The time. I should go.

*Emma kisses him quickly then leaves*

-At Ellie’s place, Jesse is bringing her home after their date-

Ellie: You lecture me about my writing and then you go gaga over a band that screams gibberish instead of taking the time to craft actual lyrics.

Jesse: Gibberish? You gotta be kidding me.

Ellie: Well you’re lucky the music was a wicked blend of Zeppelin and Sabbath. I’m so writing that review.

Jesse: Oh well this time it goes in. No questions asked. So…

Ellie: So. Uh guess I better get to work.

Jesse: Yeah. Yeah.

*He leans in to kiss her and Ellie turns her head to the side*

Jesse: Night.

Ellie: Night.

*He leaves and Marco walks over*

Marco: Guess this means you’re officially over Craig.

*Ellie hits him with the paper and smiles*

-At Emma’s house, Emma is going through her clothes-

Manny: Who died?

Emma: I’m trying to look respectable, not funereal.

Manny: You’re going to Sean’s court hearing? What happened to the zero tolerance o’ Sean policy?

Emma: Jay gave me his court notice. I just thought…I don’t know. I thought I should check on how his case is going.

Manny: And for that you need a top that brings out your glowy, glowy skin.

Emma: You were worried about him too.

Manny: Still am, but I’m also worried about my best friend who’s being an emotional ping pong ball. Sean, Peter, Peter, Sean-

Emma: I’m not! I’m with Peter 100%. I just want to make sure Sean’s okay, okay?

Manny: Okay. Forget I asked.

-At the court hearing-

Emma: Excuse me. I’m looking for Sean Cameron’s hearing, courtroom H-

Sean: Emma.

Emma: Sean. You look terrible.

Sean: Uh I uh, I tripped. Fell. It doesn’t matter. It’s good to see you.

*Emma gives him a hug*

Sean: Ah, vanilla. I miss that smell. Jay said you weren’t coming.

Emma: I wasn’t going to um, but I thought you could use a friend.

-Outside the courtroom-

Emma: That was fast.

Sean: My public defender didn’t show. He’s got a backload of charity cases just like mine and unless I can get some money for a real lawyer, I’m screwed.

Emma: What can I do?

Sean: Nothing! Just tell me one thing. Tell me you’re not still with Peter.

Emma: Of course. He’s my boyfriend.

Sean: That guy is slime. He planted those drugs in my locker.

Emma: I asked him and he said he didn’t do that.

Sean: Oh whatever. If, if you don’t believe me, then why are you even here?

Emma: Because right or wrong, you need help and I’m gonna help you Sean.

-At Degrassi, Emma knocks on Mr. Simpson’s door-

Mr. Simpson: Emma where were you? You missed homeroom.

Emma: Yes and I can explain that, but listen to this first. What if Jack moved in with you and mom and Manny and I take Jack’s room. That way we can rent out the basement.

Mr. Simpson: Oh. Uh as much as I relish the idea of sharing a room with a three year old…what’s this all about?

Emma: I saw Sean today at the courthouse. Hence why I missed homeroom. Snake it’s bad. He really needs help and he’s got no one.

Mr. Simpson: Jay told me. Look I’m glad you’re taking up his cause, but what Sean really needs right now is a good lawyer and they cost big money. More than the peanuts we’ll earn renting out a leaky basement.

Emma: Okay. Idea number 2. Fundraiser.

Mr. Simpson: There’s lots of competition out there for the charity dollar, but uh you’ll figure out something. You always do.

-At the newspaper office, Ellie is looking at her new assignment excitedly-

Ellie: Toronto Music Week Showcase. How did I get that?

Nina: It’s Fall again. School starts, the leaves change colours and Jesse gets it on with a nubile, eager Frosh.

Eric: You should talk…Miss 2005.

*They leave laughing and Ellie looks upset*

-At Emma’s locker, Emma opens it up and finds a beautiful mask-

Peter: Surprise. A mask befitting a true queen.

Emma: I was going to go with paper mache, but this is really wow!

Peter: I wanted you to realize you deserve better than paper mache.

Emma: That’s sweet. Thank you.

Peter: What are the tickets for?

Emma: Oh just a little raffle to make the dance more interesting.

Peter: Count me in. I got gambling in my blood.

*Peter kisses her goodbye*

-At Marco, Dylan and Ellie’s, Ellie is cooking a big meal-

Marco: Wow. I can feel my overpriced designer jeans not fitting as we speak.

Ellie: Don’t get used to it. I only cook when I’m majorly stressed.

Marco: Well we should stress you out more often.

*Dylan tastes the food before leaving*

Dylan: I think your designer jeans are safe.

Marco: Okay lay it on me. I can handle it.

Ellie: Jesse cut my article. Then he asked me out on a date and kissed me. Well he tried to.

Marco: Okay those are some tall, dark, handsome problems that you got there.

Ellie: Yeah and then he gave me this plum music assignment and suddenly I’m like the new Core tramp.

Marco: So you got to choose. Ellie, self-respect or Jesse. It sounds like a pretty easy call.

Ellie: Marco you saw him, right? It is not an easy call.

Marco: Yeah I know, but you know just remember that the Devil’s not ugly, okay? I mean the Devil is cute. Way cute. I’m talking Brad Pitt cute.

*Ellie looks at him hesitantly*

Marco: Don’t sell out for just some pretty face.

Ellie: Thank you father Marco.

-In the newspaper office-

Jesse: Yo Frosh. We’re gonna be late.

*Ellie doesn’t go with him*

Jesse: What?

Ellie: Sorry, um I can’t.

Jesse: Yeah I know how trying free rock concerts can be.

Ellie: Actually I’m more interested in intramural water polo finals.

Eric: Swapsies? That’s so rad!

Jesse: So you’re turning down the assignment?

Ellie: Well look how happy it’s made Eric!

*Jesse leaves upset*

Ellie: Goody.

-At the dance-

Emma: Toby! $2 each, 3 for $5. 50/50.

Toby: And the other 50 goes to?

Emma: A friend of ours is in jail. I’m trying to help get him out.

Toby: You’re taking out money for Sean without council’s approval? And what does Ms. H say?

Emma: Shh! Ms. H doesn’t know.

Manny: What are those for?

Emma: Nothing.

Toby: Sean’s defence fund.

Emma: Thanks Dr. Dork-wad. You’re wanted in the O.R.

Manny: Does gorilla man, AKA Peter in a lame costume, know you’re selling tickets and collecting money for his arch nemesis.

Emma: No and he’s not going to.

Manny: Look I know my advice isn’t always Dr. Phil solid, and what’s happening to Sean isn’t fair, but babe you got to let him go.

Emma: Manny I can’t help it. Sean is in here.

*She puts her hand over her heart*

Emma: But I can’t. I can’t feel this way! When I was in the hospital, who was there holding my hand? Peter and just look at this gorgeous mask. Peter bought it for me as a surprise. He left it for me in my locker.

Manny: Your locker? He has your combo?

Emma: No.

Manny: Then how’d he get in?

-In the hallway, Emma slams Peter up against the lockers-

Peter: Ow. Someone spike the punch or something?

Emma: Open my locker or I tell your mom you’re here.

Peter: Okay fine. Give me the combination.

Emma: I thought you knew it.

Peter: I wrote it down.

Emma: From where?

Peter: My mom has them in her office.

Emma: Peter did you break into Sean’s locker and plant the pot the same way you broke into mine?

Peter: Okay Sean is a loser. He always has been and he always will be.

Emma: Answer the question.

Peter: Well what do you want me to say?

Emma: The truth!

Peter: Everything I did, I did to keep us together, alright? Sean is scum. He deserved what happened to him.

Emma: When you see me in class, don’t look at me. When you pass me in the hall, don’t talk to me because you and me are done!

*Emma storms away and Ms. Hatzilakos walks over*

Ms. Hatzilakos: Peter Michael, do the words ‘house arrest’ mean nothing to you?!

-In the newspaper office-

Jesse: A whole piece on water polo without at least one reference to Speedos…and you call yourself a journalist.

Ellie: Rookie reporter mistake.

Jesse: Look I didn’t give you the music piece to get into your pants. I gave it to you because you love music and everyone else is busy.

Ellie: Great.

Jesse: You’re a good writer Frosh. Not my fault you also happen to be cute. Not gonna apologize for liking you…and you?

*Ellie walks over and kisses him*

Ellie: Guess you’re alright, but one question. What are we gonna tell everyone? And don’t call me Frosh!

Jesse: It’ll be our little secret, Ellie.

-In the jail’s visiting room-

Emma: So the bad news is that I only raised $243.

Sean: I’m gonna be in jail forever. I’m sorry about what happened…with Peter, I mean. It sounds brutal.

Emma: No I’m sorry for being so blind. I should never have believed him.

Sean: It’s alright. So what’s the good news? Besides you being here.

Emma: Snake is finding you a public defender. A good one. One with time to work on your case.

*A guard knocks on the glass and points to his watch*

Sean: Visiting hours are almost over.

Emma: I got you something.

*She hands him a bottle of vanilla shampoo*

Sean: Vanilla honey shampoo.

Emma: Thought it was the next best thing to actually being with me.

Sean: Nothing could replace the real thing.

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: On a new episode of Degrassi, things may not be so perfect for the perfect couple.

Jimmy: I’m a virgin. Do you get it? I can’t walk. I can’t run. I can’t even make love to you.

Ashley: There are a lot of ways to make love.

Jimmy: I was into it, she was into it. We were in the moment and uh…

Jimmy: *Speaking to Ashley* There’s nothing you can do. You should probably just go.

*Ashley leaves*

Jimmy: I just don’t want to be a virgin for the rest of my life.

Here Comes Your Man Pt. 2

2006-09-30T05:31:45Z

-Outside, Sean pulls up to Emma’s house-

Sean: Woo. Emma plus Sean is never boring. First that car race, then that kiss. It just felt so right and-

Emma: And I have a boyfriend and I feel terrible. I don’t do this. I’m not that kind of girl.

Sean: I know. That’s why I like respect you and whatever.

Emma: Well I’m glad I have your respect or whatever.

Sean: I have more than just respect for you. You know that, right?

Emma: Peter’s inside. I have to go.

*Emma goes inside to find Peter*

Emma: Hello?

Peter: So she made it home in one piece. Where’s Sean? Is he coming in?

Emma: Um no. He’s just leaving. He had to go.

Peter: Oh man I wanted to see what he thought about the big race. Me beating Jay was awesome, wasn’t it?

*Peter kisses Emma*

Emma: Until the cops crashed the party.

Manny: So your cell phone was off. We’ve been calling. We were worried.

Peter: She was worried, not me.

-Outside Degrassi -

*Peter walks up to the school dressed like Sean*

Spinner: Yo Eminem! Where’s D12?

Jimmy: Degrassi’s newest MC: Too White, Too Furious.

Peter: Yo Cam-Shaw. Sup dawg? You down for another race tonight?

Sean: You sure Emma doesn’t mind being dragged to the street races again?

Peter: She’d rather bludgeon a baby seal. That’s why it’s just me and you, my man.

Sean: I got calculus. I’m sorry.

Peter: I can help man. I’m pretty smart.

Sean: Thanks, but no thanks.

*Sean walks away*

-At Manny and Emma’s lockers-

Manny: Heard the weather report for today?

Emma: Sunny with partial clouds. Slight chance of calculus before lunch.

Manny: More like dark, stormy, chance of street racing in the afternoon, followed by more secret make out sessions with Sean.

Emma: Stick to acting Manny ‘cause you’re a lousy weather girl.

Manny: So you’re saying nothing happened.

Emma: For the zillionth time, yes! I mean no. I’m with Peter. Sean is totally not even anything.

Manny: So who’s acting now?

*Emma starts walking to class and bumps into Sean*

Sean: Hey! Come on.

*Sean pulls Emma into an empty classroom*

Emma: Are you crazy? We’re gonna be late for homeroom!

Sean: Just give me a second. I have to give you something.

*Sean hands Emma a box containing a pair of earrings*

Emma: They’re gorgeous, but how do I possibly explain them to Peter?

*She hands them back to Sean*

Sean: I hadn’t thought about that.

Emma: There are a lot of nice, attractive girls at Degrassi.

Sean: Thanks mom.

Emma: Or what about Ellie? You guys were hot and heavy for a while.

Sean: Forget Ellie. I know who I want. I think you do too.

-At Ellie and Marco’s college-

Residence worker: Three residence spots have opened up. Allan, Michelle: room 206. Aquiar, Colin: room 416. And Nash, Eleanor.

Marco and Ellie: Nash!

*Marco and Ellie hug excitedly*

Marco: Yes. Congrats Eleanor.

*Ellie takes her key*

Ellie: Thank you!

*Ellie and Marco are walking to Ellie’s room when a shirtless guy walks by*

Guy: Hey.

Ellie: Hi.

*Ellie and Marco look at each other excitedly before Ellie opens her door*

Ellie: Um…

Marco: Well it’s cozy and hey you have a roommate…from yesteryear.

Amberley: Eleanor? I’m your new roomie Amberley.

Ellie: Ellie actually.

*Ellie sticks out her hand and Amberley gives her a big hug*

Ellie: Um this is my friend Marco.

Amberley: Oh cute. You’d better tie your scarf around the doorknob when he’s over.

Marco: Hi I’m gay.

Amberley: Oh my god, really? Eleanor you are already so much cooler than my last roommate. Such a sourpuss! Oh!

*Amberley pulls out a photo album with their names written across the front*

Amberley: It’s for all the amazing memories we’re gonna be making this year.

Marco: Amberley, uh Eleanor here is just super duper at making memories. You two are gonna be so happy together.

*Amberley takes out her camera phone and takes a picture of the three of them*

Ellie: Happy. Yay.

-At Degrassi-

Manny: What’s with the frown, miss mopey?

*Emma gives her a look but doesn’t say anything*

Manny: Em! You said nothing happened.

Emma: I sort of lied. Just don’t punch me, okay? My arm is still hurting from yesterday.

Manny: Why Em? Why? It was all going so well. You and Peter were perfect.

Emma: Manny you never liked Peter.

Manny: Still don’t, at all. But he’s been good to you, especially when you were sick.

Emma: Like I don’t feel guilty enough.

Manny: It’s not about guilt. It’s about you not messing up your life. You are not going back to rexyville Emma Nelson. Not on my watch.

Emma: I won’t. I promise. I just, I have a little romantic dilemma, which I’ll figure out, okay?

*Emma and Sean smile at each other from across the room*

-In Ellie’s dorm room-

*Amberley is unpacking Ellie’s stuff, sees a depressing picture and hides it*

Ellie: I got dripped on by something green and living on the bathroom ceiling.

Amberley: Ugh fungus mold. Icky wicky.

Ellie: Is this supposed to be food?

Amberley: Uh some kind of delicious chowder?

Ellie: Looks like somebody already ate it.

Amberley: Well you’re taking journalism right? Sounds like your first article.

Ellie: What happened to my print?

Amberley: Print? I hope no one stole it.

Ellie: My things. You, you unpacked them?

Amberley: Sometimes people need a push. That’s what my Gran-Gran says and Gran-Gran knows everything.

-Outside Degrassi, Peter pulls up next to Emma-

Peter: Boo. Hey uh you took off after school. I wanted to give you a lift.

*Emma shrugs*

Peter: Yeah so Sean totally bailed on me. So you wanna hang? I mean go to the races?

Emma: Rain check. I, I just need to be by myself tonight.

*Peter stops his car and gets out*

Peter: Em. What’s going on? You’re eating right? I didn’t see you at lunch.

Emma: Yes I am eating. I wasn’t at lunch because I just need my own space right now.

Peter: What do you mean space? From me?

Emma: I just think maybe we should take a little hiatus. Nothing major.

Peter: You’re kidding, right?

Emma: Sorry. I just need a break. It’s nothing to freak over.

Peter: Don’t tell me not to freak. You’re dumping me!

Emma: I didn’t say I was! You’re not understanding me.

Peter: I think I am. It’s Sean, isn’t it? I’m so stupid. How could I trust that guy?!

Emma: Peter stop it. It’s not Sean’s fault. I don’t even know how it happened.

Peter: Well did you have sex with him?

Emma: No! I can’t believe you’d even ask me that. I’m not some kind of slut.

Peter: Could have fooled me.

*Emma starts to walk away angry*

Peter: Look Em I didn’t mean it. Okay fine. Good luck with Sean. He’s not who you think he is.

*Peter kicks his tire angrily*

-At Ellie’s college, Ellie walks into the newspaper office-

Jesse: If you’re looking for free condoms, health clinic’s next door.

Ellie: No I’m good, thanks. I was wondering how to get something published.

Jesse: Found the right person. I’m Jesse, editor. Written before?

Ellie: Co-op stuff that I did in high school.

Jesse: Frosh? Yeah we don’t usually give assignments to freshmen. Not unless they have something totally genius.

Ellie: Well I do have something. Um it’s a first person reportage on dorm life. I think it’s kind of funny.

*Jesse looks at it for a second*

Jesse: Not laughing.

Ellie: Gets better.

*He puts it down and doesn’t say anything*

Ellie: So I’ll just leave it there and maybe you’ll read it.

*Jesse nods dismissively*

Ellie: But if you do print it, um it’s gotta be anonymous. I was kind of a little bit harsh. A lot harsh.

Jesse: Still here?

*Ellie gives him a dirty look and leaves*

-In a classroom, Ms. Hatzilakos walks into the room-

Ms. Hatzilakos: Sean Cameron?

*They start walking towards his locker*

Sean: There’s nothing in there, Ms. H.

Ms. Hatzilakos: I told you I’m just following up on a tip, so let’s get this over with.

*Ms. Hatzilakos opens his locker and sees a bag of weed*

Sean: That’s not mine! Ms. H I swear to you. You have to believe me.

Ms. Hatzilakos: I think the evidence speaks for itself.

-Outside Degrassi, Sean is leaving angry and Emma follows him out-

Emma: Sean wait! Wait.

Sean: I’m suspended indefinitely. I, I don’t get it. Who would do this? Who would plant drugs in my locker? Who hates me that much? Did you tell Peter about us?

Emma: Yes, but-

Sean: He did this!

Emma: That’s ridiculous.

Sean: Yeah? He’s the principal’s son. He probably figured some way to get into my locker.

Emma: Do you know how paranoid that sounds?

Sean: Then who? Who else planted it.

*Emma doesn’t say anything*

Sean: Oh. You think they’re mine. You think I actually sell drugs?

Emma: No, but you did buy me some very expensive earrings.

Sean: I can’t believe you. I can’t believe you just called me a drug dealer.

Emma: I didn’t.

Sean: You know what Emma? Go to hell!

-In the newspaper office, Jesse opens up the newspaper to Ellie’s story-

Ellie: There I am. There I really am. Jesse I said the by-line had to be anonymous.

Jesse: Why, you don’t stand by what you wrote?

Ellie: But I trashed the housing department, the administration-

Jesse: And that roommate of yours! Gran-Gran. Ah you’re right. It was funny.

Ellie: Won’t be to her.

Jesse: Hey you want to be a journalist, that’s the name of the game. It’s about telling the truth, no matter what.

*Ellie sighs*

Jesse: Frosh I’ll make it up to you, okay? You can cover the tuition rally.

Ellie: Like an actual news story?

Jesse: Still here?

*Ellie nods excitedly*

-At Degrassi, Emma is sitting by herself-

Peter: Hey. Heard the news. How’s Sean? Where is he?

Emma: Probably far away from here.

Peter: Well if you speak to him, tell him I’ll do whatever I can. I’ll talk to my mom. I’ll do anything.

Emma: Did you know about this? I mean the drugs.

Peter: I knew he was into some stuff, yeah. I just didn’t know how deep.

Emma: He thinks you did it.

Peter: What? Okay Sean is my friend. Yeah I was hurt, but like I would never…and I don’t know who made the tip. Maybe he ripped someone off on a drug deal or something. I don’t know. Em…about yesterday, I’m so sorry.

Emma: Me too.

-Outside, Jay is working on his car and Sean is kicking stuff around-

Jay: Yeah I was gonna use those, but whatever.

Sean: Whatever’s right. Alright, I’m out of here man. I’m going back to Wasaga.

Jay: Man that is so weak. You’re gonna let that little wiener beat you?

Sean: He’s already won. Alright I’ve been kicked out of school, Emma thinks I’m a drug dealer. I’m screwed man.

Jay: Bummer times. Look at least you’ll be able to sleep better knowing that you fixed that punk.

Sean: Kicking the crap out of him isn’t going to help. Alright his mom will probably have me charged with assault or something.

Jay: There are other ways to beat him. I bet he’s at the races again. He was there last night looking for a race and I finally installed the nitrous oxide in your ride. Just the edge you need to smoke that little punk.

Sean: Let’s teach him a lesson.

Jay: Yeah pain 101. My favourite subjects.

-In Ellie’s dorm room, Amberley is throwing Ellie’s stuff into the hall-

Ellie: Hey that’s my stuff!

Amberley: “And my roommate, the Stepford Omarosa minus the looks”. Why would you do this?

Ellie: Look I want to be a journalist and, and sometimes that means people get hurt.

Amberley: And sometimes black-clad sourpusses get booted out. The tribe has spoken Eleanor. Give me your torch!

Ellie: But I-

*She takes Ellie’s keys and slams the door in her face*

-At the races, Sean goes over to Peter’s car and opens his door-

Sean: Get out of the car.

Peter: What?

Sean: Get out of the car man!

Peter: Relax dude. What’s this about?

Sean: You know what this is about. We got a score to settle.

Peter: Dude you tried to steal my girlfriend. Don’t they teach you guy code in Waga-Waga Bay?

Sean: Don’t they teach you to fight your own battles? Not to get your mom to fight them for you?

Peter: Yeah you spent some time in her office today, right? You know she keeps a lot of cool stuff in there. Like uh permanent records, answer keys…locker combinations.

Sean: You son of a-

*Jay holds Sean back*

Jay: Easy Sean. Easy. Remember what we came here to do, okay?

Sean: Yeah I do. You and me, alright? We’re gonna settle this out there on the street.

Peter: What, you want to race me? In that hunk of junk? You’re on bitch.

*Sean and Peter start racing and when a car swerves in front of Peter’s, he swerves in front of Sean’s who drives onto the sidewalk and hits a passing jogger*

Peter: Oh my god. What do we do?

Sean: Your phone. Give me your cell phone. Give me your cell phone.

*Peter gives him his phone*

Sean: *On the phone* Yeah I need an ambulance. There’s a guy, he’s been hit by a car. Near Sara Simcoe Park past Countryside Drive. Thanks. Okay.

*Jay drives up and rushes over*

Jay: Is he still breathing?

Sean: Yeah where’s that ambulance?

Jay: Sean listen to me. You have to go.

Sean: What?

Jay: Peter is a minor. You’re 18. You’re gonna do hard time for this.

Peter: Dude don’t listen to him!

Jay: Am I talking to you?

*Jay makes Sean stand up*

Jay: Sean get in your car and drive! Go!

*Sean gets in his car and leaves Peter and Jay at the site*

-At Marco and Dylan’s place-

*Marco opens the door and sees Ellie with all of her stuff*

Ellie: That anonymous article? Not so anonymous.

Marco: Student housing gave you the boot, huh?

Ellie: Loverly Saint Amberley saved them the trouble.

Marco: Well didn’t you issue a retraction?

Ellie: On my first piece? That’d make a great impression on the editor.

Dylan: Que pasa?

Marco: Uh Ellie needs somewhere to crash.

Ellie: Just for tonight.

Marco: Well wait. We are looking for a roommate, right Dylan?

Dylan: Well so long as you can make rent, mi casa es su casa.

Marco: Yes! This is gonna be so great. I know exactly how to kick off our first night as roomies. Saved By The Bell marathon starts in 5 and I have the microwave popcorn with the buttery jalapeño sauce!

Ellie: Could you at least pretend you’re unhappy I got kicked out?

-At Emma’s house-

Mr. Simpson: Good news. Just got off the phone with Peter’s dad. They posted bail and he is safe and sound at home.

Manny: What about the guy who got hit?

Mr. Simpson: He’s in the hospital. He’s hurt, but he’s stable.

Emma: And Sean just totally bailed? That’s a hit and run, right?

Spike: Em I think everything’s under control now. Why don’t you go get some sleep?

*Emma leaves the room*

Mr. Simpson: This is bad.

*Emma goes downstairs and sees Sean sitting there*

Emma: Sean?

Sean: Shh!

Emma: What are you doing here?

Sean: I screwed up Emma. I screwed up real bad.

Emma: Understatement of the century. The police are looking for you.

Sean: I know. I know. So that’s why I need your help. You’re the only one who cares. You’re the only one who can-

Emma: You’re wrong. I don’t care Sean. I can’t. Not anymore. You need to turn yourself in.

-Outside Emma’s house-

*Sean is getting taken away in handcuffs crying*

-Scenes for next week-

Voiceover: On a new episode of Degrassi Sean is doing hard time.

Peter: Sounds like Sean’s gonna be nailed to the wall for this.

Jay: It’s jail Emma. It ain’t your boyfriend’s country club.

Voiceover: And Emma is having a hard time letting go.

Emma: Snake it’s bad. He really needs help and he’s got no one.

*Emma is holding Sean’s hands*

Peter: Sean is scum. He deserved what happened to him.

Emma: You and me are done!

*Emma pushes Peter against the lockers*

Here Comes Your Man Pt. 1

2006-09-30T02:10:44Z

Hi everyone!! New year, new layout, new scripts ;)

So I'll still be doing the scripts for every episode this year, even though most American's will be able to see the show on the N, so I'm sure less people will be reading these...until CTV catches up lol! But it doesn't affect me because I get the N as well so it won't make any difference as to when I'll have these up. Umm oh! I also have ALL of season 2 up now, so my scripts are almost completely done. I just have some of season 3 to do then I'll be fully caught up.

That's about it. So again please comment if you do read this and please credit me if you're gonna use them for your site. The 2nd part will be up in a couple hours.

-Jen

-At a restaurant, Peter and Emma are having lunch with Peter’s dad-

Emma: I just love it here. I mean the view is amazing.

Mr. Stone: My pleasure. Glad you could help us celebrate Pete’s 17. That’s an important day. Got to have your friends around.

Peter: Oh dad. The guy made a mistake. That’s not your car.

Mr. Stone: You’re right son. It’s not. Happy birthday.

*He hands Peter the keys to a new car*

Peter: You’re kidding!

Mr. Stone: Nope. Now I know your birthday’s not for two days. Here, here, here. But I wanted you to have it for the first day of school.

*Peter hugs his dad excitedly*

Mr. Stone: You’re welcome. Here let’s take it for a spin.

*Peter’s driving the car with Emma in the passenger seat *

Peter: I can’t believe this car is mine. I’m the luckiest guy in the world.

*Peter and Emma kiss as Jay and Sean walk over*

Sean: Emma?

Emma: Sean? What are you doing here?

Sean: I moved back. I’m with Jay now.

Jay: Easy Brokeback Mountain. He means he’s sleeping on my couch.

*Peter makes a coughing sound*

Emma: Oh Peter, this is Sean. Sean this is Peter, my boyfriend.

Sean: Oh. How’s it going man?

Peter: So you’re the Sean?

Sean: Guess so.

*Peter puts his arm around Emma*

Sean: Well see you guys at school tomorrow.

Emma: You’re back at Degrassi?

-Outside Degrassi, Toby, Liberty and JT are walking up to the school-

JT: Well here we are. The first day of our last year. Thank Jehovah.

Liberty: The year that’ll be the crowning achievement of my academic career.

Toby: I think I hear someone’s valedictorian speech coming on.

*They walk past Jimmy and Spinner*

Jimmy. Check out our new classmates. Serious mathletes.

Spinner: Yeah. Good thing though ‘cause with Marco gone, I gotta copy my tests off someone.

*Ashley walks over*

Jimmy: Looking fine Ms. Kerwin.

Ashley: Well you know somebody’s got to make up for Spinner.

*Ashley playfully hits Spinner with her bag when he sees Darcy walking over*

Spinner: Hi queen bee. Spare some honey?

Darcy: For my king? Anytime.

*Darcy kisses Spinner on the cheek*

Darcy: After being away at bible camp the whole summer I’m so over it. Ready to take this place over, Spin?

Spinner: Ready as I’ll never be.

-In the parking lot, Peter is showing off his new car-

Peter: Yo dudes, check out my whip!

Random guy: Yeah whatever.

Peter: I mean my car. Pretty fly huh?

*Some guys walk by laughing at him*

Peter: Ah thought a new ride would give me some props around here.

Manny: Maybe if you didn’t say props. Kidding. I’m gonna go say hi to Sean’s biceps.

Peter: Check out Mr. Stud. Degrassi’s big-time heartthrob.

Emma: Please. Sean’s got a tire iron for a brain.

Peter: Yeah well girls like biceps, not brains. You should know. You dated him for years.

Emma: Well I couldn’t care less now. Not when I’ve got brains, biceps, beauty and a hot car all rolled up in one.

*They kiss*

Emma: I made you an early birthday present.

*Emma gives Peter a toque that she knitted*

Peter: You made this for me?

Emma: Uh huh.

Peter: Thanks. I don’t know what to say.

Emma: Oh that I’m gorgeous, perfect and you’ll love me forever.

Peter: Yes, yes and yes.

-In Mr. Simpson’s class-

Mr. Simpson: Well as I live and breathe, Sean Cameron.

Sean: Mr. Simpson, it’s really good to see you man.

*Manny goes over to Emma who’s looking up Degrassi’s social event planner online*

Manny: Social event planner. What happened to the real Emma Nelson?

Emma: She’s thinking of the real Peter Stone. You know how hard it is for Peter to make friends, so I figured if he got more involved it would be easier.

*Manny is staring at Sean who is talking to Spinner*

Emma: You’re so not listening to me.

Manny: Sean Cameron, bench-press has been so, so good to you.

Emma: I’m gonna tell Craig you said that.

Manny: Feel free if you can ever get him on the phone.

Mr. Simpson: Alright! Let me start off by saying welcome to the 12th grade. This is the start of the most important year for you guys in your high school lives.

*Emma and Sean stare at each other from across the room*

-At Marco and Dylan’s new apartment-

Marco: What do you think about Medieval Lit: Monsters in the Mist?

Ellie: Mm no. Let’s not take any courses where they make us read Beowulf. Ooh hockey art. Dylan’s I presume?

Marco: Yup. You know if you moved in we could out vote him on matters of décor.

Dylan: I heard that!

Ellie: And when it comes to matters of leaving the toilet seat up, thank you no. Residence waiting shall remain my friend.

Paige: Okay I know Marco likes four sugars and Ellie takes her coffee black, like her soul.

Ellie: How I’ll miss your cutting jibes when you leave for Banting, Paige. Not that I’m counting the days, but when?

Paige: Can you count to two? And to think that no one has thought of throwing me a going away party. Hint. Hint. Double hint.

Dylan: Uh Marco someone’s supposed to be moving in here in two days. Hint, double hint.

Ellie: Funny ‘cause someone’s also supposed to be deciding on university courses with me.

Marco: Okay mom, dad, relax. I’m all over it, okay?

*He takes a sip of the coffee Paige hands him and makes a face*

Marco: Sweet mother Mary, this is mud!

Paige: Yeah your new roomie is java-ly challenged. Have a cookie.

-Outside the school, Manny and Sean are talking while Peter and Emma are working on his car-

Manny: She’s pretty gorgeous, huh?

Sean: Yeah she is.

*Manny smacks Sean’s arm*

Sean: Ow.

Manny: Don’t even think about it. Emma’s finally in a good place and she doesn’t need you ruining it.

Sean: I wasn’t planning on it.

Manny: I’m serious. Last year was non-stop Emma-drama-rama. This year she needs to be 100% stress free. Got it?

Sean: Yeah I got it.

*Emma and Peter are arguing about his car parts*

Emma: It doesn’t fit.

Peter: Yeah, but it has to!

Sean: Woah! Hey Peter. Hold on a sec. What are you doing? You can’t force the filter in like that. You’ll never get a proper seal. Just trust me. This is what I do.

Peter: I was just trying to make it go faster.

Emma: It’s already pretty fast. How much faster do you want?

Peter: As fast as humanly possibly.

Sean: You know if you want I can hook you up with real mods.

Peter: Yeah that’d be alright.

Sean: Yeah? Sweet. Alright well it all starts with more fuel. Once we do that, we can up your boost. This is what you need. Now I have to head to Woodbridge so meet me later.

Peter: Out where the street races are.

Emma: The illegal street races. Emphasis on illegal.

Sean: Come on. It’s just a little fun. What you got against that?

Emma: Nothing. I’m all about fun. I love fun. In fact, if fun were people, I would be China.

Sean: Okay.

-At Woodbridge, a bunch of people are hanging out when Peter, Emma and Manny drive up-

Jay: Poindexter’s in his daddy’s car and he’s waving at us. Explain.

Sean: That’s Peter, Emma’s boyfriend. That’s not his dad’s car, that’s his. We’re gonna mod it.

Jay: What? Why? Why would we do that?

Alex: What’s that phrase, keep your friends close, your enemies closer?

Sean: Whatever Alex.

Jay: Oh lord forgive my sinful thoughts.

Sean: Hey Emma’s my friend, alright? And you’re gonna stay clear of her. Got it?

Peter: Hey. I got the part. Hope it fits.

Sean: Looks good. Let’s try it out.

*Sean and Peter keep talking about cars as Emma shakes her head*

-At a coffee shop, Marco and Ellie are sitting there-

Spinner: Ah picking university courses. Must be nice.

Ellie: Don’t get too excited. Falcult?

Marco: Foucault.

Ellie: Foucault and Postmodernist Marxist Theory. What does that even mean?

Spinner: Do not ask me.

*Paige rushes in and Spinner gives her an awkward smile as he walks away*

Paige: Marco! Party ideas por vous.

Marco: Uh Paige I do have a few things I’m trying to juggle here.

Paige: I know silly, which is why I did some pre-selecting por vous. Hence the uh panoply of pretty, sticky flags.

Marco: You’re going to Banting, not to war.

Paige: Sue me for wanting to get everyone together one last time.

Marco: What do you mean one last time?

Paige: Um you, me, Ellie, we’re all starting new lives. Who knows? We need one last goodbye hurrah.

Marco: Okay. Okay so I’ll then prepare thyself for the most rockingest bon voyage party in history.

Paige: Yay and did I mention how much I love piñatas?

-At Woodbridge-

Sean: So with the larger injectors you’ll have more fuel and we’ll be able to run more boost. Should give you about 20%. Sound good?

Peter: Very. Thanks.

*Jay drops a tool on Peter’s car*

Peter: Woah dude. Do you know how much this car costs?

Jay: I know what I’m doing Poindexter.

Peter: Yeah well you could have fooled me. What is this called?

Jay: Why don’t you do it yourself then?

*Emma pulls out her knitting needles as Sean walks over to her*

Sean: Weird place for knitting.

Emma: It’s my new obsession. You know what they say about idle hands.

Sean: Devil’s play things. That’s why I like fixing cars. It keeps me busy.

Emma: Sean and cars, there’s nothing new there.

Sean: Guess some things never change, huh?

Emma: Some things do. Take for example, you. If someone told me I would ever see Sean Cameron back at Degrassi…

Sean: I just want my diploma.

Emma: There are high schools in Wasaga.

Sean: There are a lot of things in Wasaga.

Emma: Things you’re running from?

Sean: Running to something. A year from now I’m gonna open my own shop in TO. Cameron’s Custom Cars.

*He pulls out a blueprint of his plans*

Emma: Let me look.

*Their hands brush against each other and they pull them away quickly*

Emma: I think it could be really amazing.

*Emma turns around and sees Manny watching them*

-In Mr. Armstrong’s class-

Mr. Armstrong: If you’ve heard people saying they’re terrified of advanced calculus, vectors are the reason why.

*The bell rings*

Mr. Armstrong: Having said that, we’re gonna get through them.

*Emma and Sean stand up and bump into each other*

Sean: Later Emma.

Emma: Later Sean.

*Sean walks by Manny who gives him a disapproving look*

Sean: What?

-At Dylan and Marco’s place, Dylan is interviewing potential roommates-

Dylan: These lights come down and open up the loft. That takes care of everything that’s power lined about the space, you know. So we’ll let you know.

The girls: Thank you.

*Marco walks in with party supplies as the girls leave*

Marco: Wow uh did I just walk into a Gwen Stefani video? Here. I need coffee bad. I’ve been up all night packing.

Dylan: Great and when are the movers coming?

Marco: Uh tomorrow and they’re not movers. It’s me, my dad and uncle Louie.

Dylan: Your dad?

Marco: Yeah my dad. Paying movers? That’s Del Rossi family sacrilege.

Dylan: So is letting his prize son move away from home, but you convinced him to do that.

Marco: Yeah after I convinced him you’re just a friend. Barely a friend. Just an acquaintance I barely talk to.

Dylan: So I shouldn’t ask your dad for his permission to marry you.

Marco: Seriously Dylan. This has to look legit, okay?

Dylan: We went over this. I got it.

Marco: Okay. T-minus 8 hours ‘til Paige’s send-off. Where do we keep the piñata string?

-In the hallway-

Manny: Hey! Almost forgot. When I had lunch with Sean yesterday we talked a lot about you.

Emma: Mm hmm.

Manny: Oh yeah. He went on and on about how gorgeous you look.

Emma: Really? What’d he say?

*Manny smacks Emma’s arm*

Emma: Ow! Manny what was that for?

Manny: What was that for? *Mimicking Emma* Later Sean, I sure love you.

Emma: That is so not fair.

Manny: You know what’s not fair? Me and Peter going through hell last year with you and you finally being better and then whamo! You step right into the Sean Cameron mantrap.

Emma: I am not in a mantrap.

Manny: Em it’s okay. I get it. The biceps. They work their magic.

Emma: They’re not magic and they’re not working. Besides what makes you think Sean’s interested anyway?

*Peter walks up behind Emma*

Emma: Peter. Wow! Just creeping up on me ever so silently. Happy birthday.

Peter: Oh thanks.

*They kiss*

Peter: Sean said he’d take us to the races tonight. You down?

Emma: Um no…because we need to have a true romantic birthday date. Just you and me, dinner, a movie and no car talk.

-At the Dot-

Peter: So I asked him if I should put an additive in the fuel to make the car go faster and he said I have a high compression engine.

*Emma doesn’t say anything*

Peter: Yeah I didn’t know what that meant either until he explained it. Um basically a high compression engine puts out more power. You with me?

Emma: Not even the teeniest bit, but I’m glad you and Sean hit it off.

Peter: Yeah me too. He’s a really cool guy. He’s been schooling me on cars, you know? He knows everything.

Emma: You like hanging out with him, huh?

Peter: Yeah kind of. Whatever. What movie are we gonna see?

Emma: How about ‘Peter takes his girlfriend to the races: part deux’?

Peter: Seriously? You’re the best!

-At Paige’s party, the band is playing in the background-

Ashley: *Singing* Come on and join me. The violet tide(?), just step into my soul child. Can you feel it, talking about my soul child? Can you feel it?

*The band keeps playing as Darcy walks over to Paige*

Darcy: Hey Paige. I guess I’m the only one not sorry to see you go. I know you had sex with Spinner last year. Thought you were above being a low grade ho. Guess I was wrong.

Paige: Sweetie, I would love to indulge your need to ruin my party with a full-on catfight, but I’ll pass. Save the drama for high school hon. I’m moving on.

*Paige walks away while Darcy flips her hair*

Ashley: *Singing* Can you feel it?-

*Ashley stops singing when Marco’s dad walks in*

Ashley: Uh Marco?

Marco: Pa what are you doing here? We’re not moving ‘til tomorrow.

Mr. Del Rossi: Uh Louie could only get the van today.

Marco: But I’m in the middle of a party.

Mr. Del Rossi: I know. Hey everyone. Hey this is uh Marco’s uncle Louie. Lou, everyone!

Louie: Hi everybody.

Everyone: Hi uncle Louie.

Dylan: Hey Mr. Del Rossi let me give you a hand with that.

Mr. Del Rossi: No it’s okay. I got it.

Dylan: No really. I can.

Mr. Del Rossi: No, no really. Honest. I really-

*The box falls and Mr. Del Rossi falls to the floor*

Mr. Del Rossi: Ah.

Marco: Pa!

Mr. Del Rossi: Ah my back. Ah it’s thrown. Ah just, just leave me Marco. Pretend I’m not here.

Marco: Pretend there’s not a 200 pound Italian man lying on my floor? Um everybody just help me get him to the couch.

-At the races, Emma walks over to Sean and hands him a bottle of water-

Emma: It’s thank you water for being nice to Peter.

Sean: Yeah he’s alright.

*Emma pulls out her knitting needles*

Sean: That chills you out, huh?

*Emma nods*

Sean: ‘Cause I talked to Manny and uh…did something happen last year?

Emma: I had some issues, body issues.

Sean: You mean, like-?

Emma: You can say it. Anorexia, but I’m better now. I mean I’m working on it. It’s day by day, but this helps and if you’re nice I’ll knit you a sock, but just one.

Alex: Okay everybody! Jay and Peter to the start line.

Emma: Excuse me Jay? Did you put him up to this?

Jay: Hey this was Johnny Hardtops idea.

Peter: Dude, Ragtop idiot.

Jay: Whatever dork. Look do you want to race or not?

Peter: Just from one end of the lot to the other. Don’t make me pull the birthday card ‘cause I will.

*Peter and Jay get in their starting positions*

Alex: Okay around the lamp post and down to the fence. Ready, go!

*Jay takes off first, but Peter catches up and almost slams into the fence*

Peter: Woah!

*Peter beats Jay when a police car drives over*

Sean: He’ll be fine. Come on. Let’s go, let’s go. Come on!

*Sean pulls Emma and they get into his car*

-At Marco’s place, Paige brings over a cup of coffee-

Paige: Freshly brewed by moi. Michalchuk family barista.

Marco: Nice party, huh? God it lasted all of what, 45 minutes?

Paige: Hon it was supposed to be fun. If you turn everything into a stress fest, you’re not going to make it.

Marco: I know. It’s just high school was a cake walk compared to what’s next. How am I gonna possibly deal?

Paige: Um you have Dylan and the rest of us. It’s not like we’re disappearing.

Marco: Oh really? You’re moving five zillion miles away, Ellie’s vanishing into res, Spinner and Jim are still stuck at Degrassi, Craig’s in Vancouver and…and I’m moving in with Dylan. My first live in boyfriend. It’s, it’s not exactly familiar territory.

Paige: Not for any of us hon. We are all looking into the big void of the unknown and it’s a little bit scary. A lot a bit, for all of us.

Marco: Get a good long distance plan, okay?

Paige: I’ll miss you too, hon.

*Marco and Paige lean towards each other sadly*

-In Sean’s car, Sean pulls over to the side of the road-

Emma: And just when I thought life might get boring.

Sean: Sorry about the cops.

Emma: A little drama keeps life interesting.

Sean: Not too much drama I hope. I’m messing things up for you Emma. Alright, I mean cops, street races. It’s bad news, okay? I’m bad news. I just, I gotta stop hanging out.

Emma: I don’t want you to stop.

*Emma and Sean start making out when her cell phone rings. She sees that it’s Peter, ignores it and starts kissing Sean again*

High Fidelity Pt. 2

2006-03-21T05:05:42Z

Wow. This episode definitely made me all teary eyed...more so than I thought it would. I can't believe they've finally graduated. Anyways it was nice to be writing Ashley's name again haha! And Ashley & Toby's 2 second interaction was definitely my favourite part of the finale.

So this is it until next year. Hope you guys have enjoyed reading the scripts all season. I will have season 2 & 3 completed for sure by the time season 6 starts. I'm practically done season 2 right now, but I have finals coming up so they should be up in a few weeks.

Comment, credit, enjoy and I hope to see you all back here next year!!
<3 Jen

-In the auditorium during rehearsals-

Marco: Okay so then the red lights, they come up hitting Darcy stage left.

Spinner: Got it. Red lights, Paige left. Red light, Darcy left….I’m sorry. My, my mind is just preoccupied this morning.

Marco: What? Hot date with Darcy last night? After that bizarre, yet strangely moving re-virginizing ceremony.

Spinner: Depends. Would you define hot date as brutal fight and break up?

Marco: No I wouldn’t. You okay?

Spinner: Last night after the break up I kissed somebody. Somebody who wasn’t Darcy.

Paige: Hey guys.

Spinner: Hey stage. Paige.

Paige: Um hun you think you’d know my name by now. I mean really.

Spinner: Of course I know your name Paige. I know tons about you! I know your birthday, I know your favourite food. I know-

*He falls backwards off the stage*

Paige: Take it from someone who knows Spin, toking before school ends in tragedy.

Marco: *Whispering* Hey! It wasn’t you and Paige was it?!

*Spinner gives him a thumbs up sign when Darcy walks over*

Spinner: Darcy.

Darcy: Take me back. I’m sorry for being such a jealous freak, but I’m over it.

*She kisses him*

Darcy: Just consider it. Consider me.

-In the hallway, Paige and Hazel are giving out yearbooks-

Hazel: So if you and Alex want to, a bunch of girls are going for fondue.

Paige: Nice of you to ask, but uh Alex isn’t so fondue of me. We broke up.

Hazel: Paige.

Paige: It’s okay. I mean I care about her tons, but we were so not right. Besides last night I um, I might have made out with Spinner…a little bit.

Hazel: Spinner? But I just got used to you being a lesbian.

Paige: This isn’t about you. It’s about me and right now I’m about being free to date who I want to date. Girl or boy.

*Toby is waiting for a yearbook and overhears their conversation*

Paige: Yearbook Toby? And BTW what you hear at yearbook table, stays at yearbook table.

Toby: Just so you know I totally support your freedom to date whomever…and BTW, I’m totally available.

*He mouths call me*

-Outside Ms. Hatzilakos’ office-

*Someone’s legs are shown walking towards Jimmy*

Jimmy: You’ve got to be kidding me. The ghost of Ashley Kerwin. How you doing?

*They hug*

Ashley: I’m no ghost. I’m the real thing. You look great.

Jimmy: So you’re here! Uh did you finally get tired of London or…?

Ashley: I could never get tired of London. You know, but I got tired of missing home. I’ve had some schools there, but couldn’t find anything quite like this.

Jimmy: Yeah. I guess it’s kind of hard to find a school with such a unique combo of shootings and gonorrhoea outbreaks.

Ashley: Okay yeah some bad stuff’s happened here, but there’s some good people here too. Like Jimmy Brooks.

Jimmy: Oh well thank you very much, but don’t get too used to him because I’m gonna be out again next year, hopefully.

Ashley: Oh that’s too bad. I was kind of hoping we could be classmates again. Talking to Ms. Hatzilakos about maybe coming back next year.

Mr. Simpson: Ms. Kerwin’s back in town! Hey! Hey Jimmy she’s all yours.

Jimmy: Okay. Um we gotta catch up later, okay?

-In Ms. Hatzilakos’ office-

Ms. Hatzilakos: So I have to congratulate you Jimmy. You put a lot of work in this year.

Jimmy: Well thank you Ms. H. My coach says you know it’s important to be motivated and I was definitely motivated. It’s really, it’s really important for me to graduate this year and uh I know I missed a lot of school for physio, but I figured there was some way you could swing this.

Ms. Hatzilakos: I’m sorry Jimmy. You simply don’t have the credits. I can’t work miracles.

-In the hallway-

*Jimmy drops his books and Spinner helps him pick them up*

Spinner: Hey. Looks like you could use a hand.

Jimmy: I’m fine thanks. I said I’m fine, thank you!

Spinner: Just wanted to help man.

Jimmy: You want to help me? Why don’t you transfer to another school so I don’t have to see your stupid face next year. That would help a little bit.

Spinner: What is your damage man?

Jimmy: My damage man is you Gavin.

*Jimmy pushes Spinner and they start fighting*

Marco: Hey woah! Relax. Chill. Can’t we just get through the rest of the year without any more drama?

Spinner: Ask him that!

-In the foyer-

*Toby walks by Ashley nudging her and she playfully pushes him back*

Ellie: Ash! Some best friend. You couldn’t have e-mailed?

Ashley: What and ruin the surprise? You look amazing El!

Ellie: Likewise. Who else got to see you so far?

Ashley: Most of the old gang. Uh Jimmy, Paige, Hazel, no sign of Craig though.

Ellie: He’s in Vancouver recording the big solo record extravaganza.

Ashley: Really? Wow. I guess I knew he was always destined for greatness.

Ellie: Don’t be so sure. He’s dating Manny.

Ashley: Ew. That makes me vaguely itchy.

Ellie: Me too. Of course it could just be label chafe. New shirt and all. So how’s Alistair, aka Ali, aka your London lad?

Ashley: It was good and then it was bad and then it was over. How about you?

Ellie: Oh I’m crushing on someone as usual, but um it’ll never happen…as usual.

-At the Dot-

Marco: Spin these things, they will work themselves out.

Darcy: Hey Spin. Cup of coffee to go?

*Spinner starts pouring her a drink*

Darcy: I heard about the big freakshow with Jimmy and I’m sorry ‘cause I know how much he means to you.

Spinner: Whatever. I’m done with that guy.

Darcy: Spinner that’s the biggest lie. I know you would give everything you have just to be friends with him again. So don’t give up. He’ll come around. I know it.

Spinner: Listen Darce, if you’re still cool with it today we’re back together.

*They kiss*

Darcy: Oh I brought you something, just in case.

*She hands him his ring and he puts it on*

Spinner: I’ll never take it off.

Darcy: Sugar I have to go pack for bible camp, but maybe after we can celebrate?

Spinner: You got it.

Marco: Okay now you have to tell-

Spinner: Yeah I know. I got to call Paige. Go over there after work and break the bad news.

-At a restaurant-

Ashley: Who knew you had so much beauty stored up inside?

Ellie: Have you seen the ultra-disturbing, violent horror stuff?

Jimmy: Ellie Nash, my biggest fan.

Ellie: I so am and you know it. Oh I’m late for a movie. See ya.

*She hugs Ashley before leaving*

Jimmy: Bye.

Ashley: You two look cozy.

Jimmy: We’re just friends Ash.

Ashley: Yeah, but you want it to be more.

Jimmy: Okay. So maybe I do, but whatever. It’s pointless. She’s not into me.

Ashley: Well what makes you so sure?

Jimmy: What’s ten pounds, metal and vinyl, has two wheels?

Ashley: Yeah, but until you mentioned it just now I completely forgot you were even in a chair.

Jimmy: That’s because you’re sitting. It’ll become more apparent when you stand.

Ashley: Alright, but don’t get too down on yourself ‘cause you’re not the only one with a crush. I think she’s crushing on you too Romeo. She pretty much told me so.

-At Paige’s house-

*Spinner knocks on her bedroom door before opening it*

Spinner: You decent? Dylan let me in.

Paige: Oh my god Spin. You have to look at this old yearbook right this minute.

Spinner: Okay I, I thought we could talk though.

Paige: Sure hun. Please just indulge me first and feast your eyes on this.

*She shows him a picture of them with the title ‘couple of the year’-

Spinner: Check it out! We were couple of the year.

Paige: Uh how could we not be? We were unbelievably super adorable.

*They look at some more pictures*

Spinner: There we are. The old gang.

Paige: We ran that school, remember?

Spinner: You ever just wish you had a time machine? I just want to go back, you know? Before it all went, all went to crap.

Paige: Spin. Just so you know, I never blamed you for what happened with Jimmy.

Spinner: Do you mean that?

*She nods and leans in*

Spinner: Paige…

*They start making out and Paige takes his shirt off*

-Outside the school-

*JT and Toby are changing the sign to say ‘graduation weekend 50 years of Degrassi’. Toby puts up ‘ass’ before the rest of the letters in Degrassi and they laugh*

JT: That’s really mature.

Toby: Yeah well it’s still funny.

-In Mr. Simpson’s class, Paige hands him a gift-

Paige: In honour of our last class sir we give you this. A little merci gift.

*Everyone starts clapping*

Mr. Simpson: What?! Come on guys. Someone’s in a good mood. I just hope we can all get a little bit of whatever’s gotten into you Paige.

Paige: I’m not sure that’s advisable sir.

Mr. Simpson: Oh guys this is so perfect. You have no idea how much I love karaoke. I’ll dig out my Elvis wig, fire up the mic and see if I can’t get myself into some sort of county fair Elvis impersonator contest. I’ll be tall, lanky Elvis.

*While Mr. Simpson is talking, Spinner is outside the class texting Marco*

Spinner: *His message* Something happened with Paige!

Marco: *His message* What exactly?

Spinner: *His message* EVERYTHING! We went ALL THE WAY!!

-In the auditorium-

Darcy: Spin here you are. I’ve been calling you for ages.

Spinner: Oh my phone. The ringer’s off.

Darcy: Well where were you last night? We said we were gonna celebrate…

Spinner: I know. I know. I was, I was arranging a going away gift for you.

Darcy: That’s so sweet, but you know I would have easily traded a gift to get to see you last night.

*Spinner hugs her while looking at Paige*

Spinner: Break a leg out there okay?

-In the auditorium, during the show-

JT: Welcome everybody to Herbal Essences presents: 50 years of Degrassi! I am your host Sir Phillip Degrassi.

Manny: And I am his lovely daughter Charlotte.

JT: And today we’re taking you on a magical, history tour.

Manny: Starting with 1968, please welcome to the stage Darcy Edwards and her love parade!

*Darcy starts her performance while Peter is filming, Emma is watching, and Paige and Spinner are looking at each other*

-Outside the auditorium-

Spinner: Paige.

Paige: Hold on.

*Paige walks over to him*

Spinner: I’ve been looking everywhere for you.

Paige: Me too. Uh I just wanted to say merci.

Spinner: For what?

Paige: Last night dorkus! It felt like the right way to end school. Just don’t forget about me, okay?

Spinner: I wasn’t planning on it. I was kind of hoping that um…

Paige: Woah. Hun. You’re not serious? We’re both moving on, but I will always have the bestest memories of my first real boyfriend, you.

*She kisses him on the cheek before walking away*

Spinner: You…you used me for my body.

-Inside the auditorium-

Emma: Manny that was awesome. Do not forget us when you’re on Broadway.

*Emma and Manny hug and Peter hands Manny a tape*

Peter: Show your agent. Maybe it’ll help get you there.

Manny: You taped it?

Peter: Yeah. I used my powers for good this time.

Manny: Thanks.

*Emma and Manny hug again*

-In another area of the auditorium-

Jimmy: Ellie hi.

Ellie: What’s up?

Jimmy: You look great. I mean you always look great, but tonight you look great!

Ellie: Oh hey I was just wondering, how do I look? Could it maybe be great?

*Jimmy laughs nervously then stops*

Jimmy: Um look you’ve become one of my best friends, right and you’ve opened my eyes to a lot of things. I wanted to know if maybe we could talk about taking it to the next level…

*Ellie doesn’t say anything*

Jimmy: But you don’t.

Ellie: Jimmy I’m sorry…I-

Jimmy: Don’t be. It’s not completely unexpected. I’m gonna go, okay?

Ashley: El what happened? I thought you said you were crushing on someone.

Ellie: He’s not the guy Ash.

-During the party after the show-

*Paige and Marco are dancing and Liberty and JT are dancing*

Darcy: Come on. Dance with me! You’ve been a total weirdo all night.

Spinner: Darcy I’m an idiot.

Darcy: What are you talking about Spin?

Spinner: It’s your gift. Okay, it didn’t come. I’ve been texting back and forth with the guy. He just bailed, the jerk.

Darcy: Seeing as I have to wait the whole summer, maybe you could give me the teeniest of hints?

Spinner: Good things come to those who wait. I’m gonna go get us some drinks.

*Darcy sits down on Spinner’s phone and opens it up*

-In the hallway, Ashley is running after Jimmy-

Ashley: Jimmy! Jimmy wait. I’m sorry. Please this is all my fault.

Jimmy: Look Ashley it’s fine. Really. Okay?

Ashley: No Jimmy. Jimmy it’s not. Look you’re an amazing guy. You deserve to be with someone who adores you.

Jimmy: Look I’m gonna let you in on a secret. Girls don’t date guys in wheelchairs.

*He starts to leave, but she stops him and kisses him*

Ashley: You were saying?

-In the auditorium-

*Spinner walks over to Darcy who is holding his cell phone*

Darcy: I wanted to know what my gift was.

Spinner: Darcy you didn’t read my texts…

Darcy: Some gift Spinner. Special.

*She gives him his cell phone and her ring and starts crying*

Darcy: You suck.

-At the graduation commencement-

Marco: And now as we head off in every direction let us remember the ties we have to each other and to Degrassi because the best thing about the past, is that it’s just, it’s a huge part of the future. So to the future, to us. We did it guys.

*Everyone starts cheering*

Ms. Hatzilakos: Thank you Marco for a wonderful speech and now without further ado I’d like to welcome to the stage Degrassi’s graduating class of 2006.

*She starts calling up the students alphabetically*

Jimmy: So there they go. Our class onto a brighter future.

Spinner: You should have been up there man.

Jimmy: It’ll be our turn next year, right?

Spinner: Sorry, are we actually having a conversation?

Jimmy: Look um, I spent a lot of time this year blaming people. You especially and uh that was wrong and I’m sorry.

Spinner: Jimmy I-

Jimmy: It’s cool. I know.

Spinner: I gotta go. Peace.

*Spinner leaves and then comes back to give Jimmy a big hug*

-Outside-

*Spinner is driving to where the bus is leaving for bible camp *

Spinner: Darcy! Listen just one minute please. Listen what I did…what I did was horrible, but I swear I will make it up to you.

Darcy: Spinner you broke your vow.

Spinner: I know. So that’s why all I can do is ask, beg for your forgiveness.

Darcy: I’m not sure that I can. Not this time.

Kim: We have to go Darcy.

Spinner: Darce please.

Darcy: I’m really not sure.

*She leaves to get on the bus*

Spinner: If she turns around to look before she gets on, I’ll be okay.

*She turns around and Spinner lets out a deep breath before smiling*

-Back at graduation-

*Everyone is hugging each other and Craig walks over to Manny*

Craig: You miss me? Hey.

*They hug*

Manny: You know it. I can’t believe you came!

Craig: Like I’d miss this for the world.

*Ashley and Ellie hug before looking at Craig who waves and Ellie looks down*

*The graduating class throws their hats in the air*

High Fidelity Pt. 1

2006-03-14T03:32:09Z

Hey everyone! Here's the first half of the season finale. A good episode, but definitely not finale worthy IMO. Don't forget to comment, credit and enjooyyyy! See you all back here next week for the last episode until next year!

-Outside the Dot, Darcy is waiting in Spinner’s car-

*Peter, Manny, Emma and Spinner walk out of the Dot*

Emma: Later skater.

Manny: Thanks Spin.

Emma: Hey there’s Darcy.

Manny: Hey you should have come in for coffee!

Emma: What’s up?

Peter: Hey.

Spinner: Come on! I thought you guys would never leave. Go, go, go.

*They all leave and Spinner gets in the car*

Spinner: Work, exams, work, exams. I needs me some Darcy.

*They start kissing*

Darcy: I have something to show you. Kim got me a job as a counsellor.

Spinner: Darcy does summer camp. Sounds like my kind of movie. Sucks I’m gonna have to stay here in Toronto and miss it.

Darcy: With lots and lots of other girls around.

Spinner: Darcy I don’t want to be with anyone else. You’re everything to me.

*They start kissing again and Darcy pulls back*

Darcy: Sorry Spinner. We can’t. We took a vow. We have to remain virgins ‘til marriage.

Spinner: Virgins. Yeah totally.

-In the cafeteria-

Emma: You’re chipper for someone who was on the phone with Craig until 3.

Manny: It’s you in the food line.

Emma: Beats the hospital. Yay therapy. Although compared to the caf, hospital food gets a bad rap.

Manny: Oh no. Food and drinks. We need refreshments for the variety show and I still don’t have a tech crew.

Peter: Manny you’re the director, the lead actor…

Emma: This is your show. Take charge.

Spinner: I’ve been reading blogs by Christian teens on abstinence. It’s all about prevention so we have to find ways to stay busy.

Manny: Okay all you Degrassi-ites, the variety show needs volunteers so come on everyone, show some support!

Danny: Take it off!

*Derek cheers and they give each other a high 5*

Spinner: How perfect is this? Man when God answers prayers he is quick. Sign us up Manny.

*Manny hugs Spinner and Darcy gives an angry look*

Manny: Oh my gosh Spinner you are my hero.

*Darcy clears her throat*

Manny: And you too Darcy.

-In a classroom -

Ms. Hatzilakos: So grad weekend is almost here and our fiftieth anniversary variety show’s coming together very nicely. Attention spans are zero so it must mean that it’s time for my post secondary preparedness class. First up, finances.

Paige: Um my hoped for University, Banting. Plethora of scholarships, but when it comes to me they haven’t been so accepty yet.

Ms. Hatzilakos: Well acceptances are just trickling in and I’m sure when yours comes in Paige you’ll be prepared.

Paige: I’m prepared for a nervous breakdown if it doesn’t.

Alex: Maybe I’ll get a tattoo.

Paige: Hello discussing the future here. My future. As in things that could affect the rest of my life.

Alex: Or I could learn how to play the bass!

Paige: These are your future plans? Things that could happen next week?

Alex: It’s called living in the now and we both know the most important thing about the now is me.

-At the movie theatre-

Paige: Look the big envelope from Banting and everyone knows the big envelope means you get in and I did! I got in! We are so out of here.

Alex: You’re late and our boss has been breathing down my neck.

Paige: Um what part of we are so out of here didn’t you understand?

Alex: We? I didn’t get into Banting.

Customer: And don’t forget topping halfway and then again on top.

Paige: Well maybe you could come with. We could get our own cozy, little place.

Alex: Sounds cozy, but what would I actually do in Kingston?

Paige: You could work. Get a transfer from the movie theatre.

Customer: You can keep that topping coming, miss.

Alex: You’ll be studying your butt off and making new friends and I’ll still be dishing out popcorn?

Customer: Miss, do I need to show you what I mean by more topping myself?

*Alex presses the pump angrily a bunch of times*

Alex: Can’t wait for your heart attack.

Customer: Next time you insult a customer, maybe not in front of your manager.

Manager: Alex can I see you in my office?

-Inside the movie theatre, Darcy is kissing Spinner’s neck-

Spinner: Stop. Stop.

Darcy: Do I have cooties all of a sudden?

Spinner: I just…I don’t want it to go too far, okay?

Darcy: I bet if Manny were here she’d be all over you, just like in the caf.

Spinner: Oh that was nothing. That’s just Manny’s way. She’s always like that.

Darcy: I can only imagine what she was like when you two were going out.

Spinner: Want a play by play?

Darcy: Spare me. I can barely stand the idea of you being with her and all.

Spinner: Truth is when I was with Manny we did nothing together. Zip.

Darcy: You’re serious?

Spinner: Yeah I wasn’t even into her that way. Her whole sexual past…just turned me off.

Darcy: So you’re really a virgin?

Spinner: I’m so virginal, Mary’s jealous.

Darcy: I feel so bad now about Manny. You know if she just repented and purified herself, her past could totally go away.

Spinner: You can do that?

Darcy: Yeah it’s a ceremonial thing. I think it could really help her.

-Outside the theatre, Spinner is getting food-

Spinner: Hey.

Paige: Candy and a chick flick? Someone’s got it bad.

Spinner: Yeah well it’s no Clown Academy 2, but if Darcy’s happy, I’m happy. But you’re not.

Paige: I’m great. Everything’s peachy.

*Spinner sees the pamphlets*

Spinner: Banting?

Paige: You’re looking at their newest acceptee!

Spinner: Paige that’s awesome. Get over here!

*They hug*

Spinner: Woah. Banting is like the Harvard of the north. I’m like so happy for you. This is so cool.

Paige: Oh candy’s on me. It’s my treat.

*Spinner leaves and Alex walks over*

Alex: The evil one made me clean the bathrooms. Then she fired me.

Paige: For the topping incident?

Alex: Strike 3. Goodbye polyester, hello unemployment. I don’t want this stupid job. It’s time I move on. Do something else.

Paige: Anything in mind?

Alex: Right now? No. I just got fired. Can we lay off the career planning just for tonight? I have to go. See you tomorrow?

*They kiss and Alex leaves*

-In a jewellery store-

Spinner: I saw these last night. They’re Claddagh rings. See when the heart faces the body it means commitment, being honest and true to each other.

Darcy: Spinner they’re beautiful.

*He puts the ring on her finger*

Spinner: To our future together.

Darcy: I love it.

*They hug*

-At the variety show rehearsals-

Manny: And one, two, three, four. Cut it.

*Spinner walks in and hugs Darcy*

Manny: There’s my favourite techie. The lighting board needs a front. Get acquainted.

*Spinner walks over to the equipment*

Manny: He so has a thing for cheerleaders. You’re number three…and a lock to lead the squad next year.

Darcy: You think so?

Manny: Yeah you’re pretty, you’re graceful, a natural dancer. Plus you didn’t get kicked off ‘cause everyone saw your boobs. So that’s a bonus.

Darcy: Manny I’ve been thinking, you know if you want a fresh start the door is always open at Friendship Club.

Manny: Um sweetie the nun lifestyle rules aren’t exactly my scene.

Darcy: Trust me. Anyone can change. I mean look at Spin. Prayer, abstinence, he’s a believer.

Manny: As in absti-no-sex? Kudos to you for making that happen with Spin. You must be a miracle worker.

Darcy: Wait. Um are you saying that you and Spinner have had sex?

Manny: Darcy, are you serious? What has he been telling you?

-In Ms. Kwan’s class-

Ms. Kwan: Congratulations on all your hard work. Believe me no matter what you do, you’ll thank me for your excellent communication skills. Alex.

*Alex looks at her test and sees a C*

Alex: Thanks for nothing.

Jimmy: Oh A-! I am on fire!

Paige: That will impress the pants off any admissions office.

Jimmy: I hope so because I’m a couple credits short and uh still all up in the air.

Alex: You don’t know exactly what’s gonna happen and the sky isn’t falling? Amazing!

Paige: She’s high on carpe diem. Side effect of being fired.

Alex: I’ll get another job or there’s always welfare.

Paige: Great plan Alex. That sounds like fun.

Alex: Fun. Do you even know what that is?

*Paige looks at her test and she got an A*

Paige: This, this is fun. Do you realize how close I am to that scholarship?

Alex: You want fun? Let’s cut class tomorrow. Do something we’ve never done before. Something wild and crazy and totally nuts!

*Paige doesn’t say anything.*

Alex: Or there’s a sale on at the mall.

-In the auditorium-

Liberty: You’re starting with the 60s, then moving onto the 1800s? This is a mess.

Many: Okay it’s called creative liberty, Liberty and I am an actor, not a historian.

Liberty: Fine, but I don’t think Charlotte Degrassi had an MP3 player.

Manny: I need to steal your boyfriend Darcy.

Liberty: Nate has mono. Spinner you are Victor. Manny, Charlotte.

Spinner: Wait, wait, wait. I’m on lighting. I’m more of a behind the scenes kind of guy.

Liberty: Yeah the show’s in two days. We don’t have time to discuss this. Read now.

Spinner: Um Charlotte promise me you’ll be mine forever.

Manny: Of course Victor! Our love shall last a lifetime.

Spinner: Marry me Charlotte.

Manny: I will Victor. I will!

*They pretend to kiss each other jokingly and Darcy walks over angry*

Darcy: What was that?

Manny: Um it’s just part of the sketch sweetie. It’s in the script.

Darcy: Manny I’m not stupid. You’re constantly flirting with my boyfriend. You still like him.

Spinner: Okay I’m back on lighting. Um who wants to be Manny’s acting partner? Anybody?

Darcy: Yeah not surprising.

Manny: What is that supposed to mean?

Darcy: Manny even you can become pure again. All it takes is repentance.

Manny: Yeah I’ll get right on that.

Darcy: Well you should considering you are the school’s biggest slut.

*Manny walks over to Darcy angry and grabs her hair*

Manny: You are the last person to ever call me that!

*They start fighting as everyone around them watches*

Spinner: Girls! Manny! Manny! Get off! Have you two gone completely psycho?

Darcy: You lied about being a virgin Spinner. She told me.

*Darcy pushes Spinner to the ground and leaves the room*

Manny: What are you guys doing? Get, get back to work please. Get going. What are you guys staring at?

-At the Dot-

Marco: Okay, how’s this: Good morning ladies and gentlemen, friends and family, teachers and administrators-

Paige: Oh I think you left out the janitor.

Marco: Paige it’s a valedictorian speech. I want to be inclusive.

Spinner: Refills?

Marco: Woah. You look like you just lived through a country song.

Spinner: My dog is fine. Truck runs too.

Paige: Must be girl trouble.

Marco: No kidding. You didn’t hear about the Darcy/Manny cage match?

Spinner: Dude, don’t remind me. Darcy’s completely convinced that there’s something going on with me and Manny.

Paige: Jealousy is a nasty thing.

Spinner: Okay, but there’s nothing to be jealous of ‘cause I’m not cheating with Manny.

Paige: That’s besides the point hon. Darcy is jealous of your past, not your present. There’s nothing you can do, unless you can, I don’t know somehow create a time machine and erase that past.

-At the mall, Alex hands Paige a CD-

Alex: You should add this to your list. I think you might really like her.

Paige: Thanks hon. Um so, have you given any thought to you know Banting, future?

Alex: Nope. It’s months away. Why would it even be crossing my mind?

Paige: Because it’s important to have a plan, to know what’s going on, to have some sort of direction.

Alex: It’s also important to have fun, which by the way today has been completely and utterly lacking.

Paige: Fine. What’s fun? Show me.

Alex: I don’t know. Take that CD.

Paige: Excuse me?

Alex: You’ve never stolen anything in your life before, have you?

Paige: And I’m not about to start.

Alex: It’s a rush. Just try it.

Paige: No thank you, really.

*Alex puts the CD in Paige’s bag, the alarm goes off and Paige walks back in the store*

Paige: Hi I’m sorry. That was, that was an accident.

-At Friendship Club, Marco and Spinner are lighting candles-

Marco: You sure you want to do this?

Spinner: Dude I’m sure, k. The question is what about you? I mean, you and Friendship Club didn’t exactly hit it off.

Marco: Ah old news bud. I’m just, I’m happy you even asked me to help.

Darcy: Hey guys. What’s going on?

Spinner: You are my everything and right now in front of all our friends I want to start over, with a clean slate. I want to purify myself and become a virgin again.

Darcy: It’s not just a matter of saying it.

Spinner: Darcy I was up all night memorizing scripture. I want to do this. I Gavin Mason, promise to honour God with my body, will resist temptation and save myself for marriage.

Kim: Come now let us reason together says the lord. Though your sins are like scarlet, they shall be as white as snow.

-At the mall-

Paige: That wasn’t funny. It was stupid and embarrassing.

Alex: Could you not be such a drama queen?

Paige: Can you not be so immature? I can’t do this.

Alex: Can’t do what?

Paige: This living in the moment thing. I need structure, plans, ideas and maybe just a little excitement about the future. Our future.

Alex: It’s your future Paige. Not mine.

Paige: What does that mean?

Alex: It means I have to figure out what I want, what’s good for me. Following you to Banting, working some crap minimum wage job and being your lapdog. Does that sound good?

*Paige shakes her head no*

Alex: Maybe I’ll go to college, maybe I’ll join the army, maybe I’ll start a business. I don’t know, but I have to figure it out on my time table.

Paige: What are you trying to say?

Alex: I think you can figure it out. You always were the smart one Paige.

*Alex walks away upset*

-At a park, Darcy and Spinner are having a picnic-

Spinner: Hmm smiling and chewing. That’s talent.

Darcy: I’m happy…for you ‘cause you get to start all over again.

Spinner: Well it feels good. It’s like being factory fresh. Man who would’ve thought I’d be a virgin again? Not after last summer.

Darcy: But wait. You and Manny were together during the school year. I don’t get it.

Spinner: Um Darcy. Manny, she was my first, but she wasn’t my last.

Darcy: How many exactly?

Spinner: Two.

Darcy: You had sex with two other girls?

Spinner: Yeah, but that was before I met you, before I found Christ. Since then I’ve done nothing wrong.

Darcy: But you lied!

Spinner: So I’m still cleansed. It’s all good.

Darcy: No it’s not. How am I ever gonna trust you? You lied to me Spinner.

Spinner: This whole thing it’s not, it’s not about lying or, or God or anything except you and your stupid jealousy.

Darcy: Whatever. Believe what you want to believe.

Spinner: You know what I believe Darcy? I believe I will never be clean enough, not for you.

*Spinner takes off his ring and gives it to Darcy*

Spinner: We’re through, okay? It’s over.

-At Alex’s house-

*Alex walks in and sees Jay on the couch*

Jay: I’m not here to bug you, okay? I’m, I’m watching the game with Chad…or I was before he passed out. You look like you got hit by a bus.

Alex: Paige Michalchuk break-up express.

Jay: You looking for a shoulder to cry on…or maybe just a quick rebound?

Alex: Jay I’m not bi. I’m not confused. I’m a lesbian, an actual lesbian who just broke up with her first girlfriend and it sucks.

Jay: I’m sorry. It’s one of the first times I’ve said I’m sorry and actually meant it.

Alex: It’s one of the first times you said sorry and I actually believed you.

Jay: Um do you want to watch some TV with me? No funny business, just friends hanging out.

Alex: Fine.

-At the Dot-

*Spinner closes the door so that he and Paige are the only ones in there*

Spinner: Hot date with your course calendar?

Paige: Um Alex and I broke up. I just needed to be alone.

Spinner: Welcome to Splitsville. You’re in the right place.

Paige: You too?

Spinner: Man I wish I was getting out of here like you.

Paige: Do not envy me. Sure I got into Banting, but what if I blow it? What if everyone sees that I am just this, this big faker who doesn’t belong there?

Spinner: Paige you totally belong there. Take it from someone who knows, k? You’re amazing. You always have been.

Paige: Thanks.

Spinner: No extra charge.

*Spinner looks at his watch*

Spinner: Oh man the time. Uh can I drive you home?

Paige: Sure. That’d be great Spin.

*Paige stands up and Spinner is about to help her put on her shirt when they start kissing*

-Scenes for next week-

Spinner: What is your damage man?

Jimmy: My damage man is you!

Voiceover: Bitter rivalries.

*Jimmy and Spinner are shown fighting*

Paige: Last night I uh, I might have made out with Spinner.

Hazel: Spinner?

Voiceover: Steamy affairs and a shocking reunion.

*Someone’s legs are shown walking towards Jimmy*

Jimmy: You’ve got to be kidding me.

Voiceover: It’s the end of an era.

*Everyone is shown graduating*

Ms. Hatzilakos: And now without further ado Degrassi’s graduating class.

---It doesn't show exactly who it is in the preview so I don't want to spoil who it is for those who don't want to know until next week, but for those who do want to know, it is of course: Ashley Kerwin!! Wooooo my favourite!